hf communication equipment i9m-65

tqcq j. tzJeteitt,

HF COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT I9M-65

ti!!!lioul Inn Hu

W&11, iittIIl4?III! !ti#

lippii1:111111111iiiii1111111111111 twill ii:11111111itti

1H1 IIHIIiII 1.1.„,„ fifiinittiiiiiinitt!prillip Itt!!!!!!!!!"ffile"

iltwil!!: .

CONTENTS

Typical Systems page 2

HF COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT CATALOG

1964-1965

Collins Radio Company, with more than 30 years

of experience in research, development and man-

ufacture of equipment and systems for use in the

HF spectrum, has contributed many distinctive

improvements in HF communication equipment

design. These include automatic tuning systems,

stable frequency sources, Mechanical Filters, lin-

ear power amplifiers, antenna coupling methods,

highly efficient broadband antennas and single

sideband systems for a wide range of applications.

The use of rigid, uncompromising standards of ex-

cellence, beginning in the laboratory and continu-

ing through every production step, assures the cus-

tomer of dependable, high performance equip-

ment of proven quality.

As a result of a continuing development program,

Collins offers a complete line of single sideband

equipment to meet virtually all HF communica-

tion requirements. The equipment and systems are

equally applicable to surface, transportable, air-

borne or marine communication for both civilian

and government needs. Collins' single sideband

systems aid in spectrum conservation and greatly

improve the quality and flexibility of high fre-

quency communication.

Currently in use throughout the world, in such ap-

plications as Strategic Air Command networks,

Naval Tactical Data System, NATO's defense line

in the North Atlantic and Arctic regions, satellite

tracking systems and commercial airlines, Collins

HF systems are providing consistently high per-

formance and outstanding reliability.

e iA mee>1111 CO 1,11 NS

Receivers page 17

Transmitting Equipment page 24

Transceivers page 38

Communication Systems page 59

Universal Radio Group Equipment page 81

Antennas page 92

Antenna Couplers and Accessories page 100

Data and Teletypewriter Equipment page 116

Test Equipment page 129

Amateur Radio Equipment page 133

Tables, Charts and Graphs page 142

Cross Reference of Military Nomenclatures page 153

Index by Type Number page 156

Index by Function page 158

Glossary page 160

O Collins Radio Company 1944

For fast location of equipment, flip the pages until you reach the section where the black marker in the right margin is opposite the appropriate diamond above.

T> ideal 11E Com m n kin t S> stems

EXCITER

TERMINATION EQUIPMENT

Collins Radio Company, a pioneer in high frequency single sideband equip-ment development, offers a wide selec-tion of integrated systems, as well as in-dividual receivers, transmitters and transceivers to greatly improve the qual-ity and flexibility of communication. Outlined in this section are typical sys-tems, together with salient features and characteristics, for airborne, fixed point-to-point, shipboard, mobile, transport-able and tactical military communica-tion applications. Information regard-ing specific units and options are de-tailed on the referenced pages.

POWER AMPLIFIER

RECEIVER

ANTENNA I COUPLER

2

Mobile HF Communication ,Sstems

VC-102 11F Communication System

The VC-102 is a multipurpose communication system to

meet varied tactical requirements. Automatic tuning insures

on-frequency operation. The drip-proof transceiver case is

watertight when nonoperating; the antenna coupler is water-

tight when operating, making the system suitable for a wide

environmental range. Output power is 400 watts PEP or 100

watts in AM operation. A choice of 28,000 automatically

tuned channels is provided over the 2.0-29.999 mc frequency

range. Multiple unit construction allows easy installation in

Jeeps, trucks, tanks, transportable shelters, as well as small

boats or landing craft.

Microphone

Earphones

Key

Handset

o.o.o

Optional AN/GRA-6 Remote Control

76F-1 Speaker

Special cable can be up

to 100 ft. long

313V-1 Control Unit 718F-1 HF Receiver-Transmitter

(Page 75)

VHF Whip Antenna


to 100 ft. long

Power Source

49013-1 Antenna Coupler (p. 108)

3

Mobile HF Communication Systems

3\1S-1 B 100 VS all Mobile Transeeker

The 32MS- I B is a compact 100 watt PEP SSB transceiver

with a choice of single sideband or compatible AM on any of

four preset frequencies in the 1.6-15.0 mc range. Plug-in

power supplies permit operation from either 12 I/ dc, 28 y dc

or 115 y or 230 v, 50-400 cps sources. Three optional control

unit styles will meet most installation requirements.

32MS-18 100 Watt Mobile Transceiver

(p 39)

Optional Remote Control Power Source

180V-2 Antenna Coupler

(p. 43)

tniNersal Radio Group

The Collins Universal Radio Group equipment provides a

mobile HF system of extreme installation flexibility. Specific

system components can he selected to meet individual needs.

Equipment can he chosen for a receiver, transmitter or trans-

Optional 70013-2 Teletypewriter Converter

(p. 122)

RTTY

Earphones

Microphone

Handset

ceiver to operate on either 28,000 or 280,000 automatically

tuned channels in the 2.0-29.9999 mc frequency range. Mode

choice includes USB, LSB, ISB, AM, optional FSK. Primary

power can be 27.5 y dc or 120 y or 208 v, 400 cps, 3 phase.

6718-1 Receiver-Exciter

(p. 46)

714Y-1, -2 Control Unit (p. 90)

Power Source

4901 1 Antenna Coupler

(p. 109)

4

Mobile HF Communication Systems

YC-104 Vehicular IIF-UHF Communication System

The VC-I04 HF-UHF System is normally installed in a

standard M38A 4 x 4 Vs -ton military vehicle. It provides 400

watts PEP or 100 watts in AM, CW and FSK on 28,000 au-

tomatically tuned channels in the 2.0-29.999 mc range. In

UHF, output power is 20 watts in AM on any of 1750 100

kc increments in the 225.0-399.9 mc frequency range.

VC-106 Vehicular 11F-L IIF Communication System

The VC-106 HF-UHF System is designed for installation in

a 4 x 4 Vs -ton M151 military vehicle. It provides 400 watts

PEP or 100 watts in AM, CW or FSK on 28,000 automati-

Microphone

Earphones

Key

Handset

OPtional AN/GRA-6 Remote Control

76F-1 Speaker

Microphone

Earphones

Optional AN/GRA-6 Remote Control

HF Whip Antenna


to 100 ft. long

Power Source

cally tuned channels in the 2.0-29.999 mc range. In UHF

operation, it has 20 watts AM power output on any of 1750

100 kc channel increments in the 225.0-399.9 mc range.


to 100 ft. long

313V-1 Control Unit

Power Source

111

718F-1 HF Receiver-Transmitter

(VC-104 p. 77)

(VC-106 p 79)

718M-1 UHF Receiver-Transmitter

VC-104 or VC-106 Vehicular HF-UHF Communication System

4908-1 Antenna Coupler (p. 108)

AS-390

UHF Discone

Antenna

5

Airborne Systems

AJN/A RC-80 ‘irix)rne I 1 F Communication S" stein

The AN/ARC-80 is an airborne single sideband system espe-

cially suited for data handling, as well as voice or CW com-

munication. It offers a choice of LSB. USB or ISB modes on

channels spaced I kc throughout the 2.0-29.999 mc range.

\L I Transmitter

Microphone

Speaker

Earphones

Data

\

RF Amplifier

Amplifier-Control

Antenna Coupler

Transmit power is 900 watts PEP. An efficient trailing wire

antenna for speeds up to 300 knots is adjusted automatically

to the correct frequency. Frequency variation can be man-

ually adjusted to zero with a received standard signal.

Low Pass Filter

Radio Set Control

(page 49)

Receiver

6

Airborne Systems

Universal Radio Group

The Collins Universal Radio Group offers a choice of oper-

ating modes and installation flexibility for airborne applica-

tions in the 2.0-29.9999 mc frequency range. A choice of

either 1.0 kc or 0.1 kc channel increments is available. Modes

of operation, implemented by plug-in circuit cards, include

USB, LSB with 3 kc or 6 kc bandwidths, or AM. Power out-

Earphone

Speaker

Microphone

Power Source

6718-1 Receiver-Exciter (p. 46)

RTTY

Control Unit

618T Transceiver

The versatile 618T provides 1 kc channel increments

throughout the 2.0-29.999 mc range with 400 watts PEP out-

put is 1 kw PEP. Individual units are housed in ATR,

ARINC Specification 404 cases. System control mounts in

standard aircraft console. Primary power source can be

27.5 y dc; or 120 y or 208 v, 400 cps, 3 phase. Receive-only

or transmit-only systems can be selected, as well as the trans-

ceiver shown below.

548L-4 1 KW Power Amplifier Antenna

(p. 37) 180R-6

Antenna Coupler (p. 102)

309A-213 Coupler Control (p. 102)

put on single sideband or 100 watts on AM, CW or FSK. A

teletypewriter can be used with an optional converter.

7

Fixed Station HF Communication Systems

ni N ersal Radio Croup

A wide choice of modular components can be selected to

meet all HF communication requirements from single chan-

nel transceivers to complex data handling terminais which

can be remotely controlled over ordinary telephone lines.

Equipment can be chosen for a receiver, transmitter or trans-

ceiver operation with up to four multiplexed communication

channels on a single channel frequency assignment. RF fre-

quencies can be selected in either 1.0 kc or 0.1 kc increments

throughout the 2.0-29.9999 mc range. A choice of 1 kw, 3

kw, I 0 kw or 45 kw power amplifiers, together with a variety

of antennas to meet specific circuit path requirements, in-

sures highly reliable communication. Accessories include an-

tenna switching matrices, Kinese data modems, remote

control equipment and selective calling systems.

Speaker

Optional terminal ,equipment for data applications

116)

651F-I Receive, 1P 21)

Microphone

310V•1 Exciter (P. 251

313L-1 Frequency Register

Optional wire line ..inent 1p 83)

Dial Telephone Lontrol

635V-1 HF Receiver Filter

(p. 113)

184U 10 RF Matrix Uniswitch (p. 106)

548L-4 I KW Power Amplifier (p. 37) 208(3-3 3 KW Power Amplifier (p. 32) 205J-1 45 KW Power Amplifier (p. 28) 208U-10 10 KW Power Amplifier (P. 34)

8

Fixed Station HF Communication Systems

‘N/UTRC-32 Transeeher

The AN/URC-32 provides simplex operation in USB, LSB,

both sidebands independently, AM, RTTY or CW modes

over the 2-30 mc frequency range. It is manually tuned in 1

kc channel increments. Transmit power output is 500 watts

PEP in sideband or 125 watts carrier in compatible AM. It

includes an integral, high stability frequency standard. The

AN/URC-32 employs a standard 19" rack configuration

which can be shockmounted in transportable installations.

Optional Earphones

N :•••: • .1.•11.111M

Optional Microphone

Handset

Remote Audio Lines

RTTY

Power Source

AN/URC-32 HF Transceiver (p 57)

32RS-1 100 Watt Transceher The 32RS-1 Transceiver has an output of 100 watts PEP on

any of four preset channels in the 1.6-15.0 mc frequency

range. It features VOX control and can be operated by non-

technical personnel. Installation is very simple requiring only

Optional 180T-2 Antenna Coupler

(p. 104)

Antenna Coupler Control

an antenna and power source. An optional phone patch al-

lows termination over wirelines. Other accessories include a

directional wattmeter and an antenna coupler for either high

or low impedance antennas.

180V-2 Antenna Coupler

(p. 43)

Optional Wire-line

Power Source

32RS-1 100 WATT Transceiver (p. 42)

9

Transportable HF Communication Systems ‘YN. :..-I .1ir 'Transportable IIF Communication Sstem The ANNA-I is a complete air transportable HF communi-

cation terminal, including a maintenance facility, housed in

two S-141 A/G style shelters. It provides either simplex or

full duplex operation on two independent radio circuits,

which are automatically tuned in 0.1 kc channel increments

throughout the 2.0-29.9999 mc frequency range. Choice of

modes includes USB, L.SB. ISB or AM. Voice frequency tele-

graph facilities may be employed. Basic system units are of

the highly reliable Universal Radio Group type. Power is

supplied by a 30 kw diesel generator.

789R-1

IF Translator

(p 88)

Aucho RTTY Inputs

6182-4

RF Translator

(p 87)

635V-1

HF Recelver F,Iter

(p. 112)

789R-1 IF Translator 618Z-4 RF Translator 635V-1 I-IF Recenrer Filter

(p 88) (p. 87) (p. 112)

789T-1

IF Translator

(p. 89)

789T-1

IF Translator

(p. 89)

Operator Console

618Z-4

RF Translator

(p 87)

6I8Z-4

RF Translator

(p. 871

548L-4

1 KW Power AmpIdler

(p 371

548L-4

1 KW Power AmpIdler

(p. 37)

Page 6,;)

Patch Pane,

309A-2D

Coupler Control

(p. 102)

180R-6 Antenna Coupler

(p. 102)

309A-2D

Coupler Control

(p. 102)

-s1N/TSC-38 Transportable IIF Connnunication Central

The AN/TSC-38 is a transportable HF terminal housed in

two mobile units. One S-141 shelter houses all radio equip-

ment, and the second unit carries generators, antennas and

ancillary equipment. It offers two simultaneous communica-

tion circuits with a 10 kw power output level which will han-

dle 16 TTY and 3 voice channels, together with a 1 kw cir-

cuit for two TTY and three voice channels. The system can

be automatically -tuned to a new operating frequency in a

maximum interval of 30 seconds. The 2.0-29.9999 mc fre-

quency range is covered in 280,000 channel increments.

Primary power is supplied by two 45 kw, 400 cps generator

sets. Twelve 2- or 4-wire external subscriber circuits can

also be accommodated. AN/TSC-38 radio system can be

controlled from a remote location.

10

Transportable HF Communication Systems

TCS-110-1 HF Communication Terminal

The TCS-110-1, easily transported by fixed-wing aircraft,

helicopter or truck, is a full duplex HF terminal with crypto-

graphic and limited message center capabilities. It is auto-

matically tuned in 0.1 kc tuning increments over the 2.0-

29.9999 mc frequency range. Transmit power output is 1 kw

PEP average in SSB, CW, RTTY and compatible AM oper-

ational modes. It is housed in an S-144/G size shelter and

operates from an external 120 v, 1 phase, or 208 v, 3 phase,

50-60 cps or 400 cps power source. Optional remote control

facility by means of FSK dial pulses over a 2-wire or 4-wire

telephone line. Five 2- or 4-wire external telephone lines or

eight 4-wire, 60 ma neutral TTY lines can be accommodated. When used in duplex operation the receiver can be operated

with only 10% frequency separation from the transmitter.

The transmitter antenna is mounted on top of the shelter to

minimize transmission line length, which reduces undesired

radiation and loss. The receiving antenna is located at ground

level a short distance from the communication terminal.

Operator Control Console

Up to lour 4.wire FSK Deal FSK PTT phones

2Wrrlw FSK Oral FSK PTT phone

0, 2Wr4W DC Oral phone

or

2-vare Local BAIT Wr20 cycle Ring-clown

Up to eight 4-wire IT( TTY machines

- I 7,ansiator (p 891

,8,11 IF Translator

(p. 89)

RF Translator (p. 87)

RF Translator (p. 87)

54/".• I KW Powe, -••• ,

IP 37,

635V.1 HF Receluer Plter

lp 113)

3131 ,2 3136 2 313L-1 Dial Pulse Control Allotter-Preset Frequency Register

(p. 83) (p. 83) (p 84)

(Page 73)

RF Patch Panel

11

HF Pack Sets

.VN/PRC-38 SSB-FM Man Pack Transceiver The AN/PRC-38 Transceiver, with 40 watts PEP output in

SSB or 20 watts on FM over the 20.0-69.99 mc frequency range, is suitable for man pack, vehicular, aircraft, ship-

board, or semifixed station applications. It fulfills a distinct

need for compatible short range communication. In mobile

installations, it will operate directly from the vehicle battery.

Transcelver

Field Use

(page 531

Primary Power

Mobile Application

12

HF Pack Sets

AN/111C-47 \Ian Paelt IIF Transceiser

The AN/PRC-47 is a two-man pack transportable HF trans-

ceiver providing 100 watts PEP output on any one of the

10,000 channels in the 2.0-11.999 mc frequency range. Mode

choice includes USB-voice, CW or optional FSK RTTY. A

watertight case is available for storage or transit. Accessories

are available for mobile or semifixed installations.

Handset

Transceiver

Battery Pack

Field Use

700C-1 Teletypewriter Adapter Kit

(p. 123)

(page 55)

Mobile Application

13

Shipboard HF Communication S:s stems

Universal Radio Croup

The Collins Universal Radio Group offers an HF communi-

cation system to meet specific operating requirements, to-

gether with flexibility of installation by the selection of mod-

ular components. Equipment can be chosen for receive,

transmit or transceive operation with up to four multiplexed

Optional operators console

audio channels on a single frequency assignment, in the 2.0-

29.9999 mc range. RF channel increments may be spaced

either 1.0 kc or 0.1 kc. A choice of 1 kw, 3 kw or 10 kw pow-

er amplifiers is available. Accessories include switchboards,

antenna switching matrices, racks and RTTY converters.

310V-1 Exciter (p. 25)

Optional operation from shipboard remote control system

635V-1 HF Receiver Filter (p. 112)

548L-4

208U-10

208U-3

•

1 KW Power Amplifier (1). 37)

10 KW Power Amplifier (p. 34)

3 KW Power Amplifier (p. 32)

14

Shipboard HF Communication Systems

AN/SRC-16 Shipboard 11F Communication S)stem

The AN/SRC-16 provides long range, high capacity com-

munication in the 2-30 mc frequency range. Modes of oper-

ation include data, SSB, AM, FSK and CW, any of which

can be used on four independent transmit and receive chan-nels. The system includes two 5 kw power amplifiers which

can be switched into any two channels in lieu of the normally

used 500 watt amplifiers. Tuning is completely automatic in

1 kc channel increments. An independent frequency standard

maintains the system stability at one part in 10 per 30 days.

Integral test facilities simplify system maintenance.

Subscriber Voice

RTTY I FSK Tone

• MI •

Communicat ion. Central Control

Receiver Transmitters

11: 112

; a

Ds liii

Is lull •

gal

Receiver Transmitters

0 0

Power ArnplIflers

(page 64)

GI 0

us

•

11111

me-Power

Amplifiers

II •-:11

Ila••

11°• •

Antenna Couplers 2-6 mc

II • • ... II

le• • .211

11

Antenna Couplers 2-6 roc

2-6 5-15 5-15 10-30 mc mc mc mc

MId

Antenna Couplers 6-30 mc

and Matrix

AN/SRC-23 Shipboard 11F Communication S) stem The AN/SRC-23 is a single channel facility which uses the

same basic subunits as the AN/SRC- I 6 system. It provides

reliable communication on any of 28,000 automatically

tuned channels in the 2-30 mc range. Output power is 500

watts PEP or 500 watts average. Modes of operation include

data, either SSB or AM and voice, FSK or CW. The AN/

SRC-23 meets all complex data transmission and reception

requirements.

15

Shipboard HF Communication Systems

1 1/1 RC-32 IIF TransceiNer

The AN/URC-32 is well suited to shipboard installation by

use of an optional integral rack shockmount. It provides sim-

plex operation in USB, LSB, both sidebands independently,

AM, RTTY or CW modes over the 2-30 mc frequency range

in 1 kc channel increments. An illuminated, digital dial which

Optional Earphones

Optional Microphone

,andset

Telephone Line

RTTY

Optional Shipboard Radio Control

Power Source

AN/URC-32 HF Transceiver (p. 57)

directly indicates operating frequency greatly simplifies tun-

ing. Transmit power output is 500 watts PEP in sideband, or

125 watts carrier in compatible AM. An integral transis-

torized standard insures excellent frequency stability. A com-

parator permits frequency checks with an external standard.

1IF-105. -106. -107. -HA -109 Shipboard 11F Sreenis

These multiple purpose shipboard systems feature ease of

installation, operation and maintenance with optimum tacti-

cal communication range for small boats, landing craft or

ships. Transmit power is 400 watts in sideband operation or

100 watts in AM, CW or optional FSK, on any of 28,000

Optional 1801-2 Antenna Coupler (p. 1041

Antenna Coupler Control

channels in the 2.0-29.999 mc frequency range. Automatic

tuning is initiated by a separate control unit which indicates

channel frequency directly and can be located in the com-

mand center. Complete operation of the system requires no

technical background.

Optional 7008-2 Teletypewriter Converter

(p. 122)

RTTY

Command-Center Control Group (page 71) Transceiver Junction Box

Antenna Coupler

Motor Generator Of Other Power Source

16

Receive ollins receivers will fulfill most HF

single sideband communication require-ments. The 51S-1 is a lightweight, gen-eral coverage receiver with extreme tuning accuracy. The automatically tuned 651F-1 is part of the Universal Radio Group of building block equip-ments and can be used in fixed station, airborne, mobile, transportable or ship-board applications. A complete line of i accessories allows application flexibility.

r - 1 .4E- RECEIVER BANDPASS'

L FILTER .;

51S-1 Communication Receiver R-1122/GR (51S-1), R-1156/GR (51S-1F)

SIS-1F

Features Applications Ruggedness

Operational Simplicity

Tuning Accuracy

Sensitivity

Selectivity

Stability

SSB

AM

CW

RTTY

Facsimile

Laboratory Measurement

The 51S-1 is a professional single sideband communication

receiver providing continuous coverage from 2-30 megacy-

cles. A high degree of sensitivity, selectivity, stability and

tuning accuracy insures superior performance in SSB, CW,

FSK and AM modes of operation.

The versatile 51S-1 Receiver is installed in a wide variety of

military and commercial applications throughout the world.

Examples of typical installations are:

I. Fixed station communication and monitoring

2. Airborne communication and monitoring

3. Mobile communication (vehicular)

4. Shipboard communication and monitoring

5. Laboratory measurements

There are two configurations of the 51S-1 — one for cabinet

mounting and the other for conventional 19" rack mount-

ing. The rugged, compact, lightweight construction makes it

possible for the receiver to be easily transported in a light-

weight carrying case.

Different versions of the receiver are available for operation

from either ac or dc power sources. The ac version will oper-

ate from 50-400 cycle power. The dc version operates from

26.5 y dc.

51S-I in cabinet

Optional filters are available to suit a variety of bandwidth

requirements. Separate Mechanical Filters for each sideband

eliminate the necessity for oscillator shifting.

Highly selective Q multiplier rejection tuning enhances op-

eration in the presence of interfering signals. Since no crystal

filter is required, the problem of filter ringing is eliminated.

Nominal frequency drift after warm-up is less than 100 cps

per week at normal room temperatures. The 51S-1 can be

used in unattended RTTY operation.

The 2-30 mc range is covered in 1 mc bands. The tuning dial

mechanism has been designed with minimum reflected

torque for smooth, effortless, finger-touch tuning. The

counter-type dial indicates frequency directly. Linear dial

calibration provides 7.8 ft. of bandspread for each megacycle

18

51S-1 Communication Receiver

of coverage. Band change time is five seconds average and

dial tuning from end to end requires only ten seconds average.

The AGC system uses fast attack and slow release time con-

stants for optimum SSB operation.

In addition to its normal communication functions, the

51S-1 provides coverage from 200 kc to 2 mc. While this

coverage is not considered suitable for communication pur-

poses, it is most useful in laboratory measurements. It is espe-

cially suited for investigation of SSB balanced modulator

outputs, low IF exciter and receiver frequencies and low fre-

quency mixer schemes.

The 51S-1, mounted in a desk top cabinet, operates from 115

y or 230 v, 50-400 cps power source. The 51S-1A is identical

except it is supplied for 26 y dc operation. The 51S-1F, for

mounting in a standard 19" RETMA rack, operates from a

115 y or 230 v, 50-400 cps power source, and the 51S-1AF

from 26 y dc.

Accessories

351R-1 and 351R-2 RACK MOUNTS

The 351R-1 can be used to mount a desk top style 51S-1 in

a standard 19" (48.26 cm) rack. The 351R-2 will accommo-

date a 312B-3 speaker. Each is 83/4 " (22.23 cm) high and

front panels have slotted mounting holes.

312B-3 CABINET SPEAKER

The 312B-3 is housed in an attractively styled cabinet which matches the 51S-1 Receiver. It contains a 5" x 7" speaker

and is complete with connecting cable.

Impedance: 4 ohms. Size: 10" W, 73/4 " H, 8" D (25.4 cm

W, 19.69 cm H, 20.32 cm D). Weight: 4 lbs. (1.81 kg).

3 I 2C-1,-2,-3 PANEL MOUNTED SPEAKERS

For rack mounted receiver assemblies. Single, dual or triple

speaker groupings. Panel size is 19" W, 83/4 " H (48.26 cm

W, 22.23 cm H).

.44411morsznefflummuremrwie

trite

• • • • 351E MOUNTING PLATES

reP4a>1 'See%

e • e •

351E-4 351E-3

The 351E c,an be used to secure the 51S-1 or 312B-3 equip-

ments to bench or table in shipboard, airborne or vehicular

installations. The 351E-3 will mount the 312B-3 Speaker.

The 351E-4 has two snap-in clamps for secure installation of

the 51S-1. The equipment can be easily unclamped for re-

moval without the use of tools. The unit is removed by pulling

forward and lifting.

CC-2 CARRYING CASE

The CC-2 is designed to hold the components of a portable

Collins SSB or CW station. The 51S-1 can be transported in

the case. The CC-2 is adapted from the Samsonite Silhouette

and includes a shock-resistant molded interior for the equip-

ment. The CC-2 weighs 9.5 lbs. (4.31 kg) empty.

HS-1 HEADSET

The model HS-1 is a 600 ohm headset complete with plug

and rubber-cushioned earphones. The color is light gray.

19

51S-1 Communication Receiver

Functional Circuits

Specifications

FREQUENCY RANGE: 2-30 mc continuous coverage; additional

coverage from 0.2-2.0 mc for laboratory measurements.

(Specifications do not apply below 2 mc.)

MODES OF OPERATION: USB, LSB, AM or CW (all bands).

CALIBRATION: I kc per dial division. Direct reading in mega-

cycles and kilocycles (all bands).

TUNING: Frequency range, divided into linear 1 mc bands.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: After 90 minute warm-up, frequency

stability will be nominally within 100 cps per week at normal

room temperature.

SENSITIVITY: SSB and CW — 0.6 uy for not less than 10 db

SH-N/N (2-30 mc). AM — 3 uy for not less than 10 db

S±N/N (2-30 mc).

SELECTIVITY: SSB — 300-3050 cps when using 2.75 kc Me-

chanical Filter; 300-2700 cps when using optional 2.4 kc

Mechanical Filter (at 3 db points). CW — 800 cps or 300

cps, depending on filter used. AM — 5 kc using normal IF

transformers or 6 kc with optional Mechanical Filter.

AGC TIME CONSTANTS:

time — 0.1 second.

AGC CHARACTERISTICS:

Rise time — 0.8 millisecond. Decay

Audio output variation less than 6

db for RF inputs from 5-50,000 uy. Not more than 3 db

change in audio output with RF signals from 50,000 uy to 1 v.

RF INPUT: 50 ohms unbalanced.

CROSS-MODULATION: Inputs for 10 db cross-modulation (2.30

mc).

Desired Signal (uy)

5

50

500

Interfering Signal uy Level and % of Frequency Removed

(1%) (2%) (4%)

25,000 100,000 300,000

50,000 150,000 800,000

100,000 300,000 1 y

SPURIOUS RESPONSE: Not less than 80 db (2-30 mc). Image

rejection not less than 50 db (2-25 mc). Not less than 40 db

(25-30 mc) measured at midband.

INPUT-OUTPUT METER: Input calibrated in decibels above

AGC threshold. Output level calibrated for either 0 dbm

or +10 dbm.

IF OUTPUT: 500 kc; 50 millivolts at 50 ohms.

AUDIO OUTPUT: 4 ohms and 600 ohms unbalanced 1.0 watt,

distortion less than 10% . Separate 600 ohm balanced output

for connection to telephone line, distortion less than 1.2%

at 0 dbm.

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: SSB — Within 3.5 db, 300-3050 cps,

line output; within 3.5 db, 350-3050 cps, local output (with

optional 2.4 kc Mechanical Filter within 3.5 db, 300-2700

cps). AM — Within 6 db, 100-2500 cps, line output; within

6 db, 200-2500 cps, local output.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE: 0°-50° C.

AMBIENT HUMIDITY: Up to 90%.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 125 watts, 115 y ± 10% , or 230 v

± 10%, 50-60 cps; 400 cps operation with reduced hum spe-

cification at full audio output. For 26.5 y ±10% operation,

the internal ac supply unit is replaced by an optional dc unit.

REJECTION NOTCH: Not less than 40 db.

BFO: Supplied by 500 kc crystal.

SIZE AND WEIGHT:

Rack mounted

19" 48.26 cm

Size

H

83/4 " 22.23 cm

13 1/64" 33.06 cm

Weight

D (approx.)

26 lbs. 11.8 kg

Cabinet 143/4 " 6 9/16" 13 1/64" 26 lbs. mounted 37.47 cm 16.67 cm 33.06 cm 11.8 kg

Related Equipment Antennas, p. 92-99

20

651F-1 universal radio group Receiver

Features

Automatic Tuning

Compact Packaging

Telephone Compatibility

Installation Flexibility

Remote Operation

Applications

Fixed Station

Transportable

Shipboard

Mobile

The 651F-1 is a shelf mounted receiver covering the 2.0-

29.999 mc frequency range in 28,000 1.0 kc channel incre-

ments or 2.0-29.9999 mc in 280,000 0.1 kc increments.

Modes of reception include a choice of upper sideband, lower

sideband, independent sideband (separate channels on each

sideband), four channel multiplex, conventional AM or com-

patible AM with AFC. Bandwidths of 3 kc or 6 kc are op-

tional. The 651F-1 is part of the Collins Universal Radio

Group of building block equipments, which can be selected

to meet a wide range of communication requirements.

SYSTEM APPLICATION

The 651F-1 URG Receiver is suitable for continuous opera-

tion in fixed station, transportable, mobile or shipboard com-

munication systems. A simplified automatic tuning system permits control from a local shelf or console mounted unit or

a dial pulse remote arrangement over telephone lines. The

channel frequency can be phase locked to the internal 100

kc standard or to an external standard. Automatic frequency

control can be employed to allow compatibility with un-

stable signals.

RECEIVER CONSTRUCTION

The 651F-1 consists of an IF translator, an RF translator, and

distribution frame on a rack mounting shelf with an integral

cooling air plenum. It is compatible with either Unistrut

racking or cabinet enclosures. The IF translator employs

card cage construction to permit a choice of operational ca-

pability for the initial installation and to facilitate modifica-

tion as communication needs change. The RF translator con-

tains the RF tuner and frequency stabilizing circuits.

EASE OF MAINTENANCE

Transistors and semiconductors are used wherever applicable

to minimize weight, size and power consumption. Each indi-vidual card or module contains a complete circuit division

facilitating maintenance procedures.

Wiring easily accessible

BASIC CONFIGURATION

The 651F-1 Receiver is normally supplied for 3 kc USB

channels, 1 kc tuning increments, internal frequency standard

and operation from a 27.5 y dc power source. It includes a

499L-1 22" wide mounting shelf with cooling air plenum for

attachment to rack cooling systems. A wiring distribution

frame and circuit breaker are also included.

OPTIONAL CONFIGURATIONS

Mode Options The following choices are available to meet

specific operating requirements: LSB, 3 kc bandwidth; LSB,

6 kc bandwidth; USB, 6 kc bandwidth; AM; or four channel

multiplex.

Tenth KC Channel Increment Option The number of RF

channels can be increased to 280,000 for more effective

spectrum utilization.

651F-1 on 19" shelf

21

651F-1 Universal Radio Group Receiver

Functional Circuits

-111d DR I VE 1511-*4

,_47,1 OP 14 RANG

500 MC

400 KC OR 400.0 TO 400.9 KC

AM OR AFC 4

10 100 KC I F -AF 4 M PL

100 K CARR INPUT

CHAN BI

r- e11

2.66 KC OR

5.7 KC BP F1L

1,00 KC

45171111'-'

100 .c----T ----

CARR INPUT

2.69 KC BP F IL

100 KC 1F-AF AMPL

106. 19 CARRIER 1 NPUT

CHAN e2

2.69 KC I-411

100 K5

M PL

AF AM PL

BR IDGI NG PLuG

S I NGLE

2; BR In NG PLUG

93.710C CARR IF R INPUT

- C H 44 AI BP OUT

- CHAN *2

Automatic Frequency Control Option The AFC option can be

implemented to permit the frequency of the 651F-1 to be

phase locked to the pilot carrier of an incoming signal. It is

used when the 651F-1 is operated in a communication net-

work with unstable transmitting equipment. This option is

only available when the 0.1 kc channel increment option is

employed.

Line Amplifier Options Plug-in audio line amplifiers can be

used if a higher channel output level is needed. Both single

and dual amplifier card modules are available. Audio levels

can be adjusted individually.

External Frequency Standard Option This option offers great-

er frequency stability for data communication applications.

Memory Matrix Option The memory matrix is necessary only

in systems sharing frequency control equipments. The 0.1 kc

digit information is retained in the absence of continuous

frequency information until a new frequency is selected. It is

intended primarily for installations using the 313 series of

wire line control equipments.

Power Supply Option An internal power supply offers oper-

ation from a 115 y or 230 v, 45-450 cps power source in lieu

of the normal 27.5 y dc.

Mounting Shelf Options (1) A 499L-1 shelf as normally sup-

plied, except designed for a 19" rack and including an inte-

gral blower. (2) A 499L-1 shelf as in option 1, except an AM

control unit is included. (3) A 499L-1 shelf as in option 1,

except a control for AFC operation is included. (4) A

499L-1 22" wide shelf as normally supplied, with a control

unit for AM operation. (5) A 499L-1 22" wide shelf as nor-

mally supplied, with a control unit for AFC operation.

Specifications

FREQUENCY RANGE: 2.0-29.999 mc or 2.0-29.9999 mc with

1.0 kc or 0.1 kc channel increments.

TYPES OF RECEPTION: SSB - USB (nominal 3 kc, 6 kc), LSB

(nominal 3 kc, 6 kc), ISB (nominal 3 kc, 6 kc), four nomi-

nal 3 kc channel multiplex. AM - conventional or com-

patible AM when implemented with AFC.

TUNING TIME: 8 seconds after completion of desired channel

frequency selection.

SENSITIVITY: SSB - not less than 10 db S-l-N/N ratio for a

single tone input signal of 0.5 uy below AGC threshold.

AM - not less than 10 db S±N/N ratio for a 30% modula-

tion carrier of 2 uy below AGC threshold.

SELECTIVITY: Determined by individual bandpass filter elec-

trical characteristics.

I DB Maximum 60 DB Attenuation Filter Ripple From Points

A-1 (nominal 3 kc) 100.35-103.04 kc NLT 99.925 kc NMT 103.30 kc

A-2 (nominal 3 kc) 103.25-105.94 kc NIT 102.99 kc NMT 106.31 kc

B-1 (nominal 3 kc) 96.96-99.65 kc NLT 96.70 kc NMT 100.075 kc




AM (nominal 6 kc) 97.15-102.85 kc 96.55 kc minimum 103.45 kc maximum

Carrier (nominal 250 cps)

Maximum ripple in to +65° C, 1.5 db -40° C to -30° C.

99.875-100.125 NLT 99.50 kc kc at 3 db roll-off NMT 100.50 kc points

the filter passband - 1.0 db from +15° C from -30° C to +15° C and 3.0 db from

PILOT CARRIER AGC: Threshold - 2 uy nominal, equivalent

to full level carrier reception; 0.2 uy nominal 20 db suppres-

sion. Audio Rise-Not more than 3 db increase in audio out-

put for increase in RF input from 2 uy to 100 mv; not more

than 3 db increase in audio output referenced to 2 uy input

level when input is increased to 1 v. Time Constants - Rise

22

651F-1 Universal Radio Group Receiver

time 0.1 second; decay time 1 second. Enabling Method —

A ground on the enable line. Level Control — Choice of three

levels. Two preset levels are available by individual enabling

commands; one preset continuously adjustable and one pre-

set adjustable in 3 db steps for a total of 30 db. Pilot carrier

amplifier is enabled automatically whenever one of the pilot

carrier presets is enabled. A third external control can be

used to continuously vary level from a remote position. (Re-

mote line operation is not terminated when one of the preset

levels is desired.)

AFC OPERATION: Carrier Sensitivity — AFC operation

is possible on pilot carrier signals in the range of 0.5 uy to

0.1 v. Carrier Selectivity and Acquisition — Control is possi-

ble on pilot carrier signals in the frequency range of ± 100

cps from dial frequency. Acquisition covers a ±50 cps fre-quency range and is attained in less than 10 seconds (1 sec-

ond typical). Manual acquisition provided for a z.t-. 1000 cps

frequency range.

Tracking Rate — Automatic frequency control will remain

locked on carrier frequencies which vary up to 10 cps/second

(30 cps/second typical).

Selectivity Range — Automatic frequency control is possible

on pilot carrier signals in the frequency range of ± 1000

cps from dial frequency.

Hold Time — Frequency is maintained within +10 cps for a

minimum of one minute after loss of input signal.

Locking Error — Lock is maintained within less than +1

cps of the received carrier frequency.

Carrier Loss Alarm — Carrier loss is indicated by a ground-

on-line command for operation of an external alarm when the

suppressed carrier fades to a level less than necessary for au-

tomatic frequency control.

Frequency Deviation Meter — External connections for a

0-100 ua meter provide indication of the frequency deviation

corrected by the AFC. The external meter should have two

ranges, 0-1000 cps and 0-100 cps, selected by external shunts.

FREQUENCY CONTROL: All injection sources except channel

A-2 and B-2 multiplex carriers are phase locked to the inter-

nal frequency standard (or to the external standard, if used).

FREQUENCY STABILITY: Internal Standard — 1 part in 10" per day due to aging; rms stability factor does not exceed 1 part

in 10m in any 10 minute period. Multiplex channels A-1 and

B-1 determined by reference sources; A-2 and B-2 have an

additional deviation of ± 2 cps.

Hum AND NOISE: SSB — At least 50 db below rated output.

AM — At least 40 db down. With Fl A noise weighting, at

least 60 db below rated output. SPURIOUS RESPONSE: At least 60 db below response to normal

inband signals.

HARMONIC DISTORTION: SSB — Not more than 1% (2000 uy

CW input, 1500 cps audio output). AM — Not more than

5% (2000 uv, 30% modulation at 1000 cps).

INTERMODULATION DISTORTION: All intermodulation prod-

ucts at audio output are not less than 40 db down from one of

two equal test signals applied to input terminals at 100 uy

level and at +10 dbm audio output level.

QUIETING: For each 10 db increase of input signal, the signal-

to-noise ratio will increase 10 ±1 db up to 30 db above AGC

threshold. Ultimate quieting at +50 db above AGC thresh-

old, at least 50 db.

INTERNAL SPURIOUS: Except for three LFO crossover fre-

quencies, which are not more than 3.0 uy equivalent; not

more than 0.5 uy equivalent at any other frequency.

IMAGE REJECTION: At least 60 db except 55 db at 200 kc

above or below dial frequency.

IF REJECTION: At least 90 db.

AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL: Threshold — SSB, 1 UV nominal;

AM, 2 uy nominal. Audio Rise — SSB, not more than 4 db increase in audio output when the RF input is increased from

threshold to 1 v; AM, not more than 6 db increase in audio

output when the RF input is increased from threshold to 100

mv. Time Constants — All times are referred to within 3 db

of equilibrium levels; SSB Voice, rise time 8 milliseconds,

decay time 0.15 second; SSB Data, rise time 0.2 second, de-

cay time 0.15 second; AM, rise and decay time 0.2 second. Control Method — Isolated individual channel control up to

a nominal 60 uy RF input signal with strongest signal channel

controlling common AGC stages above 60 uy signal.

RF INPUT: 0.5 uy to 1.0 y into nominal 50 ohms. AGC

threshold 1.0 uy nominal (2.0 uy on AM).

AF OUTPUT: —10 dbm nominal and can be internally ampli-

fied to +10 dbm nominal into 600 ohms for single tone input

above AGC threshold.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 24.0-30.25 y dc (27.5 y nominal)

negative ground with no more than 1 I/ peak-to-peak, 200

watts maximum. Can be implemented for ac power, 115 y or

230 v, 45-450 cps.

SIZE: 22 5/16" W, 83/4 " H, 241/2" D (56.67 cm W, 22.23

cm H, 62.23 cm D), including shelf.

WEIGHT: 62 lbs. (28.12 kg), minimum implementation; 80

lbs. (36.29 kg), maximum implementation, including shelf.

Basic Units 789R-1 IF Translator, p. 88-90

618Z-4 RF Translator, p. 87

Related Equipment 313 Series Controls, p. 83-85

Racks and Cabinets, p. 91

Antennas, p. 92-99

635R-1 Bandpass Filter, p. 110, 111

635T-2 Bandpass Filter, p. 111, 112

635V-1 Bandpass Filter, p. 112

23

1

Transmitting Equipment Collins HF exciters, using efficient me-

chanically filtered sideband generators, are ideally suited for use in fixed station, airborne, mobile, transportable and shipboard applications. A choice of 1, 3, 10 and 45 kw PEP power amplifiers is

available to increase the exciter output to the desired levels. The equipments are automatically tuned and can be completely remote controlled.

POWER AMPLIFIER

r -, HARMONIC '

i FILTER i

24

310V-1 universal radio group Exciter

SYSTEM APPLICATION Features Automatic Tuning

Compact Packaging



Remote Operation

Applications

Fixed Station

Transportable

Shipboard

Mobile

The 310V- l is a shelf mounted HF exciter which, together

with an automatically tuned power amplifier of the desired

level, provides an extremely versatile HF transmitter. It offers

a choice of 0.1 kc or 1.0 kc channel increments over the

2.0-29.9999 mc frequency range.

Modes of operation include upper sideband, lower sideband,

independent sideband (separate channels on each sideband),

or compatible AM with a choice of 3 kc or 6 kc bandwidths.

Four 3 kc SSB multiplex channels may be optionally used.

Power output is 0.4 watt PEP for continuous duty operation.

The 310V-1 is part of the Collins Universal Radio Group of

building block equipments, which can be selected to meet a

wide range of communication requirements.

310V-1 on 19" shelf

The 310V-1 is ideally suited for fixed station, transportable,

shipboard or mobile applications. A simplified automatic

tuning system permits control from a local shelf or console

mounted unit or by a dial pulse remote arrangement over

telephone lines. Audio terminations are compatible with tele-

phone industry standards.

EXCITER CONFIGURATION

The 310V- l consists of an IF translator, an RF translator,

and distribution frame on a rack mounting shelf with an in-

tegral cooling air plenum. It is compatible with either Uni-

strut racking or cabinet enclosures. The IF translator em-

ploys card cage construction to permit a choice of operational

capability for the initial installation and to facilitate modifi-

cation as communication needs change. The RF translator

contains the RF tuner and frequency stabilizing circuits.

FOUR CHANNEL MULTIPLEX

As many as four 3 kc bandwidth audio inputs can be multi-

plexed in the IF translator. The level of each individual chan-

nel is automatically adjusted according to the number in use.

ALC of the multiplex signal is provided by a bias from the

final stage of the associated power amplifier.

EASE OF MAINTENANCE

Transistors and semiconductors are used wherever applica-

ble to reduce size, minimize power consumption and increase

reliability. Each individual card or module contains a com-

plete circuit division, facilitating routine or corrective main-

tenance procedures.

BASIC CONFIGURATIONS

The 310V-1 Exciter is normally supplied for 3 kc USB chan-

nels, 1 kc tuning increments, operation from an internal fre-

25

310V-1 Universal Radio Group Exciter

quency standard and a 27.5 y dc power source. It includes a

499L-2 22" wide mounting shelf with a cooling air plenum

for attachment to rack cooling systems. A wiring distribution

frame and circuit breaker are also included.



specific operating requirements: LSB, 3 kc bandwidth; LSB,

6 kc bandwidth; USB, 6 kc bandwidth; 4-channel multiplex;

and AM modes.


channels can be increased to 280,000 for more effective

spectrum utilization.


used if the audio input level is below the required level. Both

single channel and dual channel amplifier card modules are

available. Individual level adjustments are provided.


er frequency stability for data communication application.


in systems sharing frequency control information between

equipments. In installations which share frequency control

equipment, the 0.1 kc digit information is retained in the ab-

sence of continuous frequency information until a new fre-

Functional Circuits

quency is selected. It is intended primarily for installations

using the 313 series of wire line control equipments.

Power Supply Options An internal power supply offers oper-

ation from a 115 y or 230 v, 45-450 cps power source in lieu

of the normal 27.5 y dc.

Easily removed subunits

Mounting Shelf Options (1) A 499L-2 shelf as normally sup-

plied, except designed for a 19" rack and including an inte-

gral blower. (2) A 499L-2 shelf as in option 1, except with

an exciter control unit. (3) A 499L-2 shelf as normally sup-

plied, except with an exciter control unit.

CHAN AI AF IN

CHAN BI AF IN

CHAN A2 AF IN

CHAN B2 AF IN

SINGLE OR DUAL AF A MP L

OR BRIDGING PLUG

KEY 1 N

ALC IN

AI

SI NGLE OR DUAL AF A MPL

OR B RI DG I NG PLUG

A2

Al

B I

B 1

SI NGLE OR DUAL BAL MOD

100

CHAN A2

KC 106.29 KC


100 KC


CHAN

AI

CHAN

B I

CHAN

B2

2.69 KC BP FIL

2.69 OR 5.7 KC BP FIL

2.69 OR 5.7 KC BP FIL

100 KC 93.71 KC

2.69 KC BP FIL

-^

MULTI PLEX COMB I NE R

100 KC IF TO SI G CONT

400 KC OR

400.0-400.9 KC

2-30 MC RF OUT

2-30 MC

26

310V-1 Universal Radio Group Exciter

Specifications



TRANSMISSION MODES: SSB — USB, LSB, ISB (3 kc or 6 kc

nominal bandwidths), or four nominal 3 kc channels multi-

plexed. AM — Compatible.

TUNING TIME: Not more than 8 seconds after selection of

frequency.

SELECTIVITY: Determined by individual bandpass filter elec-

trical characteristics.

I DB Maximum 60 DB Attenuation Filter Ripple From Points







Maximum ripple in the filter passband — 1.0 db from +15°C to +65° C; 1.5 db from —30°C to +15° C; 3.0 db from —40° to —30° C.

FREQUENCY CONTROL: All injection sources except A-2 and

B-2 carrier injection are phase locked to a 100 kc standard.

STABILITY: Internal standard — 1 part in 108 per day due to

aging; rms stability factor does not exceed 1 part in 108 in

any 10-minute period. Multiplex channels A- l and B-1 deter-

mined by reference source; channels A-2 and B-2 can have

an additional deviation of -± 2 cps.

RF OUTPUT: 0.4 watt PEP minimum into nominal 50 ohms.

OUTPUT DISTORTION: Third and higher order distortion prod-

ucts are suppressed at least 40 db below 0.4 watt PEP, meas-

ured by the standard two-tone test technique.

HARMONIC EmissioN: At least 50 db below nominal peak en-

velope voltage levels.

INTERMODULATION DISTORTION: Not less than 40 db down.

ADJACENT CHANNEL CROSS-TALK: Not less than 45 db down.

Hum: Not less than 50 db below one tone of a two-tone 0.4

watt PEP test signal.

SPURIOUS EMISSION: 40 db below nominal PEV.

TRANSMIT GAIN CONTROL: In response to dc levels of 4 V or

more derived from the output of the IF translator and the

output of the RF translator or power amplifier, an infinite

memory automatic gain control will maintain the dc levels

proportional within +1 db.

AUTOMATIC CHANNEL LOADING: Single or any combination

of channel inputs maintained at nominal input level will be

controlled automatically to permit minimal excursions above

nominal PEV level or operation into the ALC region.

AUDIO INPUT LEVEL: A —6 dbm, single tone input will pro-

duce maximum RF output with the exciter gain control full

on and no ALC/TGC input. Specified distortion characteris-

tics will be maintained with a two-tone input each having

—6 dbm level with ALC voltage applied to maintain output

level at 0.2 watt PEP. When implemented with the line am-

plifiers, tones at —26 dbm will meet the same specified output

requirements.

AUTOMATIC LOAD CONTROL: Input voltage in the range 0

to —10 y will cause the exciter output to be reduced at least

20 db. Minimum distortion requirements are met with up to

10 db reduction in gain. Application of ALC control will not

affect carrier output in the AM or reduced carrier modes and

will not affect the TGC.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 24.0-30.25 y dc negative grounded

with no more than 0.5 I/ peak ripple, 170 watts nominal. Can

be implemented for 115 v, 45-450 cps.

SIZE: 22 5/16" W, 83/4 " H, 24 1/2 " D (56.67 cm W, 22.23

cm H, 62.23 cm D), including shelf.

W EIGHT: 62 lbs. (28.12 kg) minimum implementation; 80

lbs. (36.29 kg) maximum, including shelf.

Basic Units 789T-I IF Translator, p. 88-90


Related Equipment Power Amplifiers, p. 28-37

426U-2 Power Supply, p. 86

313 Series Controls, p. 83-85

Racks and Cabinets, p. 91

Antennas, p. 92-99

635W-1 Harmonic Filter, p. 113

184U-10 RF Matrix Uniswitch, p. 106, 107

27

205J-I 45 KM HF Power Amplifier OA-1448/GRT

Features Applications Servo Tuning

Simplified Controls

Power Selection

Functional Enclosure

Conservative Ratings

Fixed Station

Long Path

The 205J-1 is an automatically tuned linear power amplifier

with 45 kw PEP output over the 2-30 mc frequency range.

A power reduction circuit allows the level to be quickly re-

duced to 12 kw.

Low distortion amplifiers permit transmission of multiplex

signals without mutual interference between subchannels.

The 205J-1, with an external HF exciter and antenna system,

provides a complete transmitter for fixed station use. The in-

put level required is only 0.2 watt at the operating frequency.

It is especially suited for long range point-to-point or ground-

to-air single sideband communication applications. It can be

arranged for local or remote control in either attended or un-

attended operation.

Dependability, long life and savings in size and weight are

achieved by modern tubes and components, together with

proven single sideband circuitry. The 205J-1 is easily serv-

iced and maintained. All important circuits are metered.

Components and wiring are accessible through full length

electrically interlocked cabinet doors.

28 Available only on a production contract.

205J-1 45 KW HF Power Amplifier

AUTOMATIC PLATE DISSIPATION CONTROL AUTOMATICALLY TUNED

RF and prepositioning information for the tuned circuits of

the power amplifier is supplied by an external exciter. Prepo-

sitioning information can also be obtained from an internal

control panel. Phase discriminator servo systems within the

equipment automatically complete the tuning and loading of

the three amplifier stages. A pi-L network is used for output

coupling. A directional coupler measures the forward and re-

flected power in the output transmission line.

LOW DISTORTION

Reduced distortion and improved linearity are achieved by

the use of approximately 10 db of negative over-all RF feed-

back in the power amplifier.

AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL

Transmitter gain control circuitry permits adjustment of the

signal level to operate the power amplifier near its maximum

power capability without the possibility of it being overdriven

on peaks. Rectified voltage derived from the signal peaks is

used to control circuitry in the associated exciter, reducing

the excitation level on signal peaks.

Design highlights

I. Separate shielded compartments for each RF stage.

2. Simplified operating controls are located on recessed panels.

3. Conservatively rated power supplies have excellent dynamic regulation.

4. Ceramic tetrode tubes provide high gain with few amplifier stages.

5. All components and wiring are ac-cessible through full length doors.

Automatic plate dissipation control circuits allow the power

amplifier to operate at full input during the tuning cycle and

remove the requirements of high/low power switching with

its accompanying problems.

CONSERVATIVELY RATED SUPPLIES

Efficient three-phase, full-wave rectifier circuits are used in

both plate and screen supplies. The screens of the tubes in the output stage are connected directly to ground to give maxi-

mum effectiveness to the screen grid shielding. The PA

cathodes are operated 700 y below ground, making the total

final amplifier plate supply voltage 7,500 v.

The negative side of the PA plate supply is grounded through

the primary of a thyratron trigger transformer. In the event

of a high voltage arc to ground, the initial surge of current in

the negative return fires a thyratron. This action effectively

shorts the high voltage supply to ground.

The low voltage plate and screen supply also use a three-

phase, full-wave rectifier. Mercury vapor rectifier tubes are

temperature-controlled allowing operation of the power am-

plifier at low ambient temperatures.

29


Functional Circuits

SANDSWITCH INFORMATION FROM EXCITER 4,

COARSE POSITION IN FROM EXCITER

LOCAL COARS POSITION CONTROL

LOCAL BANDSWITCH CONTROL

II5V ACKICPS

RF INPUT FROM EXCITER

LOCAL COARSE POSITION HOLD

II5V 400CPS

20V TO COARSE POSITION

CIRCUITS

COARSE POSITION 28 VOLT

POWER SUPPL

TO TUNING AND

LOADING SERVO AMPL

eOPERATED FOR I2KW OUTPUT

4-

COARSE POSITION

POTENTIOMETER

PHASE DISCRIMINATOR

SERVO AMPL

NEGATIVE FEEDBACK

1

INPUT AMPL TUNING MOTOR

BANDSW,TcH

COARSE POSITION FOLLOW LIP

POTENTIOMETER

PHASE DISCRIM/NATOR

INPUT AMPL .1 4C1(350A

115V 400CPS

ATTeNUTOR

II5V 400CPS

EXCITER KEY LINE

EXCITER AM LINE TUNE•OPERATE CONTROL

EXCITER TUNE CONTROL LINE

TO EXCITER

PRED .STORTER

OVERLOAD CONTROL GATE

TUNED CIRCUIT

SERVO AMPL

4

DRIVER AMPL .3 ACX25013

DRIVER GRID CURRENT

OVE LOAD CONTROL GATE

DRI TLIN. MO -

K.

K.

BIAS

PA PLATE

[CURRENT SAMPLE

POWER AMPL OVERLOAD CONTROL

F. 1151 400C

*28V TRANSMITTER GAIN

AUTOMATIC CARRIER CONTROL

Specifications

FREQUENCY RANGE: 2-30 RIC, automatically tuned.

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms, 2:1 maximum VSWR. Flange

connection for standard EIA 3¼" 50 ohm transmission line.

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms unbalanced, termination for type

UG-89B/U connector.

POWER OUTPUT: 45 kw PEP; may be reduced to 12 kw PEP.

Average output capability is 22.5 kw.

EMISSION: Any type not exceeding bandwidth or power capa-

bility. Superior for SSB service.

INPUT INFORMATION REQUIRED: 0.2 watt nominal at operat-

ing frequency, together with bandswitch and coarse position-

ing information for automatic operation. Semi-automatic op-

eration only requires RF drive signal.

RF BANDWIDTH: Not less than 16 kc bandwidth between —1 db points.

DISTORTION: Third and higher odd-order distortion at least 35

db below either of two equal tones required to drive the pow-

er amplifier to 45 kw PEP.

HARMONIC OUTPUT: Second harmonic at least 50 db down. Higher harmonics at least 60 db down.

NOISE LEVEL: At least 50 db below either of two equal tones

required to drive the power amplifier to 45 kw PEP output.

COOLING REQUIRED: Approximately 2000 cfm of air at a pres-

sure of 0.4" water column, supplied by internally located

centrifugal fan.

PRIMARY POWER: 195-255 y or 350-410 v, 3 phase, either 50

or 60 cps units can be supplied, 67 kva nominal, 0.95 pf for

45 kw PEP output, 2-tone test signal.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: —29° C to +52° C.

DUTY CYCLE: Continuous.

30


BANDS ,,TcH

COARSE POSITION FOLLOW UP

POTENTIOMETER

-4.

PHASE DISCRIMINATO

SERVO AMPL

1

SANDSWITCH le LIMIT SWITCHES

BANDSWITCH MO OR RELAYS

PA TUNING1 BAN.DSr0 1,;ECH MOTOR . ,

TuNED CIRCUIT

POVvER AMPL ACX5000A

COARSE POSITION FOLLOW UP — — —

POTENTIOMETER

LOADING COMPARATOR

PA G F oie vOLTmFIETER RECTIFIER

PA PLATE D,SSiPAT1ON CONTROL RECTèFIER

HRANGSZN1TTER

AUTOMATiC CARRIER

TUNING C0,1_

SERVO AMP

APACITOR

—"\

LOADING CAPACITORS

LOADING COIL

Leae

1.111111e RF OUTPUT

FORWARD AHD 3 1) °REFLECTED POWER

SWITCH

PA OUTPUT METER

SIZE AND W EIGHT: Related Equipment Size Weight 310V-1 Exciter,* p. 25-27

W H D 651F-1 Receiver, p.21-23 205J-1 Power Antennas, p.92-99

amplifier 478R-1 Spectrum Analyzer, p. 130, 131 with power supply 883/4 " 78" 35 1/2 " 3137 lbs. 476D-1 Distortion Analyzer-Monitor, p. 130 (over-all) 212.73 cm 198.12 cm 90.17 cm 1422.94 kg *205.1-1 requires special modification

Plate 183/8" 323/4 " 33 3/8" 1040 lbs. transformer 46.67 cm 83.19 cm 84.77 cm 471.74 kg

Circuit 161/4 " 263/4 " 17 1/8" 146 lbs. breaker 41.28 cm 67.95 cm 43.50 cm 66.23 kg

Power supply 17" 263/4 " 91/4 " 71 lbs. control 43.18 cm 67.95 cm 23.50 cm 32.21 kg

Centrifugal 303/8" 321/8" 21 1/4 " 183 lbs. fan 76.52 cm 81.60 cm 53.98 cm 83.01 kg

31

208U-3 3 10,% ELF Power Amplifier

Features

Automatic Tuning

Low Intermodulation

Distortion

Low Spurious

Voltage-Regulated Supplies

Remote Operation

Applications

Fixed Station

Transportable

Shipboard

The 208U-3 is an automatically tuned linear power amplifier

with 3 kw PEP output over the 2-30 mc frequency range.

When used with an external exciter, such as the Collins 310V-1, and an antenna, it provides a complete HF transmit-

ting system. Input power required is only 0.2 watt at the op-

erating frequency.

Emission capability includes single sideband, CW or FSK

signals. Several types of antennas can be accommodated. The 208U-3 operates from a 200-250 v, 47-420 cps, 3 phase

primary power source.

Control functions are actuated by low voltage, direct current

circuits. Dial-pulse control equipment is optionally available for remote operation over ordinary wire lines.

APPLICATION VERSATILITY

The 208U-3 is part of the Collins Universal Radio Group

equipment and is ideally suited for fixed station, transportable

or shipboard applications.

It is mounted in a rugged Unistrut frame to which doors, trim

panels and meter-control panel may be added as required for

custom configurations. Cabinet trim panels are available to

completely enclose the power amplifier, to enclose the front,

top and back or to enclose the front only, depending on in-stallation requirements.

Installation is simplified since the RF and power supply units

can be separated to permit passage through restricted space

and then be reassembled.

CIRCUIT FEATURES

A rapid, highly accurate automatic antenna tuning system

requires only the RF signal from the associated exciter for

frequency information. Shielded ceramic tetrode tubes con-

tribute to excellent circuit stability and provide high gain with

a minimum number of stages and tuned circuits. Fast oper-

ating, automatic tuning insures optimum linearity and peak

power output at all frequencies. An efficient antenna network

matches a wide range of antenna impedances.

Power supplies have automatic line voltage regulation. Long

life silicon rectifiers with transient suppression are used in all

power supply circuits.

Reliability is assured by the use of solid state components in

all applicable circuits. All significant voltage, current and RF

power levels are monitored by three meters. Voltage samples

are readily available for external logging and optional fault

alarm equipment.

32

208U-3 3 KW HF Power Amplifier

Functional Circuits

DPI

...el ____________ - •"' «ENLOE _ „.__,...P.

COIWitITTEN r CLOSED

CONTEL Er

'OPTIONAL', DORM. 00•ITSE POSITION

PEES 0IIICE

PHASE DISC»

'OS MOT

Pm/ SIE

DISC«

1010•011.101

IOC DC Mel

ONIKE

•ceIOOP

PIUS

COMM

LONDON, COUP

HH CUMENT SNIPE

TIZONACTI

esil Du, Cz1000P

CLEITIENT VON

PI. TE DISSIPET I ON L 'NIUE

Ut DETECT-

TIC DC TIC TOI

a MOVE DETECTOR ALAINA

OWECTIONAL COUPLER ASSUAN,

.--1 . 1EPLOCTIO PONES

POMPANO 'MOON

AL

IINCYONANO ANTENNA 1 SO 0.0à OUTPUT)

50' \Me

ANTINNA

NATTMITME

Specifications FREQUENCY RANGE: 2-30 mC.

POWER OUTPUT: 3 kw PEP or average.

DRIVE POWER: 0.2 watt PEP.

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms.

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms. Will accommodate up to 3:1

SWR. Will match at 32 ft. whip with accessory items.

OUTPUT INTERMoDULATION DISTORTION: Third and higher

order products at least 40 db below either of two equal test

tones which drive the power amplifier to rated output.

OUTPUT HARMONIC CONTENT: All harmonic output is not

less than 80 db below the fundamental power output meas-

ured on a 50 ohm load at any level up to rated power output.

TUNING TIME: Maximum, 10 seconds; nominal, 5 seconds.

Tune failure information is provided if equipment should

fail to tune within 15 seconds.

POWER SOURCE: 200-250 v, line to line, 3 phase, 47-420 cps.

A primary power regulator automatically maintains the input

voltage at 225 v.

POWER CONSUMPTION: Single tone CW at rated power, 7.5

kva. Two-tone at rated power, 4.3 kva. Power factor not less

than 0.9.

AMBIENT HUMIDITY: 0%-95%.

ALTITUDE: 0-10,000 ft. operating; 0-50,000 ft. nonoperating.

VIBRATION: 5-15 cps 0.03" double amplitude; 16-55 cps

0.02" double amplitude or 1 g, whichever is less.

SHOCK: Each individual unit (RF and power supply subunits),

when mounted in a suitable test frame, shall be capable of ac-

cepting 3 blows each direction in each of three planes for a

total of 18 blows and each impact shall be 15 g maximum, 11

milliseconds in duration.

SIZE: 31 9/16" W, 69" H, 223/4 " D (80.17 cm W , 175.26 cm

H, 56.83 cm D).

W EIGHT: Approx. 750 lbs. (340.2 kg).

Related Equipment 310V-1 Exciter, p. 25-27


Antennas, p. 92-99

476D-1 Distortion Analyzer-Monitor, p. 130

478R-I Spectrum Analyzer, p. 130, 131

184U-10 RF Matrix Uniswitch, p. 106, 107

651F-I Receiver, p. 21-23

33

208U-10 10 KW Power Amplifier

Features Applications Automatic Tuning Fixed Station

Integral Shielding Transportable

Efficient Cooling Shipboard

Unattended Operation

Front Accessibility

Application Groups

The 208U- 10 is an automatically tuned, 10 kw HF linear

power amplifier which covers the 2-30 mc frequency range.

It will linearly amplify SSB, AM, CW, FSK or any other type

of signal within the specified bandwidth and power capabili-

ties. Tuning is normally completed within 10 seconds and

never exceeds 25 seconds. The 208U-10 will tune into a 50

ohm broadband antenna without an antenna coupler. Drive

power required from an associated exciter is only 0.2 watt

PEP. The 208U-10 is part of the Collins Universal Radio

Group equipment which can be selected to meet a wide

range of communication requirements.

The 208U-10 is equally well suited for fixed station, trans-

portable or shipboard installations. Heavy components are

mounted on a solid aluminum base-casting to give superior

structural characteristics under shock and vibration condi-

tions. The AN/TSC-38 HF Communication System is a typi-

cal transportable application of the 208U- 10 Power Ampli-

fier. Optional cabinet styles, cooling and input power require-

ments permit its use in a wide range of applications without

degradation of performance.

AUTOMATIC TUNING

A rapid, highly accurate automatic tuning system requires

only the RF signal from the associated exciter for frequency

information. Reliability is increased by the use of solid state

servo amplifiers.

CERAMIC TETRODE TUBES

Compact, well shielded ceramic tetrode tubes provide high

gain with a minimum number of stages and contribute to ex-

cellent circuit stability.

DC REMOTE CIRCUITS

Function control circuits employ low voltage direct current

and can be used with telephone type termination facilities

for unattended remote operation.

INTEGRAL SHIELDING

Very low conducted and radiated interference levels have

been achieved by the use of integral shielded compartments

and adequate filtering for each RF stage.

EXTENDED RELIABILITY

Simplified circuitry with a minimum number of stages and

tuned circuits increases reliability. Solid state components

are used wherever applicable to insure reliability. Long life

silicon rectifiers, together with efficient transient suppression

circuits, are employed in power supplies. All components are

rated for continuous operation at the highest specified tem-

peratures. A high capacity blower insures adequate cooling

even in high altitude environments.

CUSTOM CONFIGURATIONS

The 208U-10 is mounted in a rugged Unistrut frame with re-

movable exterior panels to facilitate use in custom configura-

tions and to simplify installation in transportable shelters or

in shipboard radio rooms. In shipboard applications the final

34


RF amplifier can be separated from the power supply to fa-

cilitate handling through a restricted passage, and it can then

be quickly reassembled.

APPLICATION GROUPS

The following application groups are available: trim panels

for single or multiple installation, modified location of cool-

ing-air inlet and exhaust, a choice of primary power sources, automatic filament voltage regulation, primary power line

filters and automatic RF voltage control.

Trim Options The exterior cabinet panels and meter panel

snap or bolt on and can be installed initially or added later to

provide integrated styling with other related equipments.

Trim panels are not supplied with the basic power amplifier;

instead, optional application groups are selected to meet in-

dividual customer requirements.

Cabinet trim is available to completely enclose the power

amplifier, to enclose the front, top and back, or to enclose the

front only. Partial enclosure of the front, top and back is

for the middle units of a multiple power amplifier installa-

tion. The front trim group is for transportable hut or van

installations where the top, back and sides of the power am-

plifier are adjacent to other equipment, walls or ceiling.

Each of the trim groups is available with either a meter-con-

trol panel or a styled blank panel to complete the front enclo-

sure. The meter-control panel is for applications that require

local operational adjustments and power-level control, while

the blank panel is used in remotely controlled installations.

Cooling Air Options The 208U-10, as supplied, has a front air

inlet with filter and a top air outlet. A rear air intake applica-

tion group with external filtering is available for installations

where the ambient room air cannot be used for cooling. In

transportable installations with low ceilings, an application

group allows air to be exhausted from the top-rear without

extension of the power amplifier height.

Functional Circuits

Power Source Options The 208U-10 is normally supplied to

operate from a 195-255 1/, 47-63 cps, 3 phase power source.

Application groups are available for operation from either a

195-255 v, 400 cps, 3 phase power source, or a 380 y or 440

v, 50-60 cps, 3 phase, 4-wire wye power source.

Filament-Voltage Regulator Option An automatic filament-

voltage regulator application group will maintain the filament

voltages within -± 1% for line voltage changes of -± 10 % .

AGC Option An automatic gain control application group

can be added for operation with exciters which do not have

external gain control provisions.

Interference Suppression Option The 208U-10 meets all or-

dinary conducted RF interference requirements over the 90

kc to 30 mc range but in some applications additional attenu-

ation may be desired. An application group of three power-

line filters for 195-255 v, 50-60 cps or 400 cps power-line

sources will provide a minimum additional attenuation of 45

db from 150-500 kc and 65 db from 500 kc to over 100 mc.

Complete Trim Group Front and Top Trim Only

INPUT 0.3W

50 OHMS

I NT GAI N COST

.. rTraL

INTERNAL GAIN CONTROL BUS

9

DEY

BROADBAND AMPLIFIER ACBMA

SERVO ANIPL

m‘e

DRIVE R 2-:1C X 350A

D I SSI PA TION PROTECTOR

PWR ANIPL ¿C St O. 000D

—É 15 DB RF FE E 1313ACIt

r -4

COARSE DISCR

SERVO AMPL

- -

PHASE DISCO

LOADING 0—

SE RVO AMPL

SE 13V0 AMP,-

OUTPUT 1010/1/

50 OHMS 3: I SWR

WATTMETER SECT. AND GAIN CONY

35


Design highlights

! Centralized System Connections

2 Ceramic Tetrode Tubes

.3 Excellent RF Shielding

High Capacity Blower

Simplified Controls

f) Aluminum Base Casting

Specifications

FREQUENCY RANGE: 2-30 mc.


DRIVE POWER: 0.2 watt PEP.


OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms, with up to 3:1 SWR (2.5-30.0

mc); 2:1 SWR (2.0-2.5 mc).

INTERMODULATION DISTORTION: All odd order distortion

products at least 35 db below one of two equal tones which

drive the power amplifier to 10 kw PEP.

HARMONIC CONTENT: Second harmonic at least 55 db down.

Higher order harmonics at least 60 db down.

TUNING TIME: Less than 25 seconds.

POWER CONSUMPTION: Single tone CW at rated power — 22

kva; two-tone test-20 kva. Power factor not less than 0.9.

POWER SOURCE: 195-255 y with 2% regulation, 47-63 cps, 3

phase. Taps provided for line voltage compensation. Avail-

able for operation from 380 y or 440 v, 50-60 cps, 4-wire wye

connection, or 200-250 v, 380-420 cps, 3 phase power

sources on special order.


ALTITUDE: 0-10,000 ft. operating; 0-50,000 ft. nonoperating.

VIBRATION: 5-15 cps 0.03" durable amplitude. 16-55 cps

0.02" double amplitude or 1 g whichever is less.

SHOCK: Each individual unit, when mounted in suitable test

frame, shall be capable of accepting 3 blows each direction in

each of 3 planes for a total of 18 shocks, and each impact in

the vertical plane shall be 30 g, 11 milliseconds in duration,

and each impact in the horizontal plane shall be 15 g, 11 milli-

seconds in duration.

SIZE: Without trim — 393/4 " W, 69" H, 27 1/4 " D (1.01 me-

ters W, 1.75 meters H, 0.69 meter D).

W EIGHT: Approx. 1650 lbs. (748.44 kg).

Related Equipment 310V-1 Exciter, p. 25-27

635W-1 Harmonic Filter, p. 113


A ntennas, p.92-99

476D-1 Distortion A naly zer-M onit or , p. 130

478R-1 Spectrum Analyzer, p. 130, 131

184U-I 0 RF Matrix Uniswitch, p. 106, 107

651F-1 Receiver, p. 21-23

36

548L-4.1 KW HF Power Amplifier

Features

Automatic Tuning

Low Spurious

Compact Packaging

Maximum Accessibility

Applications

Fixed Station

Mobile

Transportable

Airborne

Shipboard

The 548L-4 is a compact power amplifier with a 1 kw PEP

or average output in the 2.0-29.9999 mc range.

It features automatic tuning, using tuning information in

0.1 kc increments. Tuning time is 2-3 seconds nominal, 10

seconds maximum.

Required drive is 0.2 watt PEP maximum on the channel

frequency. Over-all gain is within 3 db over the operating

range and within 1 db for a signal bandwidth of not less than

±7 kc of the center frequency. When used with an exciter,

such as the Collins 310V-1, and an antenna, it provides a

complete HF transmitter. The 548L-4 is part of the Collins

Universal Radio Group of building block equipments, which

can be selected to meet a wide range of communication sys-

tem requirements.

ADVANCED CIRCUITRY

The RF circuits consist of a two-stage amplifier with over-all

inverse feedback. Two 7551 tubes are used to drive four par-

allel 4CX350F's. The output passes through a directional

wattmeter circuit for transmission line VSWR indication.

FLEXIBLE INSTALLATION

The 548L-4 is housed in an ARINC 404 1 ATR size case

which can be easily mounted in a Unistrut or other type rack

for flexibility in configuration. Forced air cooling permits it

to be used over a wide range of ambient temperatures.

The 548L-4 Power Amplifier is equally applicable to fixed

station, shipboard, airborne and surface or air transportable

systems. It can be used in continuous duty applications with

either attended or unattended operation through local, re-

mote or telephone dial control. All frequency control func-

tions are accomplished by grounds on wires using a two-out-

of-five frequency code.

The 548L-4 is available with either an ac or dc power supply

and with or without a transmit-receive relay.

Functional Circuits

OR OR

r"- 71 ,7 ";;; L .r-117,r7;14 LR 1. 4 _< c SUPPLY I .

L - L.

IKW RF OUTPUT

Specifications

FREQUENCY RANGE: 2.0-29.9999 mc.

TUNING: Automatic, continuous coverage.

TYPES OF SIGNALS: Any, within bandwidth capability.

RF INPUT: 0.2 watt PEP maximum for rated PEP output.

TUNING TIME: Not more than 10 seconds maximum.

OUTPUT DISTORTION: Third and higher order distortion down

at least 35 db from either tone in a standard two-tone test.

HARMONIC EMISSION:

output level.

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE:

Suppressed at least 35 db below PEP

50 ohms unbalanced.

OUTPUT LEVEL:

input level.

1000 watts ±2 db PEP or average with rated

COOLING REQUIREMENTS: Forced air with 460 lbs. per hour at

1" water pressure minimum.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 22.0-30.25 y dc (27.5 y nominal)

negative grounded with no more than 0.5 y ripple, 450 watts

standby and 3000 watts maximum keyed; also available for

operation with 120 y or 208 y power source, 400 cps, 3 phase.

SizE: 101/2 " W, 7% " H, 19 9/16" D (25.72 cm W, 19.37 cm

H, 49.69 cm D).

WEIGHT: 52 lbs. (23.6 kg).

Related Equipment

310V-I Exciter, p.25-27 Antennas, p. 92-99


37

A complete line of HF single sideband transceivers for both general purpose requirements and specialized needs is

available from Collins. Equipment for airborne, fixed station, mobile, trans-portable and military field pack applica-

tions is included. Each transceiver is especially designed for the intended en-vironment and will provide consistently high performance and reliability.

TRANSCEIVER

r 1

ANTENNA i COUPLER L _

38

32MS-1B 100 Watt Mobile Transceiver

Features

Four Pretuned Channels

Stable Signals

Simplified Controls

Power Source Options

Applications

Petroleum

Lumbering

Maritime Service

Highway Construction

Civil Defense

A ircraf t

Vehicle Fleet

The 32MS-1B Mobile Transceiver, with an output power of

100 watts PEP, provides SSB voice communication on four

channels which can be preset to any frequency in the

1.6-15.0 mc range. All functions, including pushbutton chan-

nel selection, are controlled from a small remote unit. The

32MS-1B is especially suited for use in private autos, trucks,

military vehicles, aircraft and marine installations.

SIMPLIFIED OPERATION

Proven SSB circuitry with a minimum number of controls fa-

cilitates use by nontechnical personnel. Each channel fre-

quency employs separate sets of inductors to insure optimum

selectivity.

Speech clipping is used on both positive and negative peaks to

provide increased effective modulation. RF feedback is used

in the RF amplifier section to maintain high linearity.

EASILY MAINTAINED

All tubes and controls for initial adjustments and tuning are

reached by removing the top and bottom cover. Tune-up re-

quires no external test equipment. The technician is not di-

rectly exposed to any high voltage circuits while maintaining

the equipment.

High stability frequency generation circuits, common to the

transmitter and receiver sections, simplify over-all circuitry

and operation, and insure transmission and reception of sig-

nals on identical frequencies, with no manual adjustment.

OPTIONAL POWER SUPPLY

Plug-in supplies permit operation from 12 y dc, 28 y dc or

115 y or 230 v, 50-400 cps, single phase sources, and facilitate

use of the 32MS-IB in land or maritime mobile, fixed station

or airborne applications.

ADEQUATE COOLING

The 32MS-1B is housed in a welded aluminum case. Cooling

is by convection. When transmitting, a blower forces air di-

rectly on the PA tubes and effects general air circulation

throughout the cabinet. Additional forced air can be employed in accordance with

ARINC standards for installations where normal ambient air

circulation is restricted.

39


RAPID INSTALLATION

The transceiver, together with control unit, antenna tuner and

associated antenna, is easily installed. A separate antenna

tuner is not required if the Collins 437P-1 Mobile Antenna is

used. Plugs or cable connectors are employed for all wiring

between system components.

Accessories

437P-1 MOBILE ANTENNA

The 437P-1 is a tunable, vertical whip antenna for vehicular

use. It can be preset for operation on four communication channels in the 1.6-15.0 mc frequency range. The preposi-

tioned taps are automatically selected as the transmit channel

is selected. Power handling capability is 100 watts PEP.

The antenna consists of an eight foot stainless steel whip

mounted on a tubular base loading coil assembly. Tuning and

matching are preset by means of adjustable taps for each

channel. A motor driven Autopositionere included in the as-

sembly operates a switch upon completion of a ground cir-

cuit. The antenna can be mounted with a standard universal

mount located on the bumper or rear deck of the vehicle. Weight is 6 lbs. (2.72 kg).

48A-1SW DESK SET CONTROL

The 48A-1SW Desk Set provides pushbutton control of all 32MS-1B operating functions, including channel selection

and mode choice. It includes a transistor monitor amplifier

with separate volume level control. Push-to-talk control of

the transmit function is provided by a switch in the handset.

48B-2SW MOBILE CONTROL

The 48B-2SW Control for mobile installations allows push-

button selection of the desired operating channel and mode

of operation. An adjustable mounting bracket permits the

control unit to be positioned for maximum ease of use. An in-

tegral transistor amplifier and speaker can be used for re-

ceiver monitoring.

40


313W -1 REMOTE CONTROL

The 313W-1 Remote Control functions include channel se-

lection, audio level control and mode selection together with

an on-off control. Primarily intended for use where audio

output and input amplifiers are available as in aircraft instal-

lations. The unit has jacks on the rear for direct use of micro-

phone and headset.

Specifications

PRIMARY POWER: Power supplies available for operation from

either 115 y or 230 v, 50-400 cps, 28 v dc or 12 v dc.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: At 117 v ac — nominal transmitting

test tone, 3 amps; transmitting average speech, 2.4 amps; re-

ceive, 1.2 amps. At 14 y dc — transmitting test tone, 22.5

amps nominal; transmitting average speech, 17 amps; receive,

7 amps. At 28 y dc—transmitting test tone, 11.5 amps; nom-

inal; transmitting average speech, 9 amps; receive, 3.8 amps.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS: Ambient temperature range

(operating) — from —20° to +55° C. Altitude — 30,000 ft.

(9,144 meters). Humidity-0% -95%. Vibration—mount-

ed on 390L-1A Shockmount and vibrated according to MIL-

E-5400-E Curves 1 and 3, Fig. 5, up to 250 cps; i.e., suitable

for aircraft use.

MODE: Single sideband or AM with reinserted carrier.

STABILITY: ± 1 part per million.

TRANSMIT POWER OUTPUT: SSB — 100 watts PEP with two-

tone input, using the ac power supply, or 80 watts PEP with

two-tone input, using dc power supplies. Compatible AM

with single tone input — either 50 watts average using ac

power supply, or 40 watts average using dc power supply.

TRANSMIT OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 52 ohms with SWR of less

than 2.5: 1.

HARMONIC AND OTHER SPURIOUS RADIATION: Second har-

monic — at least 45 db below rated PEP. Carrier — at least

50 db below rated PEP static. Unwanted sideband — at least

60 db below rated PEP. Two-tone distortion products — at

least 27 db below rated PEP. All other spurious radiation —

at least 50 db down from rated PEP.

TRANSMIT AUDIO INPUT: Telephone handset at control box or

balanced 600 ohm input with 0 dbm input level.

SPEECH CLIPPING LEVEL: —3 dbm on AM; +8 dbm on SSB.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: Transmitter, over-all, ±3 db,

400-2700 cps measured across 52 ohm resistive load.

NOISE LEVEL: More than 40 db below rated power output.

AUTOMATIC LOAD CONTROL: Capable of maintaining at least

6 db compression.

RECEIVER BANDWIDTH: SSB — 3 kc, determined by Mechani-

cal Filter. AM — 6 kc, nominal.

RECEIVER SENSITIVITY: Less than 1 uy input signal for 10 db

signal-to-noise ratio in SSB service; less than 3 uy signal,

modulated 30% with 1000 cps tone for 10 db signal-to-noise

ratio in AM service.

AGC CHARACTERISTICS: Output audio change is less than 6 db

for input variation from 10-100,000 uy.

RECEIVER IMAGE REJECTION: 1.6-12.0 mc, more than 50 db;

12-15 mc, more than 40 db.

RECEIVER AUDIO OUTPUT POWER: SSB-0 dbm output for 1

uy input; or AM — 0 dbm output for 3 uy, 30% modulation,

1000 cps.

RECEIVER AUDIO DISTORTION: Less than 10% harmonic dis-

tortion at audio output.

RECEIVER AUDIO FIDELITY: Over-all -±3 db, 400-2700 cps for

SSB; ±3 db, 300-3000 cps for AM.

SizE: 153/8" W, 71/2 " H, 21341" D (39.05 cm W, 19.05 cm H,

54.93 cm D).

WEIGHT: With ac supply, 483/4 lbs. (22.11 kg); with 28 v dc

supply, 363/4 lbs. (16.67 kg); with 12 y dc supply, 36 1/2 lbs.

(16.56 kg).

Related Equipment

180V-2 Antenna Coupler, p. 43

41

32RS-1 100 Watt Transceiver

Features

Four Pretuned Channels

Stable Signals

Simplified Controls

Voice Operation (VOX)

Applications

Petroleum

Lumbering

Maritime Service

Highway Construction

Civil Defense

ining

Widespread Business

The 32RS-1 is a compact SSB voice transmitter-receiver for

fixed base industrial use. It has 100 watt PEP output on any

of four pretuned channels in the 1.6-15.0 mc frequency

range. Seven basic operating controls permit operation by

nontechnical personnel. A front panel meter indicates trans-

mitter output and incoming signal strength.

CIRCUIT FEATURES

Each communication channel employs separate sets of in-ductors to insure optimum frequency selectivity. RF feed-

back maintains high RF amplifier linearity. Automatic load

control circuitry provides a high level of "talking power" by

compensating for changes in voice levels. High stability fre-

quency generation circuits, common to both transmitter and

receiver, achieve circuit simplification and eliminate the

need for frequency trimming adjustments.

VOICE OPERATE CONTROL

An integral voice operated relay (VOX) automatically

switches the unit from receive function to transmit whenever

the operator speaks into the handset. If desired, VOX can be

over-ridden by depressing a push-to-talk button in the hand-

set or by grounding the key terminal.

The VOX control facilitates operation with ordinary tele-

phone extensions or through a telephone switchboard. An ac-

cessory "hybrid" termination unit is available for convenient

connection of the 32RS-1 Transceiver to existing 2-wire tele-

phone circuits.

EASY TUNE-UP

The panel meter can be employed for transmitter tuning

functions and a self-contained audio oscillator permits rapid

set up of new operating channels. All adjustments are con-

tinuous and the technician is protected from high voltage.

SIMPLE INSTALLATION

The 32RS- 1, together with associated antenna and optional

antenna tuner, is interconnected by plug-in cables. An ac-

cessory panel, located at the top of the transceiver, will ac-

commodate the 152J-1 Phone Patch or 302E-2 Directional

Wattmeter, as well as other switches and controls.

Accessories

302E-2 DIRECTIONAL WATTMETER

The 302E-2 can be mounted directly in the 32RS-1 acces-

sory panel. It can be easily removed for use at the antenna

site. A direct reading 0-200 watt scale indicates either for-

ward or reflected power.

Size: 5" W, 3" H, 5¼" D ( 12.7 cm W, 7.62 cm H, 13.34 cm

D). Weight: 3 lbs. (1.36 kg).

152J-1 PHONE PATCH

The 152J-1 uses a resistance hybrid circuit to match a 600

ohm telephone line to the unbalanced transmit and receive

audio terminations. It effectively isolates receiver and trans-

mitter functions.

When the phone patch is in operation, the 32RS- I handset is

left on its cradle and the station telephone is used. The line

42

32RS-1 100 Watt Transceiver

level is monitored using the station phone. A position is pro-

vided to "disconnect" the 32RS-1 when only telephone usage

is desired.

The station operator has complete supervisory control by

means of a switch which allows either transmit, receive or

VOX operation.

Size: 5" W, 3" H, 65/8" D (12.7 cm W, 7.62 cm H, 16.83 cm

D). Weight: 3 lbs. (1.36 kg).

180V-2 ANTENNA COUPLER

The 180V-2 will load single wire or whip antennas longer

than 50 ft. over the 1.6-15.0 mc range or longer than 30 ft.

over the 2.5-15.0 mc range. The circuit design is a modified

reversible "L" type matching network, which allows the use

of either low or high impedance antennas.

The 302E-2 Directional Wattmeter can be used directly at

the coupler site to facilitate adjustment for minimum re-

flected power. A remote key-switch allows operation of the

transmitter during tuning.

The 180V-2 is weatherproof. permitting installation at the

base of the antenna for maximum RF radiation efficiency.

Size: 12" W, 71/2 " H, 12" D (30.48 cm W, 19.05 cm H,

30.48 cm D). Weight: 15 lbs. (6.80 kg). 180V-2 Antenna Coupler

artimenit tosionflott;iilibtth

111 ..101%1111eXelOil:',VY'Cr

Specifications

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS


CHANNEL SELECTION: 4 crystal-controlled channels chosen

by channel selector switch.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: 1 part in 108 (0.0001%).

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE: —15° C to +55° C.

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE: 0%-90%.

POWER SOURCE: 115 y or 230 v, 50-60 cps, single phase.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 175 watts, receive only; 230 watts,

standby; 350 watts for full power transmit (average speech)

and 450 watts for full power transmit (2-tone test).

SIZE: 22" W, 241/2 " H, 143/4 " D (55.88 cm W, 62.23 cm H,

37.47 cm D).

WEIGHT: 97 lbs. (44 kg).

TRANSMITTING CHARACTERISTICS

POWER OUTPUT: 100 watts PEP.

OPERATING MODES: Either upper sideband or lower sideband

voice operation can be specified (USB is standard); R'TTY

by means of optional FSK keyer-converter.

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 52 ohms, capable of tuning a VSWR

of 2.5: I.

HARMONIC AND OTHER SPURIOUS SUPPRESSION: Carrier — at

least 50 db below peak output. Unwanted sideband — at

least 50 db below peak output. Second harmonic — at least

45 db below peak output into 52 ohm load. Spurious radia-

tion — 1.6-9.0 mc, down 60 db; 9-12 mc, down 45 db; 12-15

mc, transmit image down 40 db.

AUDIO INPUT: Telephone handset with provision for external

4-wire telephone connection, or with accessory hybrid, 2-

wire telephone connection.

OVER-ALL RESPONSE: zi_z 3 db, 350-3000 cps.

AUDIO FREQUENCY DISTORTION: Less than 6% with 100

watt PEP output.

AUTOMATIC LOAD CONTROL: Capable of at least 6 db com-

pression level.

RECEIVING CHARACTERISTICS

SELECTIVITY: 3 kc nominal, determined by the Mechanical

Filter.

SENSITIVITY: Less than 1 uy for 10 db signal-to-noise ratio.

IMAGE REJECTION: —50 db, 1.6-12.0 mc; —40 db, 12-13 mc;

—30 db, 13-15 mc.

AUDIO OUTPUT POWER: 2 watts maximum, undistorted. More

than 50 mw output for a 1 uy input signal, 1.6-12.0 mc.

More than 25 mw output for a 1 uy signal 12-15 mc.

OVER-ALL RESPONSE: ±3 db, 350-3000 cps.

RECEIVER DISTORTION: Less than 10% harmonic distortion

and —30 db intermodulation distortion at 0.5 watt audio

output level.

43

618T HF Transceiver including HF-I01, HF-102, HF-103, AN/ARC-94 and AN/ARC-IO2 Systems

Features Automatic Tuning

Frequency Accuracy

SELC A L Monitoring

Teletypewriter Capability

Modular Construction

Applications Airborne

Transportable

Mobile

Shipboard

Fixed Station

The 618T is a compact HF single sideband transceiver for

voice, CW, data or compatible AM communication in the

2.0-29.999 mc frequency range. It is automatically tuned in

28,000 1 kc channel increments by means of an operator's control unit.

The operating frequency is indicated directly in a digital-

type presentation. Nominal transmit power is 400 watts PEP in SSB or 100 watts in compatible AM.

APPLICATIONS

A choice of optional accessory antenna tuners permits its

use in a wide range of aircraft with peak performance at all

frequencies. A retrofit adapter is available to facilitate instal-

lation in an airframe which has been wired for a Collins 618S HF AM system.

The 618T, while primarily designed as an airborne trans-

ceiver, is ideally suited for transportable, mobile, shipboard

and semifixed station applications. Simplified automatic tun-

ing permits it to be operated by nontechnical personnel. In-

stant on-frequency operation is assured by a temperature-

compensated frequency standard with a stability of 0.8 part

per million per month.

Mission performance under a wide range of environments

has been greatly enhanced by an extensive reliability testing

program. It is housed in a 1 ATR case and weighs only 52

lbs., simplifying installation requirements.

DATA TRANSMISSION

For voice transmission, a very minute frequency error can

be allowed. Accurate reproduction of the transmitted fre-

quency components for data and signaling systems is either

unnecessary for 100 word per minute teletypewriters or can

be accommodated by accessory units. This concept results in

simplicity for the voice transceiver and adds automatic fre-

quency control complexity only when required by high speed

data systems.

SELECTIVE CALLING

The use of a selective calling (SELCAL) system on AM is

facilitated by a special audio output, which allows signals to be monitored regardless of the mode selection switch setting.

COOLING OPTIONS

Filtered air from a front panel blower is distributed to all

portions of the transceiver requiring forced air cooling. The

air is metered by vents of the proper size in the main chassis.

An exhaust port is provided for use with central cooling sys-

tems in accordance with ARINC Specification 404, if desired.

EASY MAINTENANCE

Low maintenance costs are achieved by the use of plug-in

modular assemblies. Transistor circuitry employed wherever

applicable results in a high degree of reliability, together with

minimum weight and power consumption.

TRANSCEIVER SYSTEMS

The 618T Transceiver is available in the following system

configurations for airborne applications:

HF-101 — 618T-1 Transceiver and 714E-2 Control with ex-

H • 0 2 . 0 '0 0 Al USA Lee m off DATA

c. RT SENS •t*.

7 14E-3 Control Unit

44

618T HF Transceiver

516H-1 Power Supply (optional)

ternal 516H-1 Power Supply for operation from 27.5 v dc, 35

amp and 115 v, 1 phase, 400 cps, 2 amp power source.

HF-102 - 618T-2 Transceiver and 714E-2 Control with

self-contained power supply for operation from 27.5 y dc, 4

amp and 208 v, 3 phase, 400 cps, 800 watt source.

HF-103 - 618T-3 Transceiver and 714E-2 Control with

self-contained power supply for operation from a 27.5 y dc,

35 amp, and 115 v, 1 phase, 400 cps, 1 amp source.

AN/ARC-94 - 618T-2 Transceiver and 714E-2 Control

with self-contained power supply for operation from a 27.5

dc, 4 amp, and 208 v, 3 phase, 400 cps, 800 watt source.

AN/ARC-102 - 618T-3 Transceiver and 714E-2 Control

with self-contained power supply for operation from a 27.5

dc, 35 amp, and 115 v, 1 phase, 400 cps, 1 amp source.

Specifications


NUMBER OF CHANNELS: 28,000.

TYPE OF FREQUENCY CONTROL: Crystal oscillator.

METHOD OF FREQUENCY CHANGE: AUtOpOSitiOrler8-type, re-

motely controlled switching mechanisms. Automatic reso-

nating power amplifier and antenna matching circuits.

POWER SOURCE:

618T- l and 516H-1 - 27.5 v dc and 115 v, 400 cps,

single phase.

618T-2 - 27.5 v dc and 115 v, 400 cps, 3 phase.

618T-3 -27.5 y dc and 115 v, 400 cps, single phase.

Note: 618T-2 is 208 y (208 y line to line), 3 phase, wye

connected with grounded neutral.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: Receive - 180 watts. Transmit SSB

- 800 watts. Transmit AM - 1050 watts.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: 0.8 part per million per month.

NOMINAL CHANNEL CHANGE TIME: 618T - 8 seconds; 30

seconds including antenna tuner.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE: -40° C to + 55° C with

30 minute operation at +70° C.

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE: Up to 95% relative humidity at

50° for 48 hours.

ALTITUDE RANGE: Pressure equivalent of 30,000 feet.


RF POWER OUTPUT: SSB -400 watts PEP; AM - 100 watt

carrier.

RF OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 52 ohms.

VSWR: Transmitter shall provide specified power output

into 52 ohm load with SWR not to exceed 1.3:1.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 100 Ohms unbalanced; 600 ohms

balanced.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: 5 db peak-to-valley ratio from

300-3000 cps.

DISTORTION: SSB - Third order products down at least 30

db. AM - Less than 20% at 85% modulation.


SENSITIVITY: SSB - 1 uy for a 10 db S+N/N ratio. AM -

3 uy modulated 30% at 1,000 cps for a 6 db S+N/N ratio.

SELECTIVITY: SSB - 2.85 kc, 6 db down; 6.0 kc, 60 db down.

AM - 5.5 kc, 6 db down; 14.0 kc, 60 db down.

AGC CHARACTERISTICS: Maximum variation of audio output

is 6 db for signals from 10-100,000 uy. No overload below

1 y signal input.

IF REJECTION: 80 db minimum.

AUDIO OUTPUT POWER: 100 mw into a 300 ohm load.

AUDIO DISTORTION: Less than 10%.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: 5 db peak-to-valley ratio from

300-3,000 cps.

SIZE AND WEIGHT: Size Weight

H D

618T-1 101/4 " 73/4 " 22 3/16" 50.0 lbs. transceiver 25.7 cm 19.4 cm 56.4 cm 22.68 kg



714E 53/4 " 23/4 " 43/4 " 2.0 lbs. control* 14.6 cm 6.67 cm 11.1 cm 0.91 kg

*Add 3/4 " (1.9 cm) to length of 714E-2, and 1/2 " (1.27 cm) to length of 714E-3 for connector.

Related Equipment

180L-3A Antenna Coupler, p. 101

180R-4/309A-1 Antenna Coupler and Control, p. 101, 102

180R-6/309A-2D A ntenna Coupler and Control, p. 102, 103

180R-12/309A-9 Antenna Coupler and Control, p. 103, 104

618T Test Equipment, p. 131, 132

4S8A.-2 Inverter, p. 108

45

671B-1 universal radio group Receiver-Exciter



Compact Packaging


Remote Operation

Applications Fixed Station

Transportable

Shipboard

Mobile

The 671B-1 is a shelf mounted receiver-exciter, covering the

2.0-29.9999 mc frequency range in either 28,000 1.0 kc or

280,000 0.1 kc channel increments. It is part of the Collins

Universal Radio Group of building block equipments which

can be selected to meet a wide range of communication re-

quirements. A complete HF transceiver consists of a 671B-1

and an automatically tuned linear amplifier of the desired

power level. Mode choice includes upper sideband, lower

sideband, or independent sideband with nominal 3 kc or 6

kc bandwidths. Compatible AM is available with 3 kc or 6 kc

bandwidth in transmit and 3 kc in receive.

SYSTEM APPLICATION

The URG receiver-exciter is suitable for continuous opera-

tion in fixed station, transportable or shipboard applications.

Either local or remote telephone-dial control systems can be

used. Audio terminations are compatible with telephone in-

dustry standards, allowing control of all necessary functions

over ordinary wire lines.

HIGH STABILITY

An internal frequency standard offers stability of one part

in 108 per day; however, an optional external standard is

available for applications which require extreme accuracy.

CONTROLS

A simplified control system uses ground-on-line command

in a two-out-of-five coding system for frequency selection.

EASE OF MAINTENANCE

Transistor and semiconductor circuitry is used wherever ap-

plicable to reduce size, minimize power consumption and in-

crease reliability. Unit construction and circuit modules per-

mit maximum accessibility for routine maintenance and sim-

plify spare parts logistics in larger communication systems.

Easily removed subunits

MECHANICAL CONFIGURATIONS

The basic receiver-exciter consists of an IF translator unit,

RF translator unit and mounting shelf.

The IF translator, containing the IF and audio circuits, em-

ploys card cage construction to permit a choice of modes and

audio requirements by plug-in circuit cards. This arrange-

ment also facilitates modification as communication needs

change. In receive, it converts the 500 kc signal from the RF

translator to audio, and functioning as an exciter, it converts

the audio input to a 500 kc signal for the RF translator.

The RF translator contains the RF tuner frequency generat-

ing circuits, frequency stabilization circuit, voltage regulator

and power supply. In receive function, the RF translator ac-

cepts the RF signal and converts it to the 500 kc frequency

required by the IF translator. As an exciter, it converts the

500 kc signal from the IF translator to the desired RF output

frequency. An integral mounting shelf with wiring distribu-

tion frame and a cooling air plenum is compatible with both

Unistrut racking and attractive cabinet enclosures. A modi-

fied shelf is also available for use in standard 19" racks.

BASIC CONFIGURATION

The 671B-1 is normally supplied with an internal frequency

standard, upper sideband 3 kc bandwidth and 1 kc RF chan-

nel increments for operation from a 27.5 y dc power source.

Also included is the 499L-3 Mounting Shelf with cooling air

plenum, distribution frame and circuit breaker.

46

671 B-1 Universal Radio Group Receiver-Exciter



other specific operating requirements: LSB, 3 kc bandwidth;

LSB, 6 kc bandwidth; USB, 6 kc bandwidth; and AM.


channels can be increased to 280,000, allowing more effec-

tive utilization of the RF spectrum allocation.


used on the incoming line in transmit and the audio output

in receive if higher levels are needed. Single input or output

line amplifiers for one channel systems, as well as dual ampli-

fiers for systems using channels on both USB and LSB, are

available.

External Frequency Standard Option This option offers ex-

tremely high frequency stability when a standard such as the

Collins 40N- l is used.

Functional Circuits


in systems using 0.1 kc tuning option which share frequency

control information between equipments. The 0.1 kc digit

information is retained in the absence of continuous informa-

tion after tuning is completed until a new frequency is se-

lected. It is primarily intended for installations using the 313

series of wire line control equipments.

Power Supply Option An internal power supply enables oper-

ation from 115 y or 230 v, 45-450 cps power sources in lieu

of the standard 27.5 y dc.

Mounting Shelf Options A 499L-3 22" (55.25 cm) wide shelf

with distribution frame and local control unit and cooling air

plenum for central rack cooling; 499L-3 19" (48.34 cm)

wide shelf with distribution frame and blower in lieu of

plenum; or a 499L-3 19" (48.26 cm) wide shelf with distri-

bution frame, blower and control unit.

CHAH nl/AM

CNAN

AI IN

ete,

>-•

44_

011-9

100 KC F TM

SINGLE OR OUAL SAL MOO

100 KC

AMPL 100 KC

BRIT:LNG AMPLIFIER PLUG

<KAM

2,72e FIL

. 1

•-•

7-30 MC OPR RANGE

ORIVIER AIMPL 2-1,e,MC

Specifications



TYPES OF EMISSION: SSB — USB, LSB, ISB (3 kc or 6 kc

nominal bandwidths) or conventional AM in receive and

compatible AM in transmit.

TUNING TIME: Not more than 8 seconds after selection of

channel frequency.

STABILITY: Internal standard — 1 part in 108 per day due to

aging; rms stability factor does not exceed 1 part in 108 in any

10 minute period.

FREQUENCY CONTROL: All injection sources are phase locked

to an internal standard (or external standard, if used).

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 24.0-30.25 v dc negative ground with

no more than 0.5 y peak ripple; 170 watts nominal. Can be

implemented for 115 y or 230 v, 45-450 cps.

SELECTIVITY:

Filter

A-1 (nominal 3 kc)

-±1 DB Maximum Ripple From

100.35-103.04 kc

60 DB Attenuation Points

NLT 99.925 kc NMT 103.30 kc

B-1 (nominal 3 kc)

96.96-99.65 kc NLT 96.70 kc NMT 100.075 kc

A-1 (nominal 6 kc)

100.30-106.00 kc NLT 99.70 kc NMT 107.00 kc

B-1 (nominal 6 kc)

94.00-99.70 kc NLT 93.00 kc NMT 100.30 kc

AM (nominal 6 kc)

97.15-102.85 kc NLT 96.55 kc NMT 103:45 kc

Filter passband response — 1.0 db from +15° C to +65° C;

1.5 db from —30° C to +15° C; 3.0 db from —40° C to

—30° C.

47

671B-1 Universal Radio Group Receiver-Exciter


RF INPUT: 0.5 UV ID 1 V.

AF OUTPUT: Nominal —10 dbm; can be amplified internally

to +10 dbm nominal into 600 ohms for single tone input

above AGC threshold.

SENSITIVITY: SSB — Not less than 10 db S-EN/N ratio for a

standard test signal of 0.5 us', single tone signal-on to signal-

off. AM — Not less than 10 db S±N/N ratio for a standard

30% modulated test signal of 2 uy, modulation-on to modu-

lation-off.

SPURIOUS RESPONSE: Not less than 60 db below response to

inband signals.

INTERMODULATION DISTORTION: All intermodulation prod-

ucts at audio output are not less than 40 db down from one

of two equal test signals applied to input terminals at 1000

uy level and at +10 dbm audio output level.

AUDIO OUTPUT: Nominal —10 dbm and can be amplified in-

ternally to +10 dbm with a single tone RF input above AGC

threshold. Optional +10 dbm line amplifiers when imple-

mented in IF translator.

Hum AND NOISE: For each 10 db increase of input signal the

S±N/N ratio increases 10 ± 1 db up to not less than 50 db

below rated SSB output and not less than 40 db below rated

AM output; with FIA noise filter weighting on SSB, not less

than 60 db below rated output.

HARMONIC DISTORTION: Not more than 1% (2000 UV CW

input, 1500 cps audio output).

AGC THRESHOLD: SSB — 1 uy nominal. AM — 2 uy nominal.

AGC AUDIO RISE: SSB — not more than 4 db increase in au-

dio output when the RF input is increased from threshold to

1 v. AM — not more than 6 db increase in audio output when

the RF input is increased from threshold to 200 mv.

AGC TIME CONSTANTS: All times are referred to within 3 db

of equilibrium levels. SSB — rise time 8 milliseconds; decay

time 0.15 second.


RF OUTPUT: 0.4 watt PEP minimum.

AF INPUT: Test tone level — 26 dbm, nominal on 600 ohms

each channel; —6 dbm nominal on 600 ohms when not im-

plemented with line amplifiers. Voice —34 VU nominal each

channel; —14 VU when not implemented with line amplifiers.

CARRIER SUPPRESSION: Electrically controlled (both stepped

and continuous) from 0-30 db, below PEV as measured by

standard two-tone test; carrier leak suppression not less than

55 db in SSB.

HARMONIC EMISSION: At least 50 db below PEV level.

TRANSMIT GAIN CONTROL: In response to dc levels of 4 y or

more derived from the output of the IF translator and the

output of the RF translator or power amplifier, an infinite

memory AGC will maintain the dc levels proportional within

-±- 1 db by bias control of the RF translator gain.

Hum: Not less than 50 db below one tone of a two-tone 0.4

watt PEP test signal.

AUTOMATIC LOAD CONTROL: Input voltage in the range 0 to

—10 y will cause the exciter output to be reduced at least 20

db. Minimum distortion requirements are met with up to 10

db reduction in gain. Application of ALC will not affect car-

rier output in the AM or reduced carrier modes and will not

affect the TGC.

SPURIOUS EMISSIONS: 40 db below nominal PEV.

AUDIO INPUT: A-6 dbm, single tone input will produce max-

imum RF output with the exciter gain control full on and no

ALC/TGC input. Specified distortion characteristics are

maintained with a two-tone input each having —6 dbm level

with ALC voltage applied to maintain output level at 0.2 watt

PEP. ' /ith the addition of line amplifiers, tones at —26 dbm

will meet the same output requirements.

SIZE:

Cabinet shelf 21 3/4 " 55.25 cm

H D

91/2 " 23 1/2 " 24.13 cm 59.69 cm

Standard 19" shelf

19 1/32" 9 7/16" 48.34 cm 23.97 cm

25 9/16" 64.93 cm

W EIGHT: 72 lbs. (32.66 kg) minimum implementation; 95 lbs.

(43.09 kg) maximum implementation, including shelf.

Basie Units 789X-1 IF Translator, p. 88-90


Related Equipment Power Amplifiers, p. 28-37


Racks and Cabinets, p.91

48

AN/ARC-80 Airborne HF Communication S>stem

Amplifier Control RF Amplifier Transmitter

Pete" b're

Control Indicator

or.1 gift

Trailing Wire Antenna

Pilot Control

Features :Applications

Automatic Tuning Airborne

Data Capability

Frequency Calibration

Simplified Maintenance

Reduced Weight

The AN/ARC-80 HF Airborne Communication System is

especially suited for data handling. It consists of a transmit-

ter. RF amplifier, receiver, antenna coupler with shock-

mount, trailing wire antenna, amplifier control unit, and line

and harmonic filters. Mode and frequency selectors are on the

radio set control unit, while PA plate power and trailing wire

antenna controls are located on the control indicator unit.

The system provides I kc channel increments over the 2.0-

29.999 mc frequency range with 900 watts PEP output under

normal conditions.

Data communication can be used in upper sideband, lower sideband or independent sideband, and voice in upper side-

band mode. Other modes available with a minor change in

Zkif

rf

RF Filter

Receiver

Antenna Coupler

LP Filter Coupler Mount

the amplifier-control unit include CW, AM, FSK/teletype-

writer and voice on lower sideband.

Frequency variations can be adjusted to zero with a received

standard signal by means of a front panel control.

TRAILING WIRE ANTENNA AND

ANTENNA COUPLER

A trailing wire antenna is automatically positioned to the re-quired length for the frequency selected. It can be operated

at aircraft speeds up to 300 knots. The associated antenna

coupler requires no cooling in environments up to 55° C.

Forward and reflected output power is monitored by a meter

located on the control-indicator unit. Indicator lights denote

antenna wire torque limits. Interlocks prevent transmission at full power during tuning

cycle. The normal 30 second tuning sequence is indicated by a flashing lamp that remains lighted when tuning operation

is completed.

SIMPLIFIED INSTALLATION

Mounting plenums are available for the transmitter, RF am-

Available only on a production contract. 49

AN/ARC•80 Airborne HF Communication System

plifier, receiver group and the amplifier-control and any as-

sociated equipment. The mountings provide shock and vibra-

tion isolation together with distribution of cooling air to the

equipment. Cable ducts are included for installation of inter-

connecting wiring. These mounts are normally not supplied

with the AN/ARC-80 system but are available for custom

requirements.

M ODULAR CONSTRUCTION

The units employ modular construction to simplify mainte-

nance and to facilitate upgrading of the equipment as dic-

tated by future technical advances. Self-test and fault isola-

tion features permit monitoring of in-flight performance and

rapid determination of a malfunctioning unit or module.

CIRCUIT PROTECTION

Protective features include devices to guard against cooling

air loss, excessively high or low voltages, an open or short in

the RF amplifier output circuits, unretracted trailing wire

antennas as landing gear is lowered or landing hook is down,

and snagged antenna or loss of drogue. The antenna protec-

tive devices are optional.

Specifications



MODES: LSB, USB, ISB, data and voice.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 208 y, 380-420 cps, 3 phase, wye

connected. Standby - 609 va. Receive - 667 va continuous,

1069 va tune. Transmit - 2520 va continuous, 2626 va

tune. 25-29 y dc. Tune only - 15 amps. Antenna-jettison

only - 28 amps. Panel illumination - 5.0 y at 3 amps.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE: Data mode - -12° C to

+55° C. Voice mode - -28° C to +55° C.

SERVICE CONDITIONS: MIL-E-5400.

ALTITUDE: 15,000 ft., operating; 50,000 ft., nonoperating.


RF POWER OUTPUT: 900 watts PEP standard conditions; 800

watts, minimum power.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: 5 parts in 10"' per 7 hr. period.

AUDIO INPUT: 3.0 PEV, 600 ohms.

VOICE INPUT: 0.25 v, carbon microphone.

INTERMODULATION DISTORTION: 36 db below PEP.

SPURIOUS OUTPUT: 0.15-2.0 mc, +5 dbm; 2-40 mc, +17

dbm; 40-60 mc, -10 dbm; 60-100 mc, -5 dbm; 100-225 mc,

+5 dbm; 225-450 mc, -50 dbm; 450-1000 mc, -23 dbm.


SENSITIVITY: 2 us' for 10 db S+N/N.

INTERMODULATION DISTORTION: 46 db below PEV.

FRONT END REJECTION: 80 db or greater.

AUDIO OUTPUT: 3 PEV, 600 ohms.

VOICE OUTPUT: 12 PEV, 600 ohms.

DYNAMIC RANGE: 100 db.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: 5 parts in 10" per 7 hr. period.

SIZE AND W EIGHT:

Unit Size H D

Weight

AM-3536/ 101/4 " 8 43/64" 20 25/64" 51 lbs. URC RF 27.62 cm 22.03 cm 51.79 cm 23.14 kg amplifier

R-1153/ URC receiver

101/4 " 8 43/64" 20 25/64" 401/2 lbs. 27.62 cm 22.03 cm 51.79 cm 18.38 kg

AM-3535 61/4 " 8 43/64" 20 25/64" 24 lbs. amplifier- 16.19 cm 22.03 cm 51.79 cm 10.89 kg control

AS-1331 14" 11" 50" 38 lbs. trailing 35.56 cm 27.94 cm 127.0 cm 17.24 kg wire antenna

CU-I094 71/2 " 8 11/32" 21 1/2 " 27 1/2 lbs. antenna 18.10 cm 21.20 cm 54.61 cm 12.47 kg coupler

T-899/ 107/3" 8 43/64" 20 25/64" 41 lbs. URC transmitter

27.62 cm 22.03 cm 51.79 cm 18.60 kg

C-4368 534" 21/4 " 4 13/16" 21/4 lbs. control 14.61 cm 6.67 cm 12.22 cm 1.02 kg unit

ID-1066 53/4 " 51/4 " 5 3/16" 3 lbs. control- 14.61 cm 13.34 cm 13.18 cm 1.36 kg indicator

F-775 RF 41/2 " 31/4 " 61/4 " 2 lbs. interference 11.43 cm 8.26 cm 15.88 cm 0.91 kg filter

F-776 10 3/16" 2" 4" 4 lbs. low-pass 25.88 cm 5.08 cm 10.16 cm 1.81 kg filter

MT-290 71/4 " 2" 17" 13/4 lbs. mounting, 18.10 cm 5.08 cm 43.18 cm 0.79 kg antenna coupler

50

AN/ARC-105 Airborne HF Communication System

CU- 1239/ARC-105 Antenna Coupler

C-4959/ARC-I05 Antenna Coupler Control

Features Applications Simplicity of Operation Airborne

Automatic Tuning

Frequency Stability

System Design

Increased Reliability

Ease of Maintenance

The AN/ARC-105 is a pressurized HF SSB voice communi-

cation system covering the 2.0-29.999 mc frequency range in

28,000 1 kc channel increments. It was specifically designed for use in tactical jet aircraft, such as the McDonnell RF4C.

The AN/ARC-105 provides the pilot the capability to oper-

ate either upper sideband, lower sideband, or AM. The trans-

mitter power output is 400 watts PEP in sideband or 100

watts in AM. Operating frequency is selected directly by the

pilot with his control unit, which displays the selected fre-

quency as a digital readout. The RF characteristics of the

flush-type shunt antenna are automatically matched at the

selected operating frequency by an antenna coupler.

SYSTEM COMPONENTS

The AN/ARC-105 system consists of an HF receiver-trans-

mitter, antenna coupler, antenna coupler control unit, pilot's

control unit and associated mountings and RF transmission

line accessories.

C-4958/ARC-105 Control

•

RT-7 I 2/ ARC-105 Transceiver

The RT-712/ARC- 105 Receiver-Transmitter Unit features

plug-in modules for all major circuits. It is housed in a pres-

surized case. The C-4958/ARC-105 Control Unit permits

frequency and mode selection. It also includes a receiver RF

gain control and push-to-test indicator. The CU-1239 An-

tenna Coupler matches the RF characteristics to the shunt

antenna, and the antenna tuning logic and servo control cir-

cuitry is contained in the C-4959/ARC-105 Control Unit.

This arrangement allows the coupler to be installed directly

at the feed point of the antenna.

OPERATIONAL CHECK

An RF test switch located on the pilot's control box permits

a simple check of over-all system operation and provides a

means of isolating a malfunction to a particular unit. A side-

tone circuit in the receiver-transmitter provides an audible

check of over-all system operation in transmit.

HIGH RELIABILITY

Modular construction and transistor circuitry wherever ap-

plicable provide a high degree of reliability, together with

minimum weight and power consumption. A temperature-

compensated frequency standard using no oven assures fre-

quency stability at 0.8 part per million per month.

Mission performance under a wide range of environments

has been greatly enhanced by an extensive reliability testing

program of the AN/ARC-105 and related HF transceivers.

Available only on a production contract. 5 I

AN/ARC-105 Airborne HF Communication System

Functional Circuits

I I 5V . 400 CPS. 3 PH AUDIO KEY LI NE

1 R T-712,/ARC -1 05 RC VR/XINTR

2-30 MC RR

PO‘VE R CONTROL

tt1,1'V,ree, CU-I230/ARC- lo!

FREQUENCY AND MODE

I NFOR MATION

C.»49511/ARC -103 CONTROL

FRED I NF

Z-110 MC MF

POWER CONTROL

RF

o , ANT Eeetr.C.gt1 PLE R

NO

POWER CONTROL

M X-31065/ AR C - I OS H CAPACITOR

- CONTROL

"t,C7,S;'"H

Specifications



MODES: Upper sideband, lower sideband, AM.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 115 y (line to neutral), 400 cps, 3

phase, 4-wire, 1039 watts maximum.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: 0.8 part per million per month.

TUNING TIME: 25 seconds maximum.


DUTY CYCLE: 5 minutes transmit, 5 minutes receive.

RF POWER OUTPUT: SSB - 400 watts PEP;

AM - 100 watts.

RF OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 52 ohms unbalanced.

VSWR: 1.3:1 maximum.

AUDIO INPUT IMPEDANCE: 100 Ohms unbalanced;

600 ohms balanced.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: ±5 db, 300-3000 cps.

DISTORTION: Third order products -30 db. Second harmonic

emission -35 db. Carrier suppression -40 db. Opposite

sideband suppression -30 db.

NOISE: -40 db minimum.

RECEIVING CHARACTERISTICS CG-2755/ 5.88" 5.88" 24.03" 2.0 lbs.

SENSITIVITY: SSB - 1 uv for a 10 db S+N/N ratio. AM - 3 ARC-105 14.94 cm 14.94 cm 61.04 cm 0.91 kg uy modulated 30% at 1000 cps for a 6 db S+N/N ratio. RF

transmission SELECTIVITY: SSB - not more than 6 db down at 300 cps line

and 3000 cps; not less than 15 db down at 0 and 3500 cps; not MX-6066/ 4.13" 7.5" 5.88" 15.0 lbs. less than 60 db down at -1350 cps and +4650 cps. AM - ARC-105 10.49 cm 19.05 cm 14.94 cm 6.8 kg

vacuum 6 kc, 6 db down; 14 kc, 60 db down. capacitor

AUDIO OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 300 ohms unbalanced.

AUDIO DISTORTION: 10% maximum with 80% modulation

at 1000 cps.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: ±5 db from 300-3000 cps.

SIZE AND WEIGHT:

Size

H D

Weight

RT-712/ 11.44" 10.25" 22.77" 66.0 lbs. ARC-105 29.06 cm 26.04 cm 57.84 cm 29.94 kg transceiver

MT-3094/ 12.19" 5.23" 24.98" 6.0 lbs. ARC-105 30.96 cm 13.28 cm 63.45 cm 2.72kg mounting

C-4958/ 5.75" 2.63" 4.88" 1.8 lbs. ARC-105 14.61 cm 6.68 cm 12.4 cm 0.82 kg control

C-4959/ 3.69" 7.72" 14.47" 10.4 lbs. ARC-105 9.37 cm 19.61 cm 36.75 cm 4.72 kg antenna coupler control

MT-3095/ 4.59" 8.81" 16.2" 1.4 lbs. ARC-105 11.66 cm 22.38 cm 41.15 cm 0.64 kg mounting

CU-I239/ 8.5" 8.5" 14.41" 17.4 lbs. ARC-105 21.59 cm 21.59 cm 36.6 cm 7.89 kg antenna coupler

AGC CHARACTERISTICS: Maximum variation of audio output

is 6 db for signals from 10-100,000 uy. No overload with sig-

nals to 0.5 v. Attack time, 50 milliseconds maximum. Re-

lease time, 800 milliseconds maximum.

IF REJECTION: 80 db minimum.

AUDIO OUTPUT POWER: 50 mw with 5 uy RF input.

MX-6067/ 1.88" 2.75" 16.25" 0.5 lbs. ARC-105 4.78 cm 6.99 cm 41.28 cm 0.23 kg feed line capacitor

MX-6068/ 2.33" 0.5" 11.02" 0.2 lbs. ARC-105 5.92 cm 1.27 cm 27.99 cm 0.09 kg interconnect capacitor

AN/PRC-38 40 Watt SSB-FM Man Pack Transceiver

COMMUNICATION COMPATIBILITY

Features Multimode Communication

Simplified Operation

Spectrum Utilization

HP/VHF/SSB or FM

Compatibility

Easily Maintained

Ápplications Man Pack

Vehicular

Aircraft

Shipboard

Setnifixed

The AN/PRC-38 is a man pack transceiver with 40 watts

PEP output and a choice of single sideband or FM modes in

the 20.0-69.99 mc frequency range. Suitable in man pack,

vehicular, aircraft, shipboard or semifixed station applica-

tions, it fulfills a distinct need for compatible SSB or FM

short range military communication. The number of avail-

able channels is increased tenfold using 7.5 kc SSB channels,

spaced 10 kc, compared with conventional FM.

Compatibility with currently used FM modes, as well as

SSB, permits routine communication with activities using

the following equipment: AN/ARC-44, AN/ARC-54, AN/

ARC-58, AN/ARC-94, AN/GRC-3, AN/GRC-5, AN/

GRC-7, AN/MRC-36, AN/MRC-37, AN/MRC-38, AN/

M RC-83, AN/MRC-87, AN/MRC-94, AN/MRC-95, AN/

PRC-8, AN/PRC-9, AN/PRC-10, AN/PRC-25, AN/TRC-

91, AN/TSC-15, AN/TSC-38, AN/URC-20, AN/URC-21,

AN/URC-32, AN/VRC-12 and other military communica-

tion equipment.


A straightforward, digital-type tuning system, with a dial

that indicates frequency directly, reduces the possibility of

operator error. A unique frequency synthesis system gener-


AN/PRC-3840 Watt SSB-FM Man Pack Transceiver

ates the high stability injection signals required for SSB op-

eration, with excellent accuracy over a wide range of tem-

perature and humidity conditions. Reference frequencies are

maintained within one-half cycle per megacycle by a tem-

perature-sensitive network, with no crystal oven.

REDUCED POWER REQUIREMENTS

Low power consumption results in lower operating tempera-

ture and extended component life. Transistor circuits are

used wherever applicable. IF and low level RF circuits com-

mon to both transmit and receive functions effect maximum

power economy. Magnetic latching relays are used for emis-

sion switching to conserve power.

The AN/PRC-38 uses the same battery, type BB-451/U, as

the AN/PRC-41 UHF Transceiver and the AN/PRC-47 HF

Transceiver. It can be operated directly from the vehicle bat-

tery in mobile applications.

For pack set use the AN/PRC-38 is carried in a rucksack

frame. An optional shockmount is available for mobile ap-

plications. Test points are available to allow rapid isolation

of any malfunctioning subassembly. Operation can be re-

stored immediately by replacement of the easily removable

subassemblies.

Mobile Application

Control Unit

Specifications

FREQUENCY RANGE: 20.0-69.99 MC.

NUMBER OF CHANNELS: 5000 available.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: -.±0.5 part per million.

POWER SOURCE: 22-28 y dc; 24 y de nominal.

POWER CONSUMPTION: Transmit — not more than 260 watts.

Receive — not more than 23 watts.

DUTY CYCLE: 9 minutes receive; 1 minute transmit.

ANTENNA REQUIREMENTS: Automatic coupler will match a 5

ft. whip antenna, 50 ohms, or any antenna impedance falling

within a 5:1 VSWR.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE: —40° C to +60° C.


ALTITUDE RANGE: Sea level to 10,000 ft. (3048 meters).


MODULATION: FM or SSB.

TRANSMIT POWER OUTPUT: 40 watts PEP on SSB; 20 watts

average on FM.

TRANSMIT FM DEVIATION: +15 kc nominal.


RECEIVE SENSITIVITY: On SSB, an SH-N/N ratio of at least

10 db with a 0.5 uy RF input to antenna. On FM, an SH-N/N

ratio of at least 10 db with 0.5 uy RF input, -± 8 kc deviation

to antenna.

RECEIVER AUDIO OUTPUT: 300 MW maximum capability, 300

ohm output impedance.

ACCESSORY AUDIO EQUIPMENT: The AN/PRC-38 works with

H-33E/PT or equivalent and with H-138/PT or equivalent.

SIZE:

AN/PRC-38 without battery

11 3Zi" 29.85 cm

15" 38.1 cm

D

45/8" 11.7 cm

AN/PRC-38 with battery

WEIGHT:

AN/PRC-38 only

11 3/4 " 29.85 cm

28 lbs.

221/2 cm 57.15 cm

12.7 kg

45/8" 11.7 cm

Battery, BB-451/U

16 lbs. 7.26 kg

54

AN/PRC-47 100 Watt Man Pack HF Transceiver

Features Applications

Simplified Tuning Man Pack

No Oven Warm-up Semifixed

Speech Processing Mobile

Submersible Case

The AN/PRC-47 is a two-man team pack transceiver for

CW or SSB voice communication in the 2.0-11.999 mc fre-

700C- l FSK Adapter

quency range. It features simplified digital tuning in 10,000

channel increments with the operating frequency indicated

directly on an illuminated dial. Transmit power output level

is 100 watts PEP. An optional external 199Q-1 cooling blow-

er can be used for continuous duty operation. An external

700C-1 FSK adapter permits teletypewriter communication

and also provides forced air cooling for the receiver-trans-

mitter unit. The AN/PRC-47 can be operated from either a

24 y military pack set battery, a 24 y vehicle battery or a 115

v, single phase, 400 cps source.


AN/PRC-47 100 Watt Man Pack HF Transceiver

APPLICATION CONFIGURATIONS

The AN/PRC-47 can be used for forward echelon combat

control, guiding air supply or paratroop drops, long range

reconnaissance missions, front line administration or tacti-

cal networks. It can be mounted on a Jeep for rear echelon

or front line employment.

Two rucksack frames facilitate man pack use: one is used to

carry the transceiver; the other, the battery supply, antenna

and accessories. The AN/PRC-47 is also ideally suited to the

vibration environments of vehicular operation and can be in-

stalled quickly by the use of optional mounting clamps. Pow-

er can be obtained from the vehicle battery-generator system,

and it can use either the antenna supplied or a mobile whip.

The transceiver is operationally compatible with the AN/

MRC-83, AN/M RC-87, AN/MRC-94, AN/M RC-95, AN/

TRC-69, AN/TRC-75, AN/TRC-91, AN/TSC-15, AN/

TSC-38 and other similar single sideband equipment.

The AN/PRC-47 can be set up for operation by a two-man

team in a few minutes. In operation, a leg attaches to each of

the four corners of the case to give stability. Wire radials are

unwound and connected to the transceiver case to form a

ground plane for the antenna. A 15-foot sectional whip an-

tenna, which fastens directly to an insulator on the trans-

ceiver front panel, completes the installation. For storage

or vehicular transport, a watertight case accommodates the

entire system.

CIRCUITRY

The AN/PRC-47 uses a stabilized master oscillator with no

oven. This reduces power drain and requires no warm-up.

Balanced modulators and Mechanical Filters for sideband

separation in transmit give excellent carrier suppression and

negligible interchannel cross-talk.

Tuning and loading of the power amplifier are facilitated by

a visual power output indicator. An audio channel circuit

can be used for a sidetone signal. The AN/PRC-47 Trans-

ceiver uses a standard military H-33G/PT handset.

MODULAR CONSTRUCTION

Major circuits are arranged in six modules — RF oscillator,

signal data-translator, amplifier-modulator, oscillator con-

trol, audio amplifier and power supply. Mechanical connec-

tions, where required, permit easy module removal. Test

points for all significant circuit voltages are located on the

top of each module to facilitate rapid trouble isolation.

Specifications FREQUENCY RANGE: 2.0-11.999 mc.

FREQUENCY STABILITY:

NUMBER OF CHANNELS:

±25 cps.

10,000 1 kc channels.

MODES: USB — Voice, MCW or FSK.

IMPEDANCES: Receiver RF input 50 ohms. Transmitter out-

put network capable of matching a 15-foot whip antenna or

a 50 ohm resistive load. Receiver audio output 300 ohms.

EXTERNAL POWER SOURCE: 24 v dc or 115 v, 400 cps nominal.

Negative ground battery is interchangeable with the one used

in the AN/PRC-38 or AN/PRC-41 Radio Set.

INPUT POWER: Transmit, less than 320 watts; receive, less

than 18 watts.

SIZE:

Transceiver 23 1/4 " 58.74 cm

H

13 11/16" 34.77 cm

D

6 15/16" 17.62 cm

Battery case 4" 97/s" 11 9/16" 10.16 cm 25.08 cm 29.37 cm

WEIGHT: Transceiver — Approx. 41 lbs. (18.6 kg). Battery

and case — 17 lbs. (7.71 kg).


POWER OUTPUT: Choice of 100 watt or 20 watt PEP levels.

AUDIO FIDELITY: ± 6 db from 300-3000 cps, relative to

1700 cps.

DISTORTION: Third order intermodulation products 30 db

down from either of two equal test tones at 100 watts PEP

using voice modulation.

CARRIER SUPPRESSION: 40 db down.

SPURIOUS OUTPUT: At least 50 db down from desired output.


SENSITIVITY: 2 uy for 10 db signal-plus-noise-to-noise ratio;

50 mw minimum audio output.

SELECTIVITY: At —6 db — 300-3000 cps above channel fre-

quency (with response at 1700 cps above channel frequency

as reference). At —60 db — 1000 cps below channel fre-

quency to 4600 cps above channel frequency.

AVC CHARACTERISTICS: Less than 10 db audio output varia-

tion for input signals from 5-100,000 uy.

AUDIO OUTPUT: 500 milliwatts, 1000 uy input.

AUDIO DISTORTION: Less than 15%.

Related Equipment 700C-1 FSK Adapter, p. 123

56

AN/URC-32 HF Transceiver

Features Applications 28,000 Channels

Digital Tuning

Excellent Stability

Optional Shockmounts

Complete Accessibility

Shipboard Communication

Fixed Station

The AN/URC-32, a rack mounted single sideband trans-

ceiver, provides simplex operation in the 2-30 mc frequency

range with 500 watts PEP output. Continuous coverage is

provided in 1 kc increments with channel frequency indi-

cated directly on an illuminated counter-type dial. Frequen-

cy coverage in 0.1 kc steps is optionally available. A choice

of modes includes upper sideband, lower sideband, inde-

pendent sideband (separate channels on each sideband),

AM, RTTY or CW.

SYSTEM APPLICATIONS

The AN/URC-32 is well suited for shipboard, fixed or trans-

portable communication systems. Shockmounts which pro-

vide excellent isolation for shipboard installation are avail-

able for the equipment rack.

HIGH FREQUENCY STABILITY

On-frequency channel selection, without searching or fine

tuning, is assured by an integral transistorized frequency

standard with a stability of one part in 10' per month. An

external Collins 40N-1 Frequency Standard can be used in

installations requiring stabilities of one part in l0 r per day.

Manual tuning of the transmitter places the receive circuits

in proper adjustment when reception on the same frequency

is desired.

MAXIMUM ACCESSIBILITY

Circuitry is divided into logical groups on individual chassis

which feature quick disconnect devices. Each chassis is

mounted on the rack with swing-out type hinges providing

complete access to all components and wiring. Many of the

units have plug-in modules or subunits to further facilitate

inspection and maintenance.

MODERN CIRCUITRY

Receiver and exciter circuits employ double conversion

above 3.7 mc. Balanced modulators and Mechanical Filters

provide excellent carrier suppression and negligible inter-

channel cross-talk. The power amplifier is a two-stage, four-

band unit with excellent linearity. Included is a frequency

comparator that can be used to check the received signal

with an external standard if desired.

gmft..41/

,

71‘

BPI

_

4.1


AN /URC-32 HF Transceiver

Functional Circuits

600 OHM REMOTE AUDIO L I NE S

NEUTRAL - DC TTY SIGNAL

USE!

CW AND FSK UN IT

LSB

USB —

L SS 911., —

SPEAKER «O.-.

{RE MOTE AUD nn?,,,Tc, HF MOTE AU

11

TTY

(2, O

KEYLINE

AUDIO AND CONT UNIT I59B- I

O

03 O

HANDSET ADAPTER

DYNAMIC HANDSET

0

o

0

D

o

10

100 KC

FREQUE NCY COMPARATOR

540-I

BLOWER I99G-3

4

100 KC OR

300.530 KC

*__

SIDE-1. SAND

GEN 786F-I

300 KC IF

300 KC IF 4.

AGC

FRED GEN

786E-1

TRANSMIT SIGNALS

RECEIVE SIGNALS

CONTROL AND INJECTION SIGNALS

2-30 MC

TGC

TGC

2-30 MC

PWR AM PL 367A-3

I KC

TO ALL UNI TS

JUNC TION BOX 153H-2

U 10 TO

367A-3 '471

HIGH-VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY

42813-1

0 0 > > co .?e,

LOW-VOLTAGE .-18. POWER SUPPLY

42913 -1

2_ 30 m , TRANSMIT RF

OUTPUT

RECEIVE - RF

INPUT

I 15V AC

Specifications

FREQUENCY COVERAGE: 2-30 mc in 1 kc steps manually tuned;

variable I kc BFO on CW; 0.1 kc steps available with op-

tional module.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: 1 part in 106 for one month, or 1 part

in l 0 per day with external 40N-1 standard.

MODES OF OPERATION: USB; LSB; ISB; AM; CW as 1.0 kc or

1.5 kc audio tone on USB: teletypewriter using ± 425 cps

shift FSK on USB.

POWER SOURCE: 115 y or 230 v, single phase, 50-60 cps; 1500

watts maximum, transmit; 420 watts, receive (with PA in

transmit standby).

RF TERMINATION: 52 ohms. Type N coaxial fitting.

ANTENNA REQUIRED: Shipboard whip antenna with 180T-2

antenna coupler.

SIZE: 21 7/8" W, 73" H, 20 7/8" D (55.56 cm W, 185.42

cm H, 53.02 cm D), including rack.

W EIGHT: Approx. 350 lbs. (158.9 kg), including rack.

TRANSM ITTING CHARACTERISTICS

POWER OUTPUT: SSB — 500 watts PEP; compatible AM —

125 watts carrier.

AUDIO INPUT: Dynamic handset, two 600 ohm balanced lines

at —38 to +8 dbm, or audio input from shipboard remote

radiophone unit.

SSB DISTORTION: At full PEP, third order distortion products

35 db below either of two equal test tones.

SPURIOUS SIGNALS: Undesired sideband, at least 40 db below

rated PEP level.

AUDIO RESPONSE: 4 db, 350-3,000 cps; down 60 db at 4,000

cps. Distortion less than 5%.

KEYING RATE: 100 wpm, FSK; 35 wpm, CW.

NOISE: More than 40 db below either of two equal tones when

transmitter is driven to full output.


SENSITIVITY: 1 uy for 10 db signal-to-noise-plus-noise ratio

in SSB operation; 2 uy for 10 db signal-to-noise-plus-noise ra-

tio in AM operation.

SELECTIVITY: 3 kc bandwidth, SSB; 6 kc bandwidth, AM.

AUDIO OUTPUT: Loudspeaker at 2 watts, headphones, hand-

set, two 600 ohm lines at —34 to +14 dbm. Can also be used

with a shipboard remote radiotelephone unit.

Related Equipment

180T-2 Antenna Coupler, p. 104, 105

58

EXCITER


Communication Systems Collins HF communication systems rep-resent the latest design concepts in sin-gle sideband communication equipment. These concepts have resulted from a continuing SSB development program

at Collins which has helped revolution-ize communication methods in the HF spectrum in the decades since World War II. Specialized systems are avail-able for both voice and data transmis-sion in airborne, vehicular, transport-able and shipboard applications.

POWER AMPLIFIER

RECEIVER

ANTENNA COUPLER

59

ANNA4 Air Transportable HF Communication System

REMOTE AREA OPERATION Features

High Mobility

Lightweight

Self-contained

One-Man Operation

Two Independent Systems

Applications

A ir Transportable

The ANNA-1 HF Communication System provides either

simplex or full duplex operation on two independent radio circuits, which are automatically tuned in 0.1 kc channel in-

crements throughout the 2.0-29.9999 mc frequency range.

Transmit power output is 1 kw PEP or average. Choice of

modes includes upper sideband, lower sideband, independent

sidebands or AM, together with voice frequency telegraph

facilities.

An RF patch panel permits a choice of antennas for either system. The selection includes a semidirectional, horizontal-

ly-polarized log-periodic for short to medium range, point-to-

point communication and a vertically-polarized, omnidirec-

tional monopole with low angle radiation for ship-to-shore

and ground-to-air communication. A 32 ft. whip can be in-

stalled on the shelter to provide an operational radio circuit

within minutes after the equipment is moved on site. Receiver

bandpass filters allow transmit-receive frequency separation as low as 10%.

Lightweight shelters used in the system can be easily trans-

ported by cargo aircraft, as well as railroad, ship or rubber-tired vehicles.

Each terminal contains all necessary equipment, including

antennas, primary power generator and maintenance facili-

ties, to quickly establish voice and teletypewriter communi-

cation for support of government or commercial operations

in remote geographical locations. Air conditioning and heat-

ing maintain shelter temperatures at reasonable levels for

efficient operation.

Separate operator consoles for radio and audio facility con-

trol functions are located directly behind the TTY machines

to enable one operator to have complete station control.

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

The terminal is housed in three major subsystems — a com-

munication shelter, an electronic maintenance shelter and a

power generator. The communication shelter houses the op-

erator console and all facilities for two integral, full duplex,

HF SSB radio terminals including RTTY message capabili-

ties. The electronic maintenance shelter provides storage

space and work area for adjustment and repair of subsystems at remotely located sites.

The modified military type S-141A/G shelters have 3" pro-

tective skid rails, square inside corners, and are equipped with


roof access steps. Separate air conditioning and heating units

are included in each shelter. The system is capable of with-

standing low level shock and vibration encountered by rail-

road, cargo aircraft, ship and rubber-tired vehicles employed

in transport. A type III military transporter can be used for

transport over highways and unimproved terrain.

Power fop the terminal is supplied by a 30 kw diesel gener-

ator. Its output is 120 v or 208 v, 60 cps, 3 phase, 4-wire with

5% voltage and frequency regulation. A fuel tank with suf-

4

RADI 0 CONT

AUDIO CONT

OPR CSL—

AIR COND (HEAT AND COOL)

o 06

28 KSR e 9 TTY V CL <

1 1*V.' L

ANNA-1 Air Transportable HF Communication System

ficient capacity for eight hours of operation is supplied.

SIMPLIFIED MAINTENANCE

Modular electronic equipment, together with circuit card

techniques, is used where applicable to facilitate maintenance

and spare parts logistics. All interunit wiring terminates at a

distribution frame, providing flexibility in interconnection of

components and readily accessible test points.

PWR CONT ne-- AND DI STR

DOOR 41— END

MODEL 28 ASR TTY

Communication Shelter Left Wall Layout

Communication Shelter Floor Plan

Specifications

GENERAL


TUNING INCREMENTS: 0.1 kc steps.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: 1 part in 10 per day.

TUNING: Completely automatic.

CONTROL: Local operator.


MODE OF OPERATION: Duplex or simplex (patch selectable).

RECEIVE FREQUENCY SEPARATION: 10% from transmitter

frequency.

CHANNELIZATION: Two independent 3 kc channels.

TRANSMISSION MODES: USB and AM, normal operation. LSB

and ISB, simple patching.

AUDIO TERMINATIONS: O db level, 600 ohms.

CHANNELIZATION: Channel A — 1 db P/P ripple, +350 to

+3040 cps; —60 db points, —75 and +3300 cps. Channel

B — 1 db P/P ripple, —350 to —3040 cps; —60 db points,

+75 and —3300 cps.

TTY FACILITIES: Includes frequency shift keyers and con-

verters, dc loop control and TTY patching panel.

ANTENNAS: Type 437C-3A, vertically-polarized omnidirec-

tional. Type 637E-1, horizontally-polarized log-periodic, and

a 32 ft. whip antenna.

PRIMARY POWER: 208 v, 60 cps, 3 phase, wye connected. Peak

power requirement is approximately 22 kw. Diesel driven

generator normally furnished as part of system.

Size Weight H D

*Main- 81" 83" 142" 3895 lbs. tenance 205.74 cm 210.82 cm 360.68 cm 1766.77 kg shelter

*Commu- 81" 83" 142" 5295 lbs. nication 205.74 cm 210.82 cm 360.68 cm 2401.81 kg shelter

Diesel 60" 78" 96" 3925 lbs. generator 152.4 cm 198.12 cm 241.3 cm 1780.38 kg

437C-3A tower skid

*With antenna stowed.

54" 60" 126" 1670 lbs. 137.16 cm 152.4 cm 320.04 cm 757.51 kg

Basic Units 714Y -2 Frequency Control, p.90

789R-I IF Translator, p. 88-90

789T-1 IF Translator, p. 88-90


635T-2 Receiver Bandpass Filter, p. 111, 112

548L-4 1 KW Power Amplifier, p. 37

180R-6/309A-2E Antenna Coupler and Control, p. 102, 103

61

AN/NIRC-95 Vehicular HF Communication System


Automatic Tuning Mobile

Simplified Operation A irlift Capability


Remote Operation

Application Versatility

The AN/MRC-95 is an automatically tuned HF communica-

tion system installed in a 4 x 4 1/4 -ton M151 military vehicle.

Frequency range is 2.0-29.999 mc in 1 kc increments with a

transmit power output of 400 watts PEP in either upper

sideband or lower sideband and 100 watts in AM with re-

inserted carrier, CW or frequency shift keying. The AN/

M RC-95 provides optimum tactical communication whether

moving or in fixed locations. Automatic tuning permits op-

eration by nontechnical personnel. A temperature compen-

sated standard assures instant on-frequency operation.

EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATIONS

The basic transceiver is the proven Collins 618T-3, housed

with associated power supply and frequency shift keyer in a

compact aluminum case, which is drip-proof during opera-

tion and watertight in the transport condition. The local-

remote control, antenna coupler, load coil, and auxiliary

speaker are of watertight construction. Rugged packaging

ideally suits the AN/M RC-95 communication system for air-

lift and airdrop operations.

The rugged Fiberglas antenna employs four sections for mo-


AN/MRC-95 Vehicular HF Communication System

bile operation and eight sections for stationary use. A con-

nector located on the side of the load coil also permits the

use of a dipole antenna.

A choice of three control box positions in the vehicles allows

the control box to be used from the rear seat, front of trans-

ceiver case or instrument panel. The control box can be used

with an appropriate interconnecting cable at distances up to

100 ft. from vehicle.

Phone patch extends system versatility for use with wire cir-

cuits. Remote control over long distances can be achieved

by the use of the AN/GRA-6 or similar type equipment.

MOBILE POWER SYSTEM

The electrical generating system will supply more than

200% of the capacity required for the communication sys-

tem, making it independent of the vehicle battery. An emer-

gency switch permits operation from the vehicle battery.

Sufficient excess power is available for operation of an aux-

iliary UHF or VHF communication system. A voltmeter/

tachometer assures correct engine speeds and generating ca-

pacity under all conditions. System protective devices include

an oil pressure interlock with manual override.

Flexibility of control unit location permits installation on the vehicle instrument panel or on the transceiver.

Specifications


POWER OUTPUT: SSB — 400 watts PEP; AM — 100 watts;

CW, FSK — 100 watts.

NUMBER OF CHANNELS:

FREQUENCY SELECTION:

28,000 spaced 1 kc.

4 knobs with digital indicators.

TUNING METHOD: Automatic, servo controlled, including an-

tenna coupler.

CHANNEL CHANGE TIME: 15 seconds nominal.

OPERATING MODES: USB, LSB, AM, CW and FSK.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: 0.8 part in 10'. per month.

SEMIREMOTE CAPABILITY: Complete control of radio by re-

mote control box up to 100 ft. with appropriate cable.

REMOTE CAPABILITY: Control over 2-wire line with AN/

GRA-6 or equivalent. ( Push-to-talk and audio functions.).

TELEPRINTER OPERATION: 850 cps shift. 400 cps primary

power for teleprinter available at transceiver case.

ANTENNA REQUIRED: 16 ft. or 32 ft. whip, or 45-90 ft. wire.

AUDIO CHARACTERISTICS: Input — 100 ohm carbon micro-

phone. Output — 300 ohms.

PHONE PATCH REQUIREMENTS: 600 ohm phone line, operator

controlled, not voice operated.

MICROPHONE: Differential carbon, Electro-Voice 205KK or

equivalent.

KEY: Standard military types.

HANDSET: Military type H33F/PT or equivalent.

INPUT POWER: 27.5 y dc, 53 amps peak during tuning; 31

amps SSB voice transmit, 14 amps receive.

SIZE AND WEIGHT:

Transceiver case

Size Weight

W H D

19 1/2 " IVA " 30" 140 lbs. 49.53 cm 32.39 cm 76.2 cm 63.53 kg

Coupler case

9" 9" 27" 50 lbs. 22.86 cm 22.86 cm 68.58 cm 22.68 kg

Control box

6" 9" 3.5" 7.5 lbs. 15.24 cm 22.86 cm 8.89 cm 3.4 kg

71/2 " 7" 43/4 " 3.5 lbs. Speaker 19.05 cm 17.78 cm 12.07 cm 1.59 kg

9" 9" 73/4 " 22 lbs. Load Coil 22.86 cm 22.86 cm 18.73 cm 9.98 kg

GFE EQUIPMENT: M151 vehicle and 100 amp generating

system. H 33F/PT Handset; TT4 Teletypewriter.

63

AN/SRC-16 Shipboard HF Communication S->stem

d•re«111 t---T 0,40:0 • . — - --

• ,•1 I ----.. :....— :_ ; -.-....?....z...::-.:: I I; a. • • '

17. 0

ili«,U

1

a •*,

Features Applications Automatic Tuning Shipboard

Simultaneous Channels Fixed Station

Mode Choice

Data Transmission


The AN/SRC-16 is a high capacity, long range HF commu-

nication system which provides four independent transmit

and four independent receive channels. The system includes

two 5 kw linear amplifiers which can be switched into any

two transmit channels in lieu of the 500 watt amplifiers nor-

mally used.

Frequency coverage is in 1 kc tuning increments over the

2.0-29.999 mc range. Operating mode choice includes AM,

CW, MCW, FSK, SSB. ISB and data communication on each

channel. The channel frequency of each transmitter and re-

ceiver is phase locked to a primary frequency standard assur-

ing high signal stability.

CIRCUIT FEATURES

Linear power amplifiers, high performance filters and low

distortion circuitry meet all complex data transmission and

reception performance requirements. Compatible AM is

transmitted using the upper sideband and a reinserted carrier.

Pi network output circuitry assures efficient antenna load-

ing. The converter for FSK-CW mode reception includes an

oscilloscope to monitor test tones and to facilitate BFO ad-

justment on FSK reception.

RF LEVEL CONTROL

A variable attenuator, using transistor circuitry, provides au-

tomatic control of radiated or received power levels. The RF

signal between the transmitter and RF amplifier can be at-

tenuated up to 120 db. Normally, it is automatically con-

trolled by direct current pulses. It can be switched to the re-

ceiver input to manually attenuate the RF signal level.

ANTENNA SWITCHING

The AN/SRC-16 employs 12 automatic antenna couplers

. • '

I

¡aim Eau um ill1111111

with terminations for three or more antennas. In a typical in-

stallation, eight couplers are associated with the 2-6 mc an-

tenna, two couplers with the 5-15 mc antenna and two with

the 10-30 mc antenna. Other arrangements are optionally

available to meet individual system requirements. An RF

switching matrix located in the HF coupler cabinet connects

individual channel equipment to the proper antenna couplers.

The couplers permit duplex operation on all channels by iso-

lating transmit and receive circuitry, as well as maintaining

the correct antenna impedance match. External equipments,

such as the AN/URC-32, AN/WRT-2, AN/SRT- 14 and

AN/SRT- 15, can also be connected to the antenna matrix

through auxiliary input jacks.

INPUT PATCHING

A communication patching switchboard permits connecting

remote input audio lines to any of the radio channels. Inter-

locked pushbutton selectors prevent improper operation, and

visual or aural signals indicate equipment status. Voice com-

pression and noise squelching facilitate voice communica-

tions. Redundant power supplies prevent central control

failure in the event of a single power supply malfunction.

SYSTEM TEST FACILITIES

An integral multipurpose test set simplifies system mainte-

nance tests. A two-tone signal can be applied to either trans-

mitted sideband for distortion measurements and check of

performance quality. A sidetone containing the signal is sam-

pled at the T/R relay, coupled to the receiver input, demodu-

lated and passed to a distortion measuring circuit which an-

alyzes the hum level at 400 cps and 800 cps, third order dis-

tortion products and the second harmonic of the F I tone.

Frequency lock is tested by transmitting one of two tones on

both LSB and USB in a closed loop throughout the system.

UNITIZED CONSTRUCTION

The entire system is housed in eight separate equipment cab-

inets. Maintenance and installation are simplified through the

use of modular construction. Individual units are mounted

on slide cabinet drawers and all electrical connections are

made through mating connectors wherever possible. Addi-


AN/SRC-I6 Shipboard HF Communication System

tionally, the system can be easily expanded as traffic increases

by adding units and cabinets.

Completely automatic tuning allows the control cabinet to be

located up to 900 feet from the other seven cabinets of the

installation. It contains facilities for switching of remote in-

put stations, system fault alarm, digital frequency selection,

standby-operate control, manual variable RF level attenua-

tion, audio level metering, RF output metering, signal moni-

toring, with controls and indicators for all modes.

COOLING

Each cabinet is water cooled by a closed-cycle cooling sys-

tem. The inlet of the centrifugal blower is attached to a water

cooled heat exchanger and supplies air to a plenum located at

the rear or center of the cabinet. This plenum supplies cooling

air to all the units in the cabinet through openings in the rear

or bottom of the units. When a unit is withdrawn from the

cabinet, the plenum opening is closed by a sliding valve.

Specifications

NUMBER OF CHANNELS: 4 transmit and receive channels, each

capable of independent, simultaneous operation.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 2.0-29.999 mc in 1 kc increments.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: 1 part in 108 per 30 days (with inter-

nal frequency standard).

MODE OF OPERATION: Radio frequency simplex or duplex.

TYPE OF SIGNALS: Single sideband, reduced carrier; two inde-

pendent sidebands, reduced carrier; composite transmission;

CW telegraphy; frequency shift telegraphy; single sideband

with carrier in transmit function; double sideband with car-

rier in receive function.

WEIGHT AND VOLUME:

Cabinet 1

Cabinets 2 & 3, each

Cabinets 4 & 5, each

Cabinet 7

Est. Wt. Crated

1255 lbs. 569.27 kg

1540 lbs. 698.54 kg

Est. Wt. Uncrated

855 lbs. 387.83 kg

995 lbs. 451.33 kg

1610 lbs. 1110 lbs. 730.3 kg 503.5 kg

1720 lbs. 780.19 kg

1320 lbs. 598.75 kg

Cabinets 1610 lbs. 1056 lbs. 6 & 8, 730.3 kg 479.0 kg each

Antenna 20 lbs. 12 lbs. coupler 9.07 kg 5.44 kg control

Est. Vol. Crated

35 Cu. ft. 0.99 Cu. meter





1.2 Cu. ft. 0.034 Cu. meter

DECK SPACE REQUIRED: 38 sq. ft. (3.53 sq. meters).

COOLING WATER REQUIRED: 49.6 gpm at 35° C maximum.

POWER SOURCE: 440 v, 400 cycle, 3 phase, delta connected —

27.4 kw at 0.9 pf; 115 v, 400 cycles, 3 phase, delta connected

— 11 kw.

ANTENNAS REQUIRED: 3 broadband, nominal 50 ohm im-

pedance; VSWR no greater than 4:1.

AUDIO INPUT: 600 ohms balanced.

AUDIO OUTPUT: 600 ohms balanced.

TRANSMITTER CHARACTERISTICS

POWER OUTPUT: Low power — 500 watts PEP with two or

more tones; average power output of 250 watts continuous.

High power (2.0-5.999 mc only with CU-1169/SRC-16 an-

tenna coupler) — 5.0 kw PEP with two or more tones; aver-

age power output of 2.5 kw continuous.

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: For antennas having frequency ranges

from 2.0-5.999 mc, 6.0-14.999 mc and 10.0-29.999 mc.

CARRIER SUPPRESSION: 45 db below PEP output.

HARMONIC SUPPRESSION: 50 db below PEP output.

SPURIOUS SUPPRESSION: 50 db below PEP output.

DISTORTION: 35 db below PEP at rated power (third order

distortion as measured by two-tone test).

OPPOSITE SIDEBAND REJECTION: 50 db below the level of a

single tone.

PHASE STABILITY: Not more than 2.38° of phase shift in a 22

millisecond period.

BANDWIDTH: 300-3050 cps for each sideband (1 1/2 db points).

INPUT LINES: Ten 600 ohm balanced lines; 0-60 ma tele-

printer loop; key and microphone.

RECEIVER CHARACTER IS1 ICS

PHASE STABILITY: Not more than 2.38° of phase shift in a 22

millisecond period.

BANDWIDTH: 300-3050 cps for each sideband (1 1/2 db points).

NOISE FIGURE: 17 db or better.

DISTORTION: Any intermodulation product or distortion 35

db or more below either tone from a two-tone test signal.

IF AND IMAGE REJECTION: —80 db or more below 25 mc; —65

db or more above 25 mc.

AGC CHARACTERISTICS: Will maintain output level within

+3 db for inputs of 10 uy rms to 1 y rms. Approximately

6-12 millisecond attack time and normal decay time of

0.5-1.0 second. AGC delayed on command.

OUTPUT LINES: 18 600 ohm balanced lines; speaker and

handset.

SENSITIVITY: Better than 1 uy for a 10 db S+N/N ratio.

FREQUENCY STANDARD CHARACTERISTICS

OUTPUT FREQUENCY: 100 kc and 1 mc.

65

AN/SRC-16 Shipboard HF Communication System

OUTPUT VOLTAGE: 1 V.

STABILITY: Aging rate — less than 1 part in 108 per 30 days.

Temperature variation — less than -±-4 parts in 10" per de-

gree C (0.000004 cps at 100 kc).

RESET ACCURACY: Better than ±5 parts in 10".

FREQUENCY CHANGE W ITH SHOCK: Less than 1 part in 108.

HARMONIC DISTORTION: 40 db below rated output.

SPURIOUS OUTPUTS: 60 db below rated output.

ANTENNA COUPLER CHARACTERISTICS

FREQUENCY RANGE: CU-1169/SRC-16 — 2.0-5.999 mc. CU-

1170/SRC-16 — 6.0-29.999 mc.

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms nominal.

ANTENNA VSWR (tuning range) : 4:1 (50 ohms) maximum.

RF INPUT POWER: CU-1169/SRC-16 — 6000 watts PEP,

3000 watts average continuous, maximum. CU-1170/SRC-

16 — 1200 watts PEP, 600 watts average continuous, max-

imum. Both units require 100 watts average forward power

for automatic antenna tuning and constant surveillance.

EFFICIENCY: 60% minimum.

ISOLATION, INPUT To OUTPUT: 45 db minimum with channel

frequencies separated 15% or more.

ISOLATION BETWEEN INPUTS: 45 db minimum with channel

frequencies separated 15% or more.

PRIMARY INPUT VOLTAGE: 115 v -± 10% , 400 cps, 3 phase,

delta or wye.

PRIMARY INPUT POWER: 100 watts maximum.

TYPE OF SERVICE: Continuous, unattended, remote.

AN/SRC-23 Shipboard 11F Communication System

The AN/SRC-23 is a single channel communication system

using components of the AN/SRC-16 system. It offers excep-

tionally high frequency stability for long range surface-to-

surface and surface-to-air communication in data, AM, FSK,

Available only on a production contract.

CW and SSB modes. Tuning is completely automatic on

28,000 channels in the 2.0-29.999 mc range. Detailed infor-

mation on a system to specific requirements is available up-

on request.

AN/TRC-115 Transportable HF Communication System


Automatic Tuning Transportable

Single Shelter Communication Center

One-Man Operation

The AN/TRC-115 employs one 1 kw transmitter using single

sideband techniques and one receiver with one voice chan-

nel and one teletypewriter channel capable of being trans-

mitted and received simultaneously. The systems cover the

2.0-29.9999 mc frequency range in 280,000 channel incre-

ments with direct reading frequency control and fully auto-

matic tuning. including the antenna circuits. Function

switches permit selection of AM, upper sideband, or lower or

independent sideband modes for either simplex or duplex

operation. All equipment necessary to place the system in

full operation is housed in one compact shelter that is trans-

portable by fixed-wing aircraft, helicopter or truck. The

AN/TRC-115 consists of components of the Collins Uni-

versal Radio Group in an S-144( )/G shelter. It can be set up

and operated by one man.

In duplex operation, two RF channel frequencies are re-

quired. Both an 85 cycle shift and an 850 cycle shift teletype-

writer keyer-converter unit are included to provide the

AN/TRC-115 with teletypewriter transmission capabilities.

The AN/TRC-115 contains the necessary units to control,

switch and operate remote telephone line, remote teletype-

writer, and the local operator's equipment. The unit consists

of a communication control console, one radio receiver, one

radio transmitter, two radio set controls, one antenna coupler

and coupler control, and a telegraph terminal group.


AN/TRC-115 Transportable HF Communication System

Functional Circuits

V 32I WHIP

RECE I VE ANT.

RADIO SET CONT AN/GRA-6

p

TO REMOTE TEL ORS

TO REMOTE TTY OPR

DATA SELECT

MODULES

1 0— — — —4- — — —

è ' MODE CONT

MODULE

714Y-2 FRED CONT

METER STATUS MODULE

I t

I 7I4Y-2 I

I CONTFRED I

I I

.- ---4- ---4 è

76914-1 I 616E-4 IF I RF

TRANS- TRANS-LATOR I LATOR

TO SYSTEM

426U-2 POWER SUPPLY

TO SYSTEM

I 426T- I

400 CPS I NV

r 635V-I

(en 4---L J

L.

•

CU -749 AUTO CPLR

3011A-2E COUPLER CONTROL

COAX FED ANT.

LOAD COIL

32. wHIP ANT.

Specifications

SHELTER: S-1440 /G.

TRANSMITTER POWER: 1 kw PEP or average.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 2.0-29.9999 mc in 0.1 kc steps.

MODES OF OPERATION: USB (3 kc), LSB (3 kc), ISB (each

sideband 3 kc), and compatible AM.

INFORMATION TYPES: Voice and/or voice frequency TTY.

MODE OF OPERATION: Full or half duplex.

CARRIER SUPPRESSION: Normal SSB operation is for carrier to

be fully suppressed (-50 db); optional reduced carrier op-

eration with three levels of suppression.

AFC: Optional.

IMAGE REJECTION: Below 20 mc, at least 80 db; above 20 mc,

at least 60 db.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: One part in 108 per day.

RMS STABILITY FACTOR: Does not exceed one part in 108 in

any 10-minute period.

RADIO EQUIPMENT

DESK

I DF

SIGNAL ENTRY BOX

CHAIR

AN/TRC-115 Floor Plan

TRANSMITTER DISTORTION PRODUCTS: Third and higher order

distortion suppressed at least 40 db; harmonic emission sup-

pressed at least 35 db, referenced with PEP level.

ANTENNAS: Transmit — 32 ft. whip, shelter mounted. Duplex

Receive — 32 ft. whip, field mounted. A dipole or any 50

ohm impedance antenna can also be used.

Basic Units 789R-1 IF Translator, p. 88-90

789T-I IF Translator, p. 88-90


548L-4 1 KW Power Amplifier, p. 3'

635V-1 Bandpass Filter, p. 112

714Y -2 Frequency Control, p.90

700B-2 Teletypewriter Converter, p. 122, 123


67

AN/TSC-38 Transportable IIF Communication Central


Remote Operation

Rapid Set Up

Applications Highway Towing

Aircraft Transport

The AN/TSC-38 is a transportable HF station with radio

channels covering the 2.0-29.9999 mc frequency range in 0.1

kc channel increments. Digital tuning simplifies operation

and assures optimum equipment performance. The systems

can be completely tuned to a new operating frequency in a

maximum of 30 seconds facilitating tactical communication.

The primary HF radio system is full duplex with a 10 kw

PEP or average transmitter and two space diversity receivers

to handle four independent sideband circuits in a nominal 12

kc bandwidth. A secondary full duplex system includes a I

kw PEP or average transmitter and a receiver with four inde-

pendent sidebands.

Either system is capable of reception at frequencies within

10% of the transmitter operating frequencies. System can be

operated in a completely suppressed carrier SSB mode, or

AFC and carrier re-insertion at three preset levels can be

used if desired. A 20-line automatic switchboard is included

in the system. Manually initiated ringdown signaling is avail-

able on the radio circuits.


AN/TSC-38 Transportable HF Communication Central

MINIMUM SET UP TIME

The self-contained HF facility is housed in two mobile units

which can be transported by single C-130B, C-133, C-124,

or two C-119 aircraft; or towed by a prime mover over high-

ways, unimproved roads or cross country terrain. The equip-

ment is operational only minutes after arrival on site.

The AN/TSC-38 operates from either a 120 v or 208 v, 50-60

cps or 400 cps, 3 phase, wye connected power source with no

manual switching. The equipment will tolerate line voltage

and frequency with up to ± 10% variation.

Power for the complete system is provided by a primary and

a backup 65 kw, 400 cps turbine generator set. Batteries fur-

nish power for immediate touch-down and emergency opera-

tion of the secondary radio system and its associated terminal

equipment.

REMOTE OPERATION

The following radio system functions can be controlled from

a remote location — primary power control, sideband selec-

tion, frequency changing, ten preset conditions, operational

mode and push-to-talk operation, carrier reinsertion and

AFC selection.

EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION

The system is a completely transportable configuration con-

sisting of two mobile units: an air conditioned S-141 shelter

and undercarriage which houses all electronic equipment;

and an undercarriage and pallet with installed primary power

engine generator and compartments for transportation of antennas, outside plant equipment and spare parts.

Functional Circuits

10 KW Power Amplifier All equipment easily accessible

UNIS •••-• TVZ:E PT

IS REMOTE TTY

SU IISCRI USERS

I RE MOTE I CRYPTO

SUBSCRIBER

• WIRE 20 LINE AUTOMATIC

SWITCHBOARD

SIGNAL MOD

RADIO fLL .---"CONTRO

RADIO INTERCEPT CHANNEL

OPT AUDIO ^ND CONTROL

CONTROLS

OATA/RC,,R SELECT

ANTENNAS

H 10 NW 1_1 H RC 12

RC‘ P NO

CONTROL —

DATA SELECT

RCyR

COMMON REMOTE CONTROL

69

AN/TSC-38 Transportable HF Communication Central

Specifications


TUNING INCREMENTS: 0.1 kc steps.


TUNING: Completely automatic.

CONTROL: Local switch select, FSK dial-pulse select, and re-

mote FSK dial-pulse select over a 2- or 4-wire telephone line.

EXTERNAL SUBSCRIBERS: Twelve 2- or 4-wire (switch select-

able)

(1) 2- or 4-wire FSK dial, FSK push-to-talk (3 maximum).

(2) 2- or 4-wire dc dial common battery; maximum loop re-

sistance, 500 ohms (12 maximum).

2- or 4-wire common battery manual; maximum loop

resistance, 500 ohms ( 12 maximum).

(4) 2- or 4-wire local battery ringdown subscribers (6 maxi-

mum).

(5) 2- or 4-wire switchboard trunks (12 maximum).

TELEPHONE SWITCHING: Switchboard; 4-wire, dc dial, 20-

line, 10-link, single-register 28 y de loop operation. Attend-

ant; single DSA ( Dial Service Assistance) position.

VOICE FREQUENCY TELEGRAPHY GROUP

(PRIMARY)

(3)

CHANNELS: Sixteen 4-wire, full duplex circuits.

CHANNEL FREQUENCY: 425-2975 cps.

FREQUENCY SHIFT: -±-42.5 cps.

MODE OF OPERATION: Normal space diversity, switch-select-

able to 8-channel space/frequency diversity on an individual

channel basis.


(SECONDARY)

CHANNELS: Two 4-wire circuits.

CHANNEL FREQUENCY: Any two between 425 and 2975 cps.

FREQUENCY SHIFT: -±-42.5 cps.

MODE OF OPERATION: Normal nondiversity, switch-selectable

to 1-channel frequency diversity.


(WIDEBAND)

CHANNEL: One 4-wire full duplex nondiversity.

CHANNEL FREQUENCY: 2000 cps channel center frequency

425 cps shift.

CRYPTOGRAPHY

Space and cabling are provided for two full duplex on-line

terminals.

LOCAL TELETYPEWRITER

Two page-printer/keyboards; one typing reperforator, one

transmitter distributor equipment, and one combination re-

perforator/keyboard/transmit distributor.

EXTERNAL SUBSCRIBERS

Twenty 4-wire lines; 20 or 60 ma neutral or 30 ma polar.

PRIMARY RADIO-FULL DUPLEX

TRANSMITTER POWER OUTPUT: 10 kw PEP/average.

RECEIVERS: TWO (space diversity).

MODE OF OPERATION: Switch selection; full duplex or simplex.

FREQUENCY SEPARATION: 10% from transmitted frequency.

CHANNELIZATION: Four independent 3 kc channels in a 12 kc

assignment.

ANTENNA REQUIREMENTS: 1 each 10 kw transmit antenna

displaying 50 ohms with a VSWR of less than 3:1 from 2.5-

30.0 mc and 2:1 from 2.0-2.5 mc. 2 each, receive antennas

for space diversity reception.

SECONDARY RADIO-FULL DUPLEX

TRANSMIT POWER OUTPUT: 1 kw PEP/average.

CHANNELIZATION: One receiver with four 3 kc ISB channels.


ANTENNA REQUIREMENTS: 1 transmit and 1 receive antenna

displaying 50 ohms with 3:1 VSWR or 32 ft. whip.

ANTENNAS SUPPLIED: Two 32 ft. whip antennas (within

shelter). Two receive sloping vee antennas (1 kw). One 10

kw transmit sloping vee antenna.

Basic Units Power Amplifiers, p. 34-37

789R-I IF Translator, p. 88-90

789T-I IF Translator, p. 88-90


635V-I Harmonic Filter, p. 112


70

HF-105, -106, -107, -108, -109 HF Shipboard Systems

Features

Transceiver Case

Automatic Tuning

Command-Center Operation

Optional Power Sources

Easy Installation


Applications

Sinai! Boat

Landing Craft

Shipboard

The Collins HF-105, HF-106, HF-107, HF-108 and HF-109

are multiple purpose, single sideband radio systems which op-

erate from different primary power sources to meet a vari-

ety of application requirements.

The systems are automatically tuned and cover the 2.0-

29.999 mc frequency range in 28,000 channel increments.

Transmit power output is 400 watts in either upper or lower

sideband and 100 watts in AM with reinserted carrier, CW

or optional FSK.

The systems offer optimum tactical communication range

for small boats, landing craft and ships.

COMMAND-CENTER OPERATION

The ship's commanding officer is offered a new concept in

rapid communication, since the desired channel frequency

can be selected directly from a control unit in the command

center in much the same manner as an aircraft radio is oper-

ated. Tuning is completely automatic. Channel change time

is less than 30 seconds nominal. Complete operation of the

equipment requires no technical background.

Command Center Control Group

RAPID INSTALLATION

The systems can be quickly installed by ship's personnel

using only common skills, such as welding and cable wiring.

A routine installation requires only about 16 hours.

Equipment packaging in four basic units — transceiver,

command control group, antenna coupler group and power

supply group — makes installation adaptable to various

types of ships. The five HF communication systems are iden-

tical except for primary input power requirements.

The basic transceiver is the proven 618T housed in a type 1,

drip-proof, wrap-around case. Capability of remotely lo-

cated control unit and antenna coupler facilitates optimum

installation.

The watertight control group may be located up to 350 ft.

from the transceiver. In addition to all operating controls, it

includes an RF wattmeter to monitor over-all functioning of

the system during operation.

Flexibility in antenna location is made possible by a separate

antenna coupler which can be located up to 100 ft. from the

transceiver case.

EASE OF MAINTENANCE

The location of an equipment malfunction can be quickly

isolated by ship's personnel using a simplified procedure

which is outlined on a permanently attached plate located

near the control unit. Corrective maintenance is initiated by

substitution of one of the three easily replaced major system

units. This feature makes it especially suitable for small ships

which have limited space and equipment for trouble shooting.

71

HF-105,-106,-107,-108,-109 Shipboard HF Systems

Specifications

14-

a.

Antenna Coupler


NUMBER OF FREQUENCY CHANNELS: 28,000 spaced 1 kC.

FREQUENCY SELECTION: 4 control knobs with indicators.

CHANNEL CHANGE TIME: Less than 15 seconds nominal, in-

cluding antenna coupler.

OPERATING MODES: USB, LSB, AM, CW and optional FSK.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: 0.8 part in 10'; per month.

WARM-UP TIME: 30 seconds.

TELETYPEWRITER OPERATION: 850 cps shift with optionally

available 700B-2 Teletypewriter Converter.


AUDIO CHARACTERISTICS: Input — 100 ohms carbon micro-

phone. Output — 300 ohms.

MICROPHONE: Standard military differential carbon type.

KEY: Standard military types.

Power Supply

INPUT SOURCE:

System Power Source

HF-105 27.5 y dc.

HF-106 220 v or 120 v, 50 or 60 cps, 1 phase.

HF-107 440 y or 220 v, 60 cps, 3 phase.

HF- 108 208 v, 400 cps, 3 phase, 4-wire.

HF-109 440 v, 220 v or 120 v, 400 cps, 3 phase.

SIZE AND WEIGHT:

Size H D

Weight

Transceiver 12" 12" 25 1/2 " 102 lbs. and mount 30.48 cm 30.48 cm 64.77 cm 46.27 kg

Antenna coupler 91/2 " 10" and mount 24.13 cm 25.4 cm

361/2 " 70 lbs. 92.71 cm 31.75 kg

Control group

181/2 " 14" 5" 26 lbs. 46.99 cm 35.56 cm 12.7 cm 11.79 kg

Power sup-ply group Differs with type of system.

Basic Units Related Equipment

618T Transceiver, p. 44, 45 700B-2 Teletypewriter Converter, p. 122, 123

490B-1 Automatic Antenna Coupler, p. 108

72

TCS-110-1 Transportable HF Communication Terminal

1.APiD SET UP

Features Applications Automatic Tuning Transportable

Single Shelter Communication Center

One-Man Operation

TCS-110-1 is a compact, lightweight HF terminal housed in

a single S-144/G size shelter. It includes all facilities to con-

trol, switch and operate five remote telephone and teletype-

writer lines together with the local operator's audio and tele-

typewriter circuits.

The basic HF radio equipment, Collins' Universal Radio

Group, provides four independent 3 kc wide multiplexed

channels in a 12 kc frequency allocation. It is automatically

tuned throughout the 2.0-29.9999 mc frequency range in 0.1

kc channel increments. Choice of operating modes includes 4

channel multiplex (A-1, A-2, B-1, B-2) in independent side-

band, upper sideband, lower sideband, CW, teletypewriter

and compatible AM.

In duplex operation, the receiver can be operated with only

10% frequency separation from the transmitter. The trans-

mit antenna is mounted on top of the shelter to minimize

transmission line length, which reduces undesired radiation

and loss. The receiving antenna is located at ground level a

short distance from the terminal.

In addition to local control, the system can be operated by

FSK dial pulses over a conventional 2- or 4-wire telephone

line. Terminal equipment for crytographic units enables

compatibility with existing systems.

All equipment required to place the communication terminal in service is housed in the shelter. It can be transported by

fixed-wing aircraft, helicopter or truck, and set up for opera-

tion by one man.


The interior of the shelter is arranged to make maximum

use of available space, while providing for easy maintenance

and complete removal or replacement of individual equip-

ment, if the need arises. The power control center provides

immediate access to the lighting and equipment power switch

CONT

RACK TT 98

st%:1."—r;

POWER CONTROL AND

JACKFIELDS

RADIO

EQUI R

1

TT 76

rrr rr/11 r1r r ¡

TCS-110-1 Floor Plan


TCS-110-1 HF Communication Terminal

from the shelter entrance and the normal operating position.

The operating console has function controls carefully

grouped to facilitate operation with minimum effort. All sta-

tus displays are located at eye level. The equipment is ar-

ranged to preclude blind spots and sharp protrusions to in-

sure maximum efficiency and personnel safety.

ADVERSE ENVIRONMENTS

The equipment shelter is designed to operate over a wide

Functional Circuits

Specifications

range of environmental conditions, including temperatures of

—40° C to +50° C (-52° C to +54.4° C nonoperating),

100% relative humidity at 35° C and 10,000 ft. pressure

(50,000 ft. nonoperating). It will operate satisfactorily under

sand, dust, salt and fungus environments as normally en-

countered in desert, seacoast and tropical areas. Shock and

vibration, as encountered during aircraft transport, railroad

humping, 18-inch drops and Munson road tests, can be

tolerated by the TCS-110-1 system.

TE LE PHONE END DEVICES

LOCAL TTY

LINE INTERCEPT

REMOTE TTY

CR VP TO

RADIO INTERCEPT

OPERATOR CONTROL

DC CONTROL

VFTG

SIGNALING 10—

REMOTE CONTROL

DATA CONTROL H e

RADIO H AND

ANTENNA

Ci EN ERAL

FREQUENCY RANGE: 2.0-29.9999 mc; 0.1 kc steps.


TUNING: Automatic.

CONTROL: Local switch select, FSK dial-pulse select, and re-

mote FSK dial-pulse select over a 2- or 4-wire telephone line.

EXTERNAL SUBSCRIBERS: Five 2- or 4-wire.

(1) (2)

(3)

2- or 4-wire FSK dial FSK PTT (4 maximum).

2- or 4-wire dc dial common battery; maximum loop re-

sistance, 500 ohms (1 maximum).

2- or 4-wire common battery manual; maximum loop

resistance, 500 ohms (1 maximum).

(4) 2- or 4-wire local battery-type ringdown subscribers (1

maximum).

2- or 4-wire switchboard trunks (4 maximum). (5)

TELEPHONE SWITCHING: Switchboard; 4-wire.

DUPLEX RADIO

POWER OUTPUT: 1 kw PEP/average.

RECEIVERS: One.


FREQUENCY SEPARATION: 10% from transmitted frequency.

CHANNELIZATION: Four independent 3 kc channels in a 12 kc

frequency assignment.

ANTENNAS: Two 32 ft. Fiberglas whips.

VOICE FREQUENCY TELEGRAPH PRIMARY

CHANNELS: Eight 4-wire, full duplex circuits.

CHANNEL FREQUENCY: 425-2975 cps.

FREQUENCY SHIFT: ±-42.5 cps.

MODE OF OPERATION: Normal 8 channel nondiversity, switch-

selectable to four channel frequency diversity on an individ-

ual channel basis.

CRYPTOGRAPHY

Space and cabling are provided within the shelter for one full

duplex on-line terminal.

LOCAL TELETYPEWRITER

TWO PAGE PRINTER/KEYBOARD: One TT-76/FG keyboard,

typing reperforator, transmitter distributor, and one TT-98/

FG page printer/keyboard.

EXTERNAL SUBSCRIBERS

Eight 4-wire lines; 60 ma neutral.

POWER SOURCE: 120 V ac, single phase; or 208 v, 3 phase, 50-

60 cps or 400 cps.

SIZE: S-144/G Shelter — 62" W, 66" H, 78" D (157.48 cm

W, 167.64 cm H, 198.12 cm D), maximum.

Basic Units 789R-I IF Translator, p. 88-90

789T-1 IF Translator, p. 88-90


548L-4 I KW Power A tnplifier, p. 37


635T-2 Receiver Bandpass Filter, p. 111, 112

313 Series Control, p. 83-85

74

VC-102 HF Communication System

Speaker Transceiver

Features

Automatic Tuning

Remote Operation

Phone Patch

Teletypewriter Capability


Applications

Mobile

Transportable

Shipboard

Fixed Station

The VC-102, a multiple purpose single sideband radio sys-

tem, provides optimum tactical area communication whether

used in mobile or fixed installations. The 2.0-29.999 mc fre-

quency range is covered in 28,000 1 kc increments. Transmit

power output is 400 watts PEP in either upper sideband or

lower sideband and 100 watts in AM with reinserted carrier,

CW or FSK. Automatic tuning permits operation by un-

skilled personnel and assures on-frequency operation.

SYSTEM APPLICATION

The VC-102, using modular construction, is ideally suited

for vehicular, transportable, shipboard and fixed HF station

installations.

All operating controls are located on a compact local-remote

unit, which can be used with an appropriate cable at dis-

tances up to 100 ft. from the transceiver case. Remote con-trol over long distances can be achieved by the use of the

AN/GRA-6 or similar type equipment.

A telephone patch circuit extends system versatility for use

with wire line circuits. This function is under direct super-

vision of the operator.

Teletypewriter A nonsynchronous FSK unit is supplied for

teletypewriter speeds up to 100 words per minute. The fre-

quency shift keyer uses solid state components, built-in loop

supply and an electronic keyer. It is housed in the main

equipment case.

Antenna Choice The rugged Fiberglas antenna employs four

sections for mobile operation and eight sections for stationary

Antenna Coupler

Control Box

use. A separate antenna coupler allows the antenna to be lo-

cated up to 100 ft. from the transceiver case.

BASIC EQUIPMENT

The basic transceiver is the proven Collins 618T-3, housed

with a power supply and optional 700I3-2 FSK unit in a com-

pact aluminum case which is drip-proof during operation

and watertight in transport. The local-remote control, an-

tenna coupler, auxiliary speaker and auxiliary load coil are

of watertight construction.

Modular construction, together with plug-in major assem-

blies, reduces maintenance and parts problems. The exten-

sive use of transistor circuits provides increased reliability

and reduction of power consumption and weight.

Accessories

INSTALLATION KITS

Installation kits are available for the M38A-1 and M151

military vehicles which include all mounting brackets and in-

terconnecting cables for the transceiver and antenna coupler

cases and remote-local control box, together with the whip

antenna assembly. Mounting bases are supplied with quick

disconnect receptacles to facilitate removal of the equipment

cases for inspection or maintenance.

The Fiberglas antenna consists of four sections for a 16 ft.

whip and four extension sections for 32 ft. heights. It is com-

plete with canvas stowage bag.

FIXED STATION ANTENNA

A Fiberglas antenna kit for shipboard or fixed station in-

stallation includes a feed-through type base section for bulk-

head mounting and one or more extension sections.

76F-1 SPEAKER/AMPLIFIER

The optional speaker unit, similar to LS-166, is mounted in

a watertight case with a self-contained transistor audio am-

75

VC-102 HF Communication System

plifier. A gain control is provided on the side of the enclosure.

690D-1 LOAD COIL

The optional load coil unit is used to electrically lengthen a

16 ft. whip antenna in the 2-30 mc range. It is mounted in a

watertight case which also provides the antenna mount.

Functional Circuits

+28V

coax fitting UG-680/U type N is provided on the side of the

case for connecting a dipole antenna.

CABLES

Optional cables 100 ft. long are available for the control and

A antenna coupler.

6I8T-3 TRANSCEIVER

426T-1 POWER SUPPLY

700B-2 TTY CONV

OSC

718F-1 TRANSCEIVER CASE

400 CPS TTY

POWER

TTY KEY LOOP LINE

RECEIVE COAXIAL CABLE

TRANSMIT COAXIAL CABLE

COUPLER CONTROL

I 1 600 OHM PHONE LI NE

CABLES MAY BE UP TO 100 FT LONG

CABLE MAY BE UP TO 100 FT LONG

1 SPEAKER

..111.. OUTPUT

490B-1 ANTENNA COUPLER

313V-1 CONTROL UNIT

HANDSET KEY HEADSET REMOTE CONTROL AN/GRA-6

Specifications


NUMBER OF FREQUENCY CHANNELS: 28,000 spaced 1 kc.

FREQUENCY SELECTION: 4 knobs with digital indicators.

TUNING METHOD: Automatic, servo-controlled, including an-tenna coupler.

CHANNEL CHANGE TIME: 15 seconds nominal, including an-

tenna coupler.

OPERATING MODES: USB, LSB, AM, CW and FSK.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: 0.8 part in 1C; per month.

SEMIREMOTE CAPABILITY: Complete control with appropriate

cable up to 100 ft.

REMOTE CAPABILI.TY: Control over 2-wire line with AN/

GRA-6 or equivalent. (Push-to-talk and audio control only, 2 miles.)


PHONE PATCH REQUIREMENTS: 600 ohm phone line operator

controlled, not voice operated.

MICROPHONE: Differential carbon, Electro-Voice 205KK or

equivalent.

KEY: Standard military type.

HANDSET: Military type H33F/PT or equivalent.

POWER INPUT: 27.5 y dc, 53 amps peak during tuning; 37

amps nominal SSB voice transmit; 14 amps receive.

GFE EQUIPMENT: AN/GRA-6 remote control, if used.

SIZE AND WEIGHT: Size H

Weight D

Transceiver 191/2 " 123/4 " 30" 140 lbs. case 49.5 cm 32.4 cm 76.2 cm 63.5 kg

Coupler 9 5/16" 9" 27" 50 lbs. case 23.65 cm 22.8 cm 68.6 cm 22.7 kg

Control box

6" 9" 3.5" 7.5 lbs. 15.2 cm 22.8 cm 8.9 cm 3.4 kg

71/2 " 7" 43/4 " 3.5 lbs. Speaker 19.0 cm 17.8 cm 12.1 cm 1.6 kg

Basic Unit Related Equipment

618T-3 Transceiver, p. 44, 45 7008-2 Teletypewriter Converter, p. 122, 123

76

VC-104 Vehicular HF-UHF Communication System

Features

Automatic Tuning

HF-UHF Communication

Phone Patch

Remote Operation


Applications

Mobile

Airlift Capability

The VC-104, installed in a 4 x 4 1/4 -ton M38A-1 military ve-

hicle, provides optimum tactical mobile communication in

the 2.0-29.999 mc and 225.0-399.9 mc frequency ranges.

In the HF range, 1 kc channel increments are provided with

400 watts PEP level output in either upper sideband, or low-

er sideband and 100 watt output level in AM with reinserted

carrier, CW or FSK.

The UHF range is covered in 100 kc increments with 20

watts AM output power.

Automatic digital tuning reduces required operator profi-

ciency and precludes the possibility of equipment damage

because of operator error. A separate UHF single frequency

receiver is included to monitor the guard channel.




The basic communication equipment, a Collins VC-102 sys-

tem for HF SSB, compatible AM, CW and FSK, and a Col-

lins 718M-1, which includes an AN/ARC-52X for UHF

voice, are housed in compact aluminum cases. The cases

are drip-proof during operation and watertight in the trans-

port condition. The M38A- I vehicle is equipped with a stand-

ard military 100 amp, 27.5 y electrical system.

The primary power system includes a voltmeter/tachometer

to assure correct engine speeds and generating capacity under

all conditions. Both the HF and UHF systems can be oper-

ated while the vehicle is in motion.

Carrying racks are included for transporting AN/PRC-25,

AN/PRC-41 and AN/PRC-47 pack sets. The VC-104 is

well-suited for airlift and airdrop operations because of small

size, reduced weight and ruggedness.

A phone patch circuit extends system versatility for use with

wire line facilities. This function is under direct supervision of the operator.

CONTROLS

All HF operating function controls are located on a compact

local-remote unit which can be quickly detached from the

transceiver case. The VC-104 can be used with an appropri-

ate cable at distances up to 100 ft. from the vehicle. Remote

control over greater distances can be accomplished by the use of the AN/GRA-6 or similar equipment.

In addition to manual selection of the 1750 channels, 19 of

the most commonly used UHF frequencies can be preset,

allowing rapid channel selection. The AN/GRA-6 will also

control the 718M-1 UHF Transceiver.

Controls are centrally located. The HF control unit may be quickly detached for semi-remote operation.

OPTIONAL FSK

One hundred word per minute FSK capability can be added

to the HF system by the use of a Collins 700B-2 Teletype-

writer Converter.

ANTENNA CHOICE

Remote location of the HF antenna is made possible by a sep-

arate antenna coupler which can be positioned up to 100 ft.

from the vehicle. A connector located on the HF whip

mounting base permits the use of a dipole antenna. A discone

UHF antenna mounts directly on the vehicle.

Specifications HF SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS

POWER OUTPUT: SSB — 400 watts PEP; AM — 100 watts; CW, FSK —100 watts.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 2.0-29.999 mc; 1 kc channel increments.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: 0.8 part in 106 per month.

ANTENNA: Whip, adjustable in sections 16-32 ft. Long wire,

45-90 ft., or dipole antenna can be used.

PHONE PATCH: 600 ohm line.

POWER INPUT: 27.5 y dc; 53 amps peak during tuning; 37


WEIGHT: 200 lbs. (90.72 kg).

UHF SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS

POWER OUTPUT:

FREQUENCY RANGE:

20 watts.

225.0-399.9 mc; 100 kc increments.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: 71- 10 kc.

PRESET CHANNELS: 19, including guard channel.

ANTENNA: AS-390 with 4 each 4 ft. mast sections.

POWER INPUT: 27.5 y dc; 16 amps tuning; 14 amps transmit;

9 amps receive.

WEIGHT: 125 lbs. (56.70 kg).

GFE EQUIPMENT: M38A-1 vehicle and 100 amp generating

system. AN/GRA-6 remote control, if used.

Basic Unit

VC-102 HF Communication System, p. 75,76

Related Equipment

7008-2 Teletypewriter Converter, p. 122, 123

78



Automatic Tuning Mobile

HF-UHF Communication Airlift Capability

Phone Patch

Remote Operation


Collins VC-106 is an HF-UHF vehicular communication

system installed in a 4 x 4 1/4 -ton M151 vehicle. It offers op-

timum tactical area communication with automatic tuning in the 2.0-29.999 mc and 225.0-399.9 mc frequency ranges,

In the HF range, 1 kc channel increments are provided with

400 watts peak envelope power output level in either upper

sideband or lower sideband and 100 watt output level in AM

with reinserted carrier, CW or frequency shift keying.

The UHF range is covered in 100 kc increments with 20

watts AM output power. In addition to manual selection of

the 1750 channels, 19 of the most commonly used UHF fre-

quencies can be preset, allowing rapid channel selection. A

separate UHF single frequency receiver is included to mon-

itor the guard channel.

BASIC EQUIPMENT

Both systems can be operated while the vehicle is in motion.

The basic equipment includes a Collins VC-102 system for

HF SSB, compatible AM, CW and FSK and a Collins

718M- I which uses an AN/ARC-52X for UHF voice. The

systems are housed in waterproof cases which are attached to

the vehicle by quick disconnect clamps allowing removal for

operation as a fixed station.



Controls are centrally located.

This function is under direct supervision of the operator.

UHF radio can also be controlled by the AN/GRA-6.

Optional FSK One hundred word per minute FSK capability

can be added to the HF system by the use of Collins 700B-2

Keyer-Converter.

AN1, (— f-ID1(=F:

Remote location of the HF system antenna is made possible

by a separate antenna coupler which can be positioned up to

100 ft. from the vehicle. A connector located at the mount-

ing base of the HF whip antenna also permits the use of

either a long wire or dipole antenna. A discone UHF an-

tenna mounts directly on the vehicle.

The M151 vehicle is equipped with a standard military 100

amp, 27.5 y electrical system. The primary power system in-

cludes a voltmeter/tachometer to assure correct engine

speeds and generating capacity under all conditions. The

size, weight and ruggedness of the VC-106 system ideally

suit it to airlift and airdrop operations.

CONTROLS

The HF operating controls are located on a compact, local-

remote unit, which can be quickly detached from the trans-

ceiver case. The unit can be used with an appropriate cable

at distances up to 100 ft. from the vehicle. Remote control

over greater distances can be accomplished by the use of the

AN/GRA-6 or similar equipment.

A phone patch circuit extends the versatility of the HF system

by permitting connection with wire line telephone facilities. Dipole antenna connector automatically disconnects whip.

Specifications HF SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS

POWER OUTPUT: SSB — 400 watts PEP; AM — 100 watts;

CW, FSK — 100 watts.


FREQUENCY STABILITY: 0.8 part in 106 per month.

ANTENNA: Whip, adjustable in sections 16-32 ft. Long wire

45-90 ft. or dipole antenna can be used.

PHONE PATCH: 600 ohm line.

POWER INPUT: 27.5 y dc, 53 amps peak during tuning; 37


W EIGHT: 200 lbs. (90.27 kg).

UHF SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS

POWER OUTPUT: 20 watts.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 225.0-399.9 mc; 100 kc increments.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: -4- 10 kc.

PRESET CHANNELS: 19, including guard channel.

ANTENNA: AS-390 with four each four foot mast sections.

POWER INPUT: 27.5 y dc; 16 amps tuning; 14 amps transmit;

9 amps receive.

W EIGHT: 125 lbs. (56.70 kg).

GFE EQUIPMENT: M151 vehicle and 100 amp generating

system. AN/GRA-6 remote control, if used.

Basie Unit Related Equipment VC-IO2 HF Communication System, p. 75,76 7008-2 Teletypewriter Converter, p. 122, 123

80

Universal Radio Group The Collins Universal Radio Group is an advanced line of automatically tuned }IF communication equipment based upon a building block concept which gives it a new degree of flexibility, ver-satility and logistic commonality.

Units can be selected to provide trans-mitters, receivers or transceivers with local, remote or dial telephone control capabilities. URG equipment is equally well suited for fixed station, transport-

able, shipboard and airborne applica-tions — and without the extra fabrica-tion costs and long lead time normally involved in tailoring equipment for these installations. The equipment is of a modular design, with the smaller units housed in AR1NC (Aeronautical Radio, Inc.) type en-closures. Shelves of this equipment, as well as the larger power amplifiers, are mounted in rugged Unistrut racks with optional enclosure panels. Attractive racks, cabinets and shelves are avail-able to meet a wide variety of applica-tion requirements.

d II1EV WIRE LINE REMOTE

I CONTROL '

TRANSCEIVER

CONTROL UNIT

POWER AMPLIFIER

ANTENNA COUPLER

40N-1,-2 Frequency Standards

Features Applications Frequency Accuracy

Amplitude Stability

Minimum Harmonics

Centralized Metering

Fixed Station

Shipboard

Data Transmission

The 40N-1,-2 Frequency Standards provide 1 mc, 100 kc

and 10 kc outputs with no appreciable harmonics and a sta-

bility of one part in 10 per day minimum. They are excellent

for supplying reference signals in a wide range of fixed sta-

tion and shipboard applications.

Both standards are particularly suited for use with HF re-

ceivers and exciters, such as Collins' AN/URC-32 and Col-

lins' Universal Radio Group equipment. The 40N- 1,-2 are

equally suited for use in laboratories or other communica-

tion systems as base frequency standards.

The 40N-1 consists of three rack mounted units — a 40K-1

Oscillator, which generates the highly stable 1 mc signal;

an 8U-1 Frequency Divider, which supplies simultaneous

1 mc, 100 kc and 10 kc outputs from the basic 1 mc signal;

and a 426A-1 Power Supply.

The 40N-2 is a dual frequency standard which includes three

40K-1's, two 8U-1's and a 54M-1 Frequency Comparator,

together with associated 426A-I Power Supplies. The output

signals of the 40K-1 Oscillators are compared in the 54M-1,

and any two of the three can be selected independently, per-

mitting maximum assurance of frequency accuracy. The dif-

ference between any two signals is indicated on a front panel

meter or through headphones.

The use of a rugged 1 mc resonator at low power levels, rath-

er than the conventional 100 kc circuit, eliminates normal

susceptibility to shock.

Both the 40N-1 and 40N-2 mount in 19" equipment racks,

and all units are of matching mechanical design. All power

and coaxial RF cables terminate at the rear of the units.

Tubes and adjustments are accessible from the front of each

unit by removing the snap-on dust cover.

Specificat ions

FREQUENCY STABILITY: One part in 108 per day

one part in 10' per day typical.

OUTPUT: 1 MC — 0-2 y rms. 100 kc — 0-5 y rms. 10 kc —

0-5 y rms. 40N- I — one independent frequency. 40N-2 —

best two of three independent frequencies.

Ouretrr IMPEDANCE: 500 ohms nominal. BNC connectors.

minimum;

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 115 V or 230 1/, 50-60 cps.

SIZE AND WEIGHT (excluding rack) :

Size Weight

H D

40N-1 19" 2244" 7" 66 lbs. 48.26 cm 57.59 cm 17.78 cm 29.94 kg

40N-2 19" 79" 7" 190 lbs. 48.26 cm 200.66 cm 17.78 cm 86.18 kg

82

3133-2, 313K-2 and 313L-1 Control Equipment

3131-2 Dial Pulse Control 3I3K-2 Allotter-Preset

Features

Dial-Pulse Control




Complete Remote Operation

Applications

Fixed Station

Transportable

The 313J-2, 3I3K-2 and 313L-1 Control Units allow com-

plete remote operation of an unattended URG installation

over landlines, microwave or a radio link by simple telephone

dialing. The control units are part of the Collins Universal

Radio Group, a family of integrated building block equip-

ment which permits a selection of units to meet a specific

communication requirement. In addition to fixed station ap-

plication it is suitable for transportable systems, such as the

AN/TSC-38.


By dialing the proper predetermined number code groups,

the operator can turn on and off the primary power to the

3 13Q-I Control Uni,

313L-1 Frequency Register

equipment, select such functions as operating frequency,

mode, receiver gain, transmitter power levels, and can choose

an antenna and antenna azimuth if steerable antenna is em-

ployed. Other functions are also available as options in the

URG equipment.

An automatic switchboard can be used in a radio-telephone

exchange system to interconnect with audio circuits originat-

ing from either landline or radio to the HF URG facilities.

Subscriber control of the system can be effected from any

of the connected dial telephones.

PRESET CHANNELS

The most frequently used radio conditions on a particular

channel are available by simply lifting the subscriber's hand-

set from its base. The 313K-2 stores preset operating infor-

mation for ten specified operating conditions which can be

applied to any of four radio channels. If the channel is in use,

it will not handle a request until termination of processing

the previous request.

The normal-preset channel can be obtained from a 714Y, a

local manual control unit, or one of the presets in the 3I3K-2,

depending on the interconnection of control equipment. The

83

313 Series Controls

normal-preset condition automatically tunes the radio equip-

ment to the preset frequency.

When radio tuning is completed, the user is provided with

an audible function-complete signal indicating the system is

ready for operation.

BASIC CONTROL UNITS

Remote operation of a URG system is accomplished by the

proper combination of three basic radio control units. The

313J-2 Dial Pulse Control decodes incoming telephone dial

pulses to select the desired control function and routes dial

pulses through the 313K-2 Allotter-Preset to the 313L-1

Frequency Register for frequency information. Azimuth in-

formation from the 313J-2 is supplied to the antenna switch-

ing matrix. The 313J-2 also provides operating mode infor-

mation to the HF radio equipment and generates appropriate supervisory signals.

MODULAR CONSTRUCTION

The control equipment is of plug-in modular construction, housed in ARINC ATR-type cases which mount directly on

an equipment shelf. Power and control connections are made

through self-aligning connectors at the rear of each unit.

Units are nonpressurized and dust and explosion proof; no

cooling air is required.

313J-2 DIAL PULSE CONTROL UNIT

Operating functions of an individual HF radio channel to be

Functional Circuits

controlled over ordinary telephone lines are housed in the

3131-2. The dial-pulse control unit decodes the serial dial

pulses or FSK tone information received over the telephone

lines and distributes the control signal directly to the primary

radio equipment or to the other control equipments to enable

them to perform the functions requested by the operator.

In addition, the dial-pulse control unit generates audible su-

pervisory tone signals, such as continue-dialing, function-

complete, busy, tuning-in-progress, and antenna-rotating.

These supervisory tones are applied to the telephone circuit

to keep the operator informed of the functional status of

the equipment.

31 3K-2 ALLOTTER-PRESET

The allotter-preset is used in URG systems which involve

more than one group of receive and transmit equipment or

which require presets. The allotter circuits control and route

signals for the use of time-shared control units, such as the

313L-1 Frequency Register in the communication system,

while the preset section provides automatic selection of ten

presets controlling mode, frequency and antenna. Preset

channels are selected by simply dialing a number. Each unit

will accommodate up to four subscribers.

313L- l FREQUENCY REGISTER

Frequency information in serial dial-pulse form is converted

by the 313L- l to parallel code, using two-out-of-five wires

for actuating the associated radio equipment tuning mecha-

KKKKK NONE 313.1 2 DIAL PULSE

LINE CONTROL

TELEPH ONE 313.1.2 L INE DIAL PULSE

CONTROL

KKKKKK ONE 313J•2 D AL PULSE

LINE CONTROL

1

09,T • I

TRANSLATOR

7119R•1

RANSLATOR

TELEPHONE H 313./4 LINE DIAL PULSE

CONTROL

- t--

211212, RF

RANSLATOR POWER

AMPLIFIER

545,4 h.

RISE, RF

TRANSLATOR

709T IF

RANSLATOR 4.

‘--

1 3131,2

ALLOTTER. PRESET

4-

7S9R.I 4 e/.. IF

TRANSLATOR

0.1

FROM RECEIVE MATRIX

RP TRANSLATOR

01E2, '/I9 595L•9 POWER

AMPLIFIER

6181,

TRANSLATOR

313L•I FREQUENCY REGISTER

FROM RECEIVE MATRIX

leOR SA ANTENNA COUPLER

309A•2E COUPLER CONTROL

IIIOR•eA NTENNA

COUPLER

TRANSMIT MATRIX

OMNI STEERAEILIE ANTENNA ANTENNA

---r-; r ----1 1

' ---.1 lee =.;42j:11:iie. Hi- 1 _ ..... -I

1 1 CMOANTTRRIOX L 1

L__ _ _J r- - - -1 1 geRra F-L__ __I

309A•2E COUPLER CONTROL

AUDIO

CONTROL

RP ANTENNA

MATRIX/CONTROL

84

313 Series Controls

nisms. The frequency register output circuits are armed by a

signal from the 313K-2 Allotter-Preset unit, with subsequent

dial pulses representing the frequency information. Frequen-

cy requests outside of the 2.0-29.999 mc range will actuate

a busy signal. In a typical system, the 3I3L is available to in-

dividual channels on a time-shared or demand basis.

Typical URG System Control Codes

FUNCTION

Steerable antenna

selection

Omni antenna

selection

Frequency

selection

Mode selection:

Sideband selection

Twin sideband

selection

Power ON-OFF

AM selection

RF gain selection

Power level

selection

Preset selection

Miscellaneous I*

DIALED CODE ON INPUT

TELEPHONE PAIR

Two digits indicating the desired azi-

muth in 30° steps, 03, 06, 09, 12, 15, 18,

21, 24, 27, 30, 33, 36.

Digit 4 plus digit 1.

Digit 5 plus the digits of the desired fre-

quency. In 100 cycle. steps, 020,000 to

299,999.

Digit 6 plus digit I for USB or digit 2

for LSB.


Digit 6 plus digit 0 for off or digit 9 for

on.


Digit 6 plus digit 5 for low gain or digit

6 for high gain.

Digit 6 plus digit 7 for low power or

digit 8 for high power.

Digit 7 plus any digit from 0 to 9 repre-

senting the number of the preset de-

sired.

Digit 8 plus the digits of the desired fre-

quency. In 100 cycle steps, 020,000 to

299,999.

Miscellaneous 2* Digit 9 plus any digit from 0 to 9 repre-

senting the number of the preset de-

sired.

*Option: For duplex operation, the digit 8 will be used for

transmitter frequency selection and the digit 9 for trans-

mitter preset selection.

3130-1 CONTROL UNIT

The 313Q-I permits manually switched selection of frequen-

cy and mode of transmission, on-off control, and gain control

of four different transceivers in a system using the 313J,

313K and 313L remote control equipments. All the super-

visory tones present in the automatic system serve the same

functions in an installation using the 313Q-1 Control Unit.

Selection of any of 280,000 channels with 0.1 kc spacing over

the 2.0-29.9999 mc range is indicated by a direct, digital

readout of the operating frequency. All frequency selection

terminations are diode isolated for 500 ma current to allow

paralleling of control units.

The 313Q- I Control is part of the Collins Universal Radio

Group, a family of HF building block equipment which offers

a choice of units to meet any communication requirement.

Size: 1/2 ATR; 5" W, 7 11/16" H, 10 3/32" D (12.7 cm W,

19.53 cm H, 25.64 cm D), Weight: 6 lbs. (2.72 kg).

Specifications

POWER REQUIREMENTS (maximum):

3131-2 Dial Pulse Control

3 I 3K-2 Allotter-Preset

3 I 3L-1 Frequency Register

SIZE AND W EIGHT:

Size H

27.5 y dc, 5 amps

27.5 y dc, 2 amps

27.5 y dc, 2 amps

D Weight

313J-2 7318" 19 9/16" 27 1/2 lbs. dial pulse 12.38 cm 19.37 cm 49.69 cm 12.47 kg control

3I3K-2 47/s" 75/8" 19 9/16" 19 lbs. allotter- 12.38 cm 19.37 cm 49.69 cm 8.62 kg preset

313L-1 21/4 " 75/ii" 19 9/16" frequency 5.72 cm 19.37 cm 49.69 cm register

14 lbs. 6.35 kg

Related Equipment Racks and Cabinets, p.91

85

426C-2 27.5 N DC Power Suppl>

Specifications Features Applications

AC or DC Input

Adjustable Output

Excellent Regulation

Parallel Operation

Solid State

Circuit Protection

Fixed Station

Transportable

Shipboard

Mobile

Airborne

The 426U-2 is a compact, lightweight power supply which

provides 27.5 v, 100 amps nominal dc output from a variety

of ac or dc power sources. A variable output current limit

control provides maximum current settings between 75 amps

and 125 amps. Any number of 426U-2 Power Supplies can

be operated in parallel.

APPLICATION

The 426U-2 is part of the Collins Universal Radio Group of

HF equipments and is intended for use with the 548L-4

Power Amplifier. It is also well suited for use with other

equipments requiring a 27.5 y highly regulated, high current

input. The unit can be installed either in a Unistrut equipment

rack or an attractive cabinet enclosure.

HIGH RELIABILITY

Solid state components are used throughout for minimum

size and maximum reliability. Protective circuits include

overload, undervoltage and loss of cooling air, together with

fault indicator and remote alarm. The 426U-2 will not be

damaged during current overload or short circuit conditions,

and normal system operation is quickly restored when the

overload is removed.

INSTALLATION

The 426U-2 mounts in an externally cooled, ARINC Specifi-

cation 404, I ATR tray. All power terminations are made

through a single rear connector. The washable air filter, test

points, over-current control and output voltage control are

accessible by removing the front panel insert.

INPUT POWER: 90-140 v, line to neutral ac, 45-450 cps, single

phase 3-wire, or 3 phase 4-wire; or 90-140 v dc. Overvoltage

may be 150 1/, line to neutral ac for 90 milliseconds maxi-

mum duration. Undervoltage to 0 level without damage to

the power supply.

OUTPUT VOLTAGE: 27.5 y dc nominal, 100 amps.

VOLTAGE CONTROL: Continuously variable from 24-29 y dc.

VOLTAGE REGULATION: 0.5 v from 0-100 amps.

RIPPLE VOLTAGE: Less than 0.25 y rms from 5-100 amps.

LOAD TRANSIENTS: Less than ±- 1.5 y output variation for a

step of 15-90 amps or 90-15 amps.

OVERVOLTAGE: Power supply will shut off if output voltage

exceeds 33 y ±2 y for 100 milliseconds.

OVERLOAD PROTECTION: Maximum output current adjustable

from 75-125 amps. Overload conditions reduce the output

voltage to a level which limits the current to the overload set-

ting. Normal operation is restored upon removal of overload.

EFFICIENCY: 75% minimum at 100 amps output.

TEMPERATURE RANGE: —40° C to +50° C operating; —62° C

to +85° C nonoperating.

HUMIDITY: 0%-100%, operating or nonoperating.

ALTITUDE: 0-50,000 ft. operating.

COOLING REQUIREMENTS: 220 lbs. per hour minimum with

maximum output over the above temperature range. Requires

150 lbs. per hour at 20°-30° C.

SIZE: 10 1/2" W, 75/8" H, 19 9/16" D (26.67 cm W, 19.37 cm

H, 49.69 cm D).

WEIGHT: 83.5 lbs. (37.88 kg).

Related Equipment Racks and Cabinets, p. 91

548L-4 1 KW Power Amplifier, p. 37

86

618Z-4 11F Translator

OPTIONAL FREQUENCY STANDARD Features Applications

Automatic Tuning



Remote Operation

HF Receiver

HF Exciter

HF Transceiver

The 618Z-4 RF Translator is the building block in Collins'

Universal Radio Group containing the stages which perform

the conversions between the intermediate frequencies and the

desired operating frequencies in the HF range.

In transmission, the 618Z-4 translates the 500 kc signal from

a 789 series IF translator to the desired channel frequency

in the 2.0-29.9999 mc range; this signal is amplified to a 0.4

watt PEP level for the input signal to a URG power ampli-

fier. In reception, the 6I8Z-4 converts the incoming RF sig-

nal to the 500 kc frequency required by the associated IF

translator. Tuning is automatic.

Typical configurations in which the 618Z-4 RF Translator

appears include the 310V- l Exciter, 651F-I Receiver and

671B-1 Receiver-Exciter.

CIRCUIT FEATURES

All circuitry with the exception of the RF tuner employs transistors. Careful design consideration has been given to

reduction of both conducted and radiated interference. Mod-

ular construction facilitates maintenance and equipment

support programs.

Plug-in power supplies allow operation from either 27.5 y dc

or 115 y or 230 II, 45-450 cps sources. The power supplies

use solid state components which are protected against both

excessive potentials and high negative transients.

Function and frequency selection is accomplished by a small

control unit, such as the Collins 714Y, using two-out-of-five

wire coding. A memory circuit retains frequency selection

information to allow common sharing of dial-pulse control

equipment for remote operation.

Two choices of frequency control are available. One uses an

internal reference standard of one part in 10" per day; the

other employs a highly stable external standard for data

handling, or other applications requiring exceptionally high

stability. Translator frequency determining circuits are

phase locked to the standard.

Specifications


FREQUENCY CONTROL: Phase locked to internal frequency

standard; provision for optional use of external 100 kc fre-

quency standard.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: Internal standard — one part in 108

per day ( aging rate); rms stability factor does not exceed one

part in 10" in any 10-minute period.

INPUT CIRCUIT: 50 ohms unbalanced.

OUTPUT CIRCUIT: Transmit — 50 ohms unbalanced.

Receive — 25 ohms unbalanced.

RF OUTPUT: Exciter — 0.4 watt PEP minimum.

COOLING REQUIREMENTS: Air cooled; requires minimum of

100 lbs. per hour at 0.5" of water pressure. An optional cool-

ing unit is available for mounting with a plenum shelf.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 22.0-30.25 y dc (27.5 nominal) neg-

ative grounded with less than 0.5 y ripple, 170 watts maxi-

mum, or 115 y or 230 v, 45-450 cps.

SIZE: 7½" W, 75/s " H, 19 9/16" D (19.05 cm W, 19.37 cm

H, 49.69 cm D).


Related Equipment 789R-1 IF Translator, p. 88-90 789X-1 IF Translator, p. 88-90

789T-I IF Translator, p. 88-90 Racks and Cabinets, p. 91

87

78911-1, 789T-I and 789k-1 IF Translators

Features Applications Automatic Tuning



Remote Operation

HF Receiver

HF Exciter

HF Transceiver

The 789R-I, 789T-1 or 789X-1 IF Translator is used with a

618Z-4 RF Translator to provide either an HF receiver,

transmitter or transceiver. The IF translators are part of the

Collins Universal Radio Group, a family of integrated HF

building block equipment which offers a choice of units to

meet a particular communication requirement.

The signal processing circuits of the conventional receiver,

exciter and transceiver have been divided into two separate

translator units. The IF translator contains the audio and in-

termediate frequency circuits and uses plug-in circuit cards

to permit selection of specific performance capabilities, while

the radio frequency circuits are located in the associated

618Z-4 RF Translator using shielded module construction.

Power requirements are also supplied from the RF transla-

tor. The Collins 3I0V- I Exciter, 651F-1 Receiver and

67IB- I Receiver-Exciter typify IF translator applications.

OUTSTANDING PERFORMANCE

Each of the IF translators can be tuned in 100 cycle incre-ments from 500.0 to 500.9 kc. Frequency selection is re-

motely controlled by applying two grounds on a two-out-of-

five wire control system, binary two-out-of-five code. A fre-

quency selection memory circuit can be added for dial-oper-

ated remote systems which share frequency control facilities

with other system equipments.

Plug-in crystal lattice filters are used for channel separation.

The card cage chassis permits any desired degree of imple-

mentation which can be easily altered to meet changing com-

munication requirements without chassis modification or

long down-time. Transistor circuits are used throughout and

each plug-in card contains a complete circuit division.

789R-1

The 789R-1 translates the IF signal from an associated Col-

lins 618Z-4 RF Translator to audio frequencies in receiver

applications. It can be optionally implemented to accommo-

date up to four 3 kc SSB multiplex channels. Each receive

channel can be operated individually with unused channels

contributing no noise or residual AGC. Channels are enabled

by a ground-on line control. When more than one channel is

used, the correct individual channel level is automatically es-

tablished. Each channel line amplifier provides test level sam-

ples for isolation of malfunctioning units by means of dc

levels. AFC is also available for installations which require

compatible operation with signals of low frequency stability.

One of the IF channels can be used for a separate AM chan-

nel. Diversity combining can be used on any of the channels

if required. Each channel has individual AGC rise time con-

stant selection. Injection frequencies are referenced to the

100 kc oscillator in the 618Z-4 or an optional external stand-

ard. In systems using 0.1 kc spacing, the RF oscillator fre-

quency selector is controlled by a memory matrix module

which retains frequency selection information in the absence

of external control.

BASIC CONFIGURATION

The 789R-1 is normally supplied for upper sideband, 3 kc

bandwidth and 1 kc RF channel increments.




LSB, 6 kc bandwidth; USB, 6 kc bandwidth; AM: four chan-

nel multiplex.


used if a higher channel output level is needed. Both single

and dual amplifier card modules are available. Audio levels

can be adjusted individually.


channels can be increased to 280,000.


in systems sharing frequency control equipments. The 0.1 kc

digit information is retained in the absence of continuous

frequency information until a new frequency is selected. It is

intended primarily for installations using the 313 series of

wire line control equipments.


er frequency stability for data communication or other appli-

cations. The 789R-1 normally uses the frequency standard

in the associated 618Z-4 RF Translator.

789R-1 Specifications

TYPES OF RECEPTION: USB, LSB, 4-channel SSB multiplex,

AM or AFC of the sideband channels.

IF INPUT: 5 microvolts to 100 millivolts, 50 ohms.

AF OUTPUT: —10 dbm nominal, 600 ohms (for single tone

input above AGC threshold); +10 dbm output optional,

depending on module choice.

88

789 Series IF Translators

PRIMARY POWER INPUT: Derived entirely from associated

618Z-4 RF Translator.

SIZE: 1/2 ATR; 4 7/8" W, 75/8" H, 19 9/16" D (12.4 cm W,

19.4 cm H, 49.7 cm D).


(8.2 kg) fully implemented.

789T-1 The 789T-1 converts audio inputs to the nominal 500 kc IF

signal required by an associated Collins 618Z-4 RF Transla-

tor in transmitter applications. It can be optionally imple-

mented to accommodate up to four 3 kc SSB multiplex chan-

nels. Channels are enabled by a ground-on line control. When

more than one channel is used, the correct individual chan-

nel level is automatically established. Each channel provides test level samples for isolation of malfunctioning units by

means of dc levels. A pilot carrier is available for installations

which require compatible AM operation (AME) or AFC

operation. The transmit gain control and exciter output levels are auto-

matically adjusted. The signal is translated to the nominal 500

kc IF, using injection frequencies stepped in 0.1 kc channel

increments when 280,000 channels are used.

BASIC CONFIGURATION

The 789T-1 is normally supplied for upper sideband, 3 kc

bandwidth and 1 kc RF channel increments.




LSB, 6 kc bandwidth; USB, 6 kc bandwidth; AM; 4-channel

multiplex.




used if the audio input is below the required level. Both single

channel and dual channel amplifier card modules are avail-

able. Individual level adjustments are provided.




equipment, the 0.1 kc digit information is retained in the

absence of continuous frequency information until a new

frequency is selected. It is intended primarily for installations

using the 313 series of wire line control equipment.

External Standard Option This option offers greater frequency

stability for data communication or other applications. The

789T-1 normally uses the frequency standard in the associ-

ated 618Z-4 RF Translator.

789T-1 Specifications

EmISSION: USB, LSB, selectable-level carrier plus USB, LSB or both, compatible AM (USB or LSB plus carrier), 4-chan-

nel SSB multiplex with outboard channels inverted, CW te-

legraphy, audio tone data.

AUDIO INPUT: Single test tone —26 dbm nominal; voice —34

VU nominal, 600 ohms, with line amplifiers.

IF OUTPUT: 20 peak millivolts maximum, 50 ohms.

PRIMARY POWER INPUT: Derived entirely from associated

618Z-4 RF Translator.

SIZE: 1/2 ATR; 4 7/8" W, 71/4 " H, 19 9/16" D (12.4 cm W,

19.4 cm H, 49.7 cm D).



789X-1 The 789X-1 is a bilateral IF translator used in conjunction

with a Collins 618Z-4 RF Translator for transceiver applica-

tions. Performance characteristics include 100 cycle channel

increments with nominal 3 kc or 6 kc bandwidths of two SSB

channels or AM. Injection frequencies are referenced to the

100 kc oscillator in the 618Z-4 or an optional external stand-

ard. The RF oscillator frequency selector is controlled by a memory matrix module which retains frequency selection in-

formation in the absence of external control. In transmit

function, the transmit gain control and exciter output levels

are automatically adjusted. Pilot carrier is available for in-

stallations which require compatible AM operation.

BASIC CONFIGURATION

The 789X-1 is normally supplied for upper sideband, 3 kc

89

789 Series IF Translators

bandwidth and 1 kc RF channel increments, with adjustable

pilot carrier reinsertion for compatible AM in transmit.




LSB, 6 kc bandwidth; USB, 6 kc bandwidth; and AM.




used on the incoming line in transmit and the audio output in

receive if higher levels are needed. Single input or output line

amplifiers for one-channel systems, as well as dual amplifiers

for systems using channels on both USB or LSB are available.




equipment, the 0.1 kc digit information is retained in the ab-

sence of continuous frequency information until a new fre-

quency is selected. It is intended primarily for installations

using the 313 series of wire line control equipment.

External Frequency Standard Option This option offers ex-

tremely high frequency stability for data communication or

other applications. The 789X- I normally uses the frequency

standard located in the associated 618Z-4 RF Translator.

789X-1 Specifications

MODES: USB with suppressed carrier, LSB with suppressed

carrier, selectable-level carrier plus USB, LSB or both, com-

patible AM ( USB or LSB plus carrier), CW, audio tone data.

AUDIO INPUT (TRANSMIT): Single test tone —26 dbm nominal;

voice —34 VU nominal at 600 ohms, with line amplifiers.

IF OUTPUT (TRANSMIT): 20 peak millivolts maximum, 50

ohm impedance.

IF INPUT (RECEIVE): 5 microvolts to 100 millivolts, 50 ohms.

AUDIO OUTPUT (RECEIVE): —10 to +10 dbm nominal into

600 ohms ( for single tone input above AGC threshold), with

line amplifiers.

PRIMARY POWER INPUT: Derived from associated 618Z-4.

SIZE: 1/2 ATR; 4 7/8" W, 75/8" H, 19 9/16" D (12.4 cm W,

19.4 cm H, 49.7 cm D).



Related Equipment 618Z-4 RF Translator, p. 87 Racks and Cabinets, p.91

714Y-I,-2 Controls, p.90

7141-1 Control Unit

The 714Y-1 is a panel or console mounted control unit which

permits selection of frequency, operating mode and RF gain

level for a Collins Universal Radio Group receiver, exciter or

exciter-receiver installation. Channel frequencies are indicat-

ed in a direct reading digital readout and can be selected in 1

kc increments throughout the 2.0-29.999 mc range. All fre-

quency selection terminations are diode isolated to permit

paralleling of control units.

Size: 53/4" W, 25/8" H, 6" D ( 14.61 cm W, 6.67 cm H, 15.24

cm D). Weight: 2 lbs. (0.91 kg).

714-1-2 Control Unit

The 714Y-2 is a compact control unit for use with the Collins

Universal Radio Group exciters, receivers or exciter-receiv-

ers. It allows remote selection of any of 280,000 channels

with 0.1 kc spacing over the 2.0-29.9999 mc frequency range.

Thumb-index type knobs provide direct digital readout of

the operating frequency. All frequency selection termina-

tions are diode isolated for 200 ma current to allow parallel-

ing of control units.

Size: 53/4 " W, 2 9/16" H, 6 9/32" D (14.61 cm W, 6.51

cm H, 15.95 cm D). Weight: 1 lb. (0.45 kg).

90

universal radio group Racks and Cabinets

Equipment Rack

Features Applications Functional Enclosures Fixed Station

A RINC Mounting Transportable

Unified Appearance Shipboard

Flexible Arrangement Airborne

The Universal Radio Group racks and cabinets can be used

to house receivers, exciters, receiver-exciters and control

equipment in communication systems of varying degrees of

complexity for a wide range of applications. The interior

rack structure is fabricated of high strength aluminum chan-

nels and special hardware which can be easily erected with

simple tools. Individual shelves can be located at any desired

height. A wide variety of equipment installations can be ac-

commodated by the flexible rack arrangements.

The racks can be enclosed by optional trim panels and flush

mounted doors. The exterior finish is light gray enamel, and

styling of the cabinet is identical with the Universal Radio

Group power amplifier cabinets.

Cabinet Enclosure

BASIC STRUCTURE

The interior rack consists of four vertical corner posts to

which are attached horizontal members supporting the equip-

ment mounting shelves. The most commonly used cabinet is

69" high over-all; 22" wide and 273/4 " deep. Other sizes are

available for special installations. The rack depth accommo-

dates ARINC Specification 404 long ATR (Air Transport

Radio) units. Racks can be used with or without enclosure panels, as required by the type of installation. The racks are

designed for solid mounting in all types of service except air-

borne. The individual shelves can be shockmounted for air-

borne applications.

COOLING

The system cooling air is supplied by a central blower lo-

cated in the rack. Air distribution between racks in multiple

rack installation is handled by external ducting.

WIRING

A distribution frame on each shelf interconnects power and

control units within a system. It has high terminal density

and is wired according to standard telephone practices. A

rack distribution frame is provided at the top of the rack, ac-

cessible from the front, for all external wiring to the rack.

91

Antennas Ground communication has posed many antenna problems, especially in the HF range where high gain antennas were in-

herently narrow in bandwidth. Recent development programs at Collins have led to a complete line of logarithmic pe-riodic antennas covering the HF band. The radiation pattern and impedance of these antennas are relatively independ-ent of frequency over wide bandwidths.

The antennas shown on the following pages represent a major advance in the field and are especially effective in com-munication circuits requiring changes in operating frequency.

EXCITER POWER

AMPLIFIER r=i RECEIVER

ANTENNA COUPLER

Antennas

237B-1 Rotatable-Unidirectional HF Antenna

Features Broadband Performance

Unidirectional Operation

Easily Erected

Minimum Space

AppiliCati0118

Fixed Station

Long Range

The Collins 237B-1 is a rotatable-unidirectional HF antenna

covering the 6.5-40.0 mc frequency range. The antenna pro-

vides a horizontally-polarized unidirectional beam 60° wide

with a peak forward gain of 14 db. It is rated up to 50 kw

PEP RF levels with less than 2:1 VSWR when terminating a

50 ohm coaxial transmission line. The array is mounted on a

90 ft. (27.4 meter) rotatable center pole supported by two

side towers and a guying system. An impedance matching

balun is self-contained in the radiating array structure to pro-

vide a 50 ohm coaxial input. A 50 ohm transmission line ex-

tends down inside the center pole through the rotating joint

and elbow, and terminates in a 31/8" EIA flange below the

rotator. The motor supplied with the 143A-1 or 143A-1A

Azimuth Control is installed internally in the rotator. The

control is mounted on a standard 19" rack.

The high performance characteristics, comparable to a four

element Yagi, make the 237B-1 well suited for use in long

range military and commercial communication networks.

RUGGED CONSTRUCTION

The 237B-1 array and rotatable center pole are supported by

two parallel 80 ft. (24.4 meter) triangular side towers and

four guy cables. The motor, its control circuit, the gear re-

ducer and rotary joint are located at ground level for easy

maintenance. By opening the top split bearing, the mast and

array can be lowered for maintenance. All exposed surfaces

are protected by either heavy galvanizing or anodizing. The

237B-1 will withstand winds up to 120 mph (193 kmh).

SPACE REQUIREMENTS

In addition to eliminating the requirement for several an-

tennas at a communication facility, the 237B-1 requires a

square plot of only 115 ft. (35 meters) per side or 0.31 acre.

Accessories

143A-1,-1A AZIMUTH ROTATION CONTROL

These rotation controls, when used with the 237B-1 antenna,

provide remote selection of 30° increments of azimuth. In-

cluded with the 143A-1 or 143A-1A are the 1/2 hp motor and

motor control which mount in the rotator. Also included is

the control panel for installation at the remote operating po-

sition. A 16-conductor control cable is required between the

antenna rotator and the remote control panel. Conductor size

of 1,20 AWG can be used for separations up to 2,500 ft. (760

meters). The 143A-1 operates from a 60 cps source and the

143A-1A from 50 cps.

OBSTRUCTION LIGHT KIT

Two II 1 watt, 115 y nonflashing beacon lights are provided

for on the antenna array. A slip ring assembly mounted at the

top bearing allows rotation of the light. A photo-electric

switch facilitates operation in unattended installations.

FIELD ERECTION TACKLE KIT

A hand operated winch, winch line, tag lines and associated mounting hardware for lowering the center pole and boom

without the use of heavy equipment are included.

Specifications FREQUENCY RANGE: 6.5-40.0 MC.

POLARIZATION: Horizontal.

IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms.

VSWR: Less than 2:1 with respect to 50 ohms.

POWER HANDLING CAPABILITY: 50 kw peak; 25 kw average.

AZIMUTH BEAMW1DTH: 60° independent of frequency.

VERTICAL BEAMWIDTH: Varies with operating frequency.

PEAK GAIN: 14 db over isotropic; independent of operating

frequency.

93

Antennas

Specifications (continued)

FRONT-TO-BACK RATIO:

INPUT RF CONNECTOR:

supplied.

18 db average.

31/8" coaxial flange,

OVER-ALL HEIGHT: 105 ft. (32 meters).

BOOM LENGTH: 61 ft. (18.6 meters).

LONGEST ELEMENT: 80 ft. (24.4 meters).

coaxial bullet

TOTAL W EIGHT: 13,800 lbs. (6,250 kg).

AZIMUTH ROTATION: 360° reversible.

W IND AND ICE LOADING: 120 mph (193 kmh) wind, no ice; 80

mph (129 kmh) wind, Ve" (6.35 mm) radial ice.

INSTALLATION AREA REQUIRED: 0.31 acre (1,225 sq. meters).

PACKAGED FOR SHIPMENT (export) : Weight — 14,500 lbs.

(6.590 kg): volume — 870 cu. ft. (24.6 cu. meters).

237C-1,-2 Unidirectional HF &ntennas

Features Applications Broadband Performance Fixed Station

Unidirectional Operation Short to Medium Range

Constant Gain

Frequency Independent

Rugged Construction

The Collins 237C-1,-2 are unidirectional, log-periodic an-

tennas for use in the 3-30 mc and 4-30 mc frequency ranges.

Horizontal polarization makes them especially suited for re-

liable point-to-point communication over short to medium

path lengths. They provide horizontally-polarized unidirec-

tional beams 70° wide with a forward gain of 11 db. The an-

tennas are power rated at 10 kw with low VSWR when termi-

nating a 50 ohm coaxial line. Vertical radiation pattern is

constant over the frequency range.

SIMPLIFIED CONSTRUCTION

The Alumoweld radiating elements are supported by Dacron

catenaries from triangular guyed, galvanized steel towers.

The vertex of the antenna feed point is secured at ground

level to three concrete reinforced anchors. The antennas will

withstand environmental conditions of 120 mph (193.08

kmh) winds with no ice or 50 mph (80.45 kmh) winds with

one inch of radial ice.

SPACE REQUIREMENTS

Two towers support the 237C-2 array, and three are used

with the 237C-1 because of the wider antenna span required

for 3 mc operation.

Accessories


Kit consists of dual-lamp, nonflashing beacon with tower

mounting hardware. Photocell switch control permits unat-tended operation. Power source of 115 y ac, 50 or 60 cps, is

required at tower base for long life, Ill watt lamps.

GROUND SCREEN KIT

The ground screen is a 16-foot square section of copper mesh

and 36 copper wire radials. Ends of the radials attach to the

copper mesh and radiate at 10° intervals in a circular pattern.

Center of the ground system is located directly under the feedpoint of the antenna.

FERRITE IMPEDANCE TRANSFORMER KIT

Transformers are available for receiving or transmitting with

mounting hardware and feed straps to match the 237C-1 and 237C-2 arrays to the 50 ohm transmission line.

SUPPORT TOWER, GUY AND ANCHOR KIT

Disassembled steel towers, all assembly hardware, base

shoes, guy strand and fittings, anchor rods and attachment

points for the array are included in the kit.

Specifications FREQUENCY RANGE: 237C- — 3-30 mc; 237C-2 — 4-30 mc.

VSWR: 2: I nominal; 2.5:1 peak.


GAIN: 11.8 db over isotropic.

POWER CAPABILITY: 10 kw peak or average.

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms unbalanced.

AZIMUTH BEAMWIDTH: Nominally 70°.

VERTICAL BEAMWIDTH: Upper half-power point nominally 68'; lower half-power point nominally 18°.

W IND AND ICE LOADING: 120 mph ( 193 kmh) wind, no ice;

80 mph (129 kmh) wind, 'A inch (6.35 mm) radial ice.

237C-I 237C-2 140 ft. 120 ft.

42.67 meters 36.58 meters Height (over-all)

Tower spacing required

234 ft. 207 ft. 71.32 meters 63.09 meters

Installation 363 x 286 ft. 330 x 265 ft. area required 110.64x87.17 meters 100.58x80.77 meters

94

Antennas

237N-1C,-2C Unidirectional HF Antennas


Rugged Construction Unidirectional Operation


Long Range Short Range

The 237N- IC and 237N-2C log-periodic antennas cover wide

frequency ranges of 2-30 mc and 4-30 mc, respectively. The

antennas provide a vertically-polarized unidirectional pattern

with a gain of 5 db over a resonant quarter wave monopole

in the same environment. The antennas are rated at 10 kw

PEP and average and provide a VSWR of less than 2:1 with respect to 50 ohms.

The antennas are well suited for directional groundwave communication. The low angle radiation is ideal for long

range circuits, particularly if the antenna is installed near

the ocean.

RUGGED CONSTRUCTION

The shunt excited radiating elements are suspended between

a catenary and the ground screen to provide a grounded

structure. The catenary connects between a rear steel tower

and short wooden pole. The antennas will withstand winds up to 120 mph (193.08 kmh) with no ice or 50 mph (80.5 kmh) with 1 inch of

radial ice.

Accessories

GALVANIZED STEEL SUPPORT TOWER AND

GUY KIT

The kit consists of disassembled, triangular, galvanized steel towers, all assembly hardware, base shoes, guy strand and

fittings, anchor rods and attachment points for the antenna.


A dual-lamp, nonflashing beacon is supplied with all tower

mounting hardware. Photocell switch control, permits unat-

tended operation. Power source of 115 y ac, 50 or 60 cps, required at tower base for long-life, ill watt lamps.

FERRITE TRANSFORMER KIT

Transformers are available for receiving or transmitting.

Mounting hardware and feed straps are supplied. Trans-

formers mount at the short end of the array on pads or posts.

GROUND SCREEN KIT

The ground screen includes copper wire and installation

hardware for each antenna.

Specifications FREQUENCY RANGE: 237N-1C — 2-30 mc.

237N-2C —4-30 me.

VSWR: 2:1.



AZIMUTH BEAM WIDTH: 110°.

VERTICAL BEAMWIDTH: Upper half-power point approxi-

mately 380*, lower half-power point 5**. (*Depends on soil

conductivity.)

GAIN: 5 db over resonant I4 wave monopole test antenna in

same environment.

POLARIZATION: Vertical.

SPACE REQUIREMENTS: 237N-1C

Rear tower 150 ft. height 45.72 meters

237N-2C 80 ft.

24.4 meters

Center pole 80 ft. height 24.4 meters

Forward pole 20 ft. 20 ft. height 6.1 meters 6.1 meters

Ground screen dimensions (over-all) (Poles are not fürnished with the antennas.)

275 x 609 ft. 135 x 346 ft. 83.8 x 185.6 meters 41.1 x 105.5 meters

437C-1A,-2A,-3A Broadband Monopole Antennas

Features Broadband Performance Omnidirectional Radiation

Rugged Construction

Prefabricated Components

Applications Fixed

Short

Long

Station Range

Range

The 437C-1A,-2A,-3A Antennas are vertically polarized and

each has a 10:1 frequency coverage. Continuous operation over the frequency range is accomplished without switching.

All guys are broken with insulators. A static drain coil and

spark gap provide lightning protection. The VSWR is well below 2:1 over 90% of the frequency

range with respect to 50 ohms. Peak VSWR of 3:1 can

occur at some frequencies.

95

Antennas

The 437C antennas, using a galvanized steel pad rather than

a concrete footing for the support tower, can be erected in

15 man hours. The galvanized steel tower with high strength

Alumoweld radiating wires withstands winds of up to 120

mph (193 kmh).

SPACE REQUIREMENTS

The antennas are similar in mechanical configuration, vary-

ing only in size.

Accessories

SUPPORT TOWER KIT

The kit consists of a high strength steel tower with assembly

hardware and array attachment points. Basic length of each

section is 10 ft. (3.048 meters).

GROUND SCREEN OR COUNTERPOISE KIT

The kit includes soft copper wire for 36 radials supplied in

proper lengths with ground stakes and clamps. The ground screen can be trenched, surface mounted or suspended, de-

pending on soil conditions.

FIELD ERECTION KIT

The kit includes an "A" frame, lifting guy, hand winch, and

tag lines to erect the antenna without need of crane or winch

truck. Hardware common to all three antennas is supplied.


The kit consists of a dual-lamp, nonflashing beacon with

photocell control for unattended operation. It includes RF

isolation coils for 115 y ac, 50 or 60 cps, power required at

tower base for Ill watt, long-life lamps. Kit is common to

all three antennas.

Specifications

FREQUENCY RANGE: 437C-1A — 2-20 mc. 437C-2A — 2.5-

25.0 mc. 437C-3A — 3-30 mc.


AZIMUTH COVERAGE: Omnidirectional.

GAIN: Comparable to 1/4 wavelength monopole.


VSWR: 2.5:1 nominal; 3:1 peak.

POWER CAPABILITY: 50 kw PEP or average.

W IND AND ICE LOADING: 120 mph (193.08 kmh) with no ice;

50 mph (80.45 kmh) with 1 inch radial ice.

SPACE REQUIREMENTS:

437C-1A 437C-2A 437C-3A Antenna 108 ft. 88 ft. 68 ft. height 32.9 meters 26.8 meters 20.7 meters

Ground screen diameter

240 ft. 73.15 meters

210 ft. 64 meters

160 ft. 48.8 meters

437G-2A Broadband Dipole Antenna

Features Broadband Operation

Skywave Propagation

Horizontal Polarization


Short Range

Alediutn Range

Ground-to-Air

The 437G-2A Broadband Dipole Antenna utilizes modified

log-periodic principles for HF skywave propagation over

short and medium path lengths in the 2.5-30.0 mc frequency

range. It overcomes limitations of groundwave communica-

tion over short distances by utilizing high angle skywave

propagation at the lower frequencies. Maximum radiation in

the vertical plane occurs at lower take-off angles as the fre-

quency is increased to accommodate propagation over longer

paths. Horizontal polarization minimizes ground losses and

does not require a ground screen, simplifying installation.

RUGGED CONS] RUC TION

The antenna is constructed of Copperweld radiating elements

suspended in a shoe-lace manner between Dacron catenaries.

The array is supported by two galvanized steel towers and

will withstand winds up to 120 mph (193.08 kmh).

SPACE REQUIREMENTS

The two 100 ft. (30.5 meter) towers are located 204 ft. (62.2

meters) apart. Installation area necessary is 360 ft. (109.7 meters) by 160 ft. (48.8 meters).

96

Antennas

Accessories


The kit consists of a dual-lamp, nonflashing beacon with

tower mounting hardware. Photocell switch control permits

unattended operation. Requires 115 y ac, 50 or 60 cps, at the

tower base to power the Ill watt, long-life lamps.

FERRITE BALUN

A receiving or transmitting ferrite balun to match the

437G-2A array to a 50 ohm coaxial cable is supplied with

pole mounting hardware (mounting pole not included).

TOWER AND GUY KIT

This kit includes two 100 ft. (30.48 meter) steel towers with

assembly hardware, anchors and array attachment points.

Basic length of each galvanized tower section is 10 ft. (3.048

meters). Guys complete with strain insulators are prefabri-

cated in sections.

Specifications FREQUENCY RANGE: 2.5-30.0 mc.


AZIMUTH BEAMWIDTH: Comparable to 1/2 wave dipole at the

same effective height.

GAIN: Comparable to 1/2 wave dipole.


VSWR: 2.5:1 nominal; 3:1 maximum.

POWER CAPABILITY: 10 kw average or peak.

WIND AND ICE LOAD: 120 mph (193.08 kms) with no ice;

60 mph (96.54 kms) with I inch radial ice.

637B-1A Transportable Rotatable HF Antenna


Unidirectional Operation

Rapid Installation

Rotatable

Applications Transportable System

Medium Range

Long Range

The 637B-1A is a horizontally-polarized, rotatable log-peri-

odic, unidirectional antenna that provides highly efficient op-

eration over the 6.5-30.0 mc frequency range. It is designed

specifically for use with transportable HF communication

systems over a wide range of path distances.

A horizontally-polarized, unidirectional beam 65° wide has

a peak forward gain of 12 db. The 637B-1A is rated at 10 kw

with a low VSWR. A 50 ft. (15.24 meter) mast supports the

array. The shunt-fed antenna and mast are at ground poten-

tial and require no additional lightning protection.

EASILY ERECTED

Lightweight, high strength materials are used to achieve an

antenna that is easily assembled and erected by nonskilled

technicians. It can be placed in service by two men in ap-

proximately three hours. A versatile power unit is used for

driving anchors, raising antenna, and rotating antenna array

following erection.

SPACE REQUIREMENTS

Storage volume is only 100 Cu. ft. (2.83 cu. meters). Installa-

tion area is 90 ft. (27.43 meters) by 135 ft. (41.15 meters).

Specifications


AZIMUTHAL BEAMWIDTH: 65°.

VERTICAL BEAMWIDTH: Varies with frequency.

VSWR: 2:1 nominal; 2.5:1 peak.


FORWARD GAIN: 12 db.

POWER CAPABILITIES: 10 kw PEP or average.

EXTERNAL POWER REQUIREMENTS: 115 y ac, 50-60 cps, sin-

gle phase, 750 watts.

AZIMUTH ROTATION: ±180°.

WIND LOAD: 60 mph (96.54 kmh), no ice.

TOTAL WEIGHT: 1200 lbs. (544.32 kg).

STORAGE VOLUME: 100 cu. ft. (2.83 cu. meters).

637C-3 Transportable Broadband HF Antenna


Low Angle Radiation

Rapid Installation

Applications Transportable

Short Range

Long Range

Ground-to-Air

System

The 637C-3 Transportable Broadband HF Antenna is a verti-

cally-polarized monopole antenna, ideally suited for trans-

portable HF communication systems. Low angle radiation

patterns provide both short and long range HF communica-

tion by groundwave and skywave propagation. The antenna

has continuous coverage of the 3-30 mc frequency range

97

Antennas

without switching, and handles a VSWR of less than 3:1

and an average power of 10 kw. Standard equipment includes

erection kit, ground screen kit, transit frames and cases.

EASILY ERECTED

The 637C-3 consists of a phosphor-bronze wire radiating

structure supported by a 70 ft. (21.3 meter) collapsible

aluminum tower. A hand winch is supplied with the "A"

frame erection kit. The antenna can be assembled and erected

from the ground by four men in three hours.

SPACE REQUIREMENTS

Over-all height is 70 ft. (21.3 meters) with a ground screen

radius of 80 ft. (24.4 meters). Total weight of the 637C-3 is

450 lbs. (204.1 kg).

Specifications

FREQUENCY RANGE: 3-30 MC.


AZIMUTHAL COVERAGE: Omnidirectional.

GAIN: Comparable to IA wavelength monopole.


VSWR: 2.5:1 nominal; 3:1 peak.

POWER CAPABILITY: 10 kw PEP or average.

W IND LOADING: 60 mph (96.54 kmh) with no ice.

STORAGE SPACE: 26 cu. ft. (0.74 cu. meters).

W EIGHT: 450 lbs. (204.1 kg).

637E-1 Transportable Unidirectional HF Antenna

m ig4"---4*.e.'"1"«111•14111Milit., 48110"»,


Lightweight Construction

Applications Transportable System

Short-Medium Range

Long Range

The 637E-1 is a horizontally-polarized, log-periodic antenna

for use in transportable communication systems operating

in the 3-30 mc frequency range. It provides a horizontally-

polarized beam 60° wide with forward gain of II db. Power

rating is 10 kw.

The antenna is supported by two 70 ft. (21.3 meter) and one

40 ft. (12.19 meter) triangular aluminum, guyed towers

which may be knocked down and stored within their base

sections. The three storage frames are each 10 ft. (3.05 me-

ters) by 11/2 ft. (0.46 meter) by 11/2 ft. (0.46 meter). Two

transit cases for the antenna array and accessories are 2 ft.

(0.61 meter) by 2 ft. (0.61 meter) by 11/2 ft. (0.46 meter).

Total weight is 850 lbs. (385.56 kg). Equipment supplied in-

cludes erection tools and a ferrite transformer.

PREFABRICATED CONSTRUCTION

The antenna uses color coded hardware to facilitate erection.

It can be erected in two hours by five men without need for

climbing towers. Anchor installation varies depending on

local soil conditions.

SPACE REQUIREMENTS

Installation area necessary is a 240 ft. (73.15 meter) by 250

ft. (76.2 meter) plot. Weight is 850 lbs. (385.56 kg). Storage

volume is 60 cu. ft. (1.6999 Cu. meters).

Specifications


AZIMUTHAL BEAMWIDTH: 60°.

VERTICAL PATTERN: Varies with frequency.

FORWARD GAIN: 11 db over isotropic.

VSWR: 2:1 nominal; 2.5:1 peak.



W IND LOAD: 70 mph (112.63 kmh) with no ice.

STORAGE VOLUME: 60 Cu. ft. (1.699 Cu. meters).

W EIGHT: 850 lbs. (385.56 kg).

98

Comparison of Collins HF Antennas

FREQUENCY

TYPE RANGE

NUMBER DESCRIPTION (MC) APPLICATION

PEAK ENV. AZIMUTH VERTICAL BEAMWIDTH

GAIN ** POWER POLARIZA- BEAM- (half power points)

(db) (kw) TION WIDTH UPPER LOWER CONSTRUCTION

237B-1 rotatable LP 6.5-40.0 medium-long range, 14 50 horizontal 60°

unidirectional

*** *** planar

log periodic

237C-1 fixed wire LP 3-30 short-medium range, 11.8 10 horizontal 70° 68 ° 18 ° sloping planar

unidirectional log periodic

237C-2 fixed wire LP 4-30 short-medium range, 11.8 10 horizontal 70° 68 ° 18 ° sloping planar unidirectional log periodic

237N-1C fixed wire LP 2-30 short-long range 5* 10 vertical 110° approx. approx. log periodic unidirectional 38 ° 5°

237N-2C fixed wire LP 4-30 short-long range 5* 10 vertical 110° approx. approx. log periodic

unidirectional 38 ° 5°

437C-1A broadband 2-20 short-long range **** 50 vertical 360 ° two base-to-base

monopole omnidirectional wire cones

437C-2A broadband 2.5-25.0 short-long range **** 50 vertical 360° two base-to-base


437C-3A broadband 3-30 short-long range **** 50 vertical 360° two base-to-base


437G-2A fixed wire LP

dipole array

2.5-30.0 short-medium range omnidirectional

10 horizontal *** **• log periodic

637B-1A transportable 6.5-30.0 medium-long range 12 10 horizontal 65 °

rotatable LP unidirectional

*** **• log periodic

637C-3 transportable 3-30 short-long range **** 10 vertical 360° two base-to-base

broadband omnidirectional wire cones

monopole

637E-1 transportable 3-30 short-medium-long range 11 10 horizontal 60°

fixed wire LP unidirectional

*•* *** log periodic

*Gain in db above 1/4 wave vertical radiator.

**Compared with isotropic radiator.

*** Varies with frequency.

****Comparable to 1/4 wave monopole.

*****Comparable to 1/2 wave dipole.

Antenna Couplers and Accessories Collins offers a complete line of antenna couplers, line flatteners, receiver band-pass filters and RF switching units for use in HF communication systems. The accessory line also includes 400 cps primary power inverters. The first HF airborne coupler built by Collins appeared in the late 1940's. Since that time approximately 25,000 units have been produced and about 80% of these have been automatic types. Highly efficient couplers are available for airborne, vehicular, trans-portable, fixed station and marine com-munication applications. Receiver filters allow closely spaced re-ceivers and transmitters to function properly with minimum frequency sep-aration. An RF Uniswitch building block for antenna switching enables the assembly of RF matrices which can be remotely controlled. Automatic dial service switchboards, suitable for fixed station or transport-able applications, are also presented in the following section. These employ solid state circuits wherever applicable for high reliability with decreased weight and power consumption.

EXCITER


POWER AMPLIFIER

RECEIVER

TRANSCEIVER

4",.,177 HARMONIC RE SWITCHING

FILTER MATRIX

1 1 111 1-e

BAND PASS FILTER

ANTENNA COUPLER

IOU

Antenna Couplers and Accessories

180L-2, -3, -34 Antenna Couplers


Automatic Operation

FAA-TSO Certification

VSWR Indicator

Airborne HF System

Wire Antenna

The 180L-2,-3,-3A Antenna Couplers automatically resonate

a fixed wire or grounded antenna within the frequency range

of 2-22 mc. An effective 50 ohm nominal antenna resistance

is maintained while compensating for reactance at all oper-

ating frequencies. The 180L series can be used with trans-

mitters or transceivers with average power output levels be-

tween 50 and 180 watts and up to 500 watts PEP.

180L-3 Antenna Coupler

SYSTEM APPLICATION

Especially suited for use with HF airborne transceivers, such

as the Collins 618S and 6I8T. these couplers will match any

fixed wire antenna between 45 and 100 ft. in length, as well

as similar grounded end antennas. A front panel VSWR in-

dicator provides an independent check on tuning operation.

RELAY OPTIONS

The 180L-2,-3,-3A Couplers are identical in design with the

exception of an antenna transfer relay included in the 180L-3

and 180L-3A and an antenna grounding relay in the 180L-

3A. The transfer relay connects the antenna to the receiver

when the transmitter is unkeyed. The grounding relay con-

nects the unused antenna to ground in a dual installation.

Specifications FREQUENCY RANGE: 2-22 mc.

TUNING ACCURACY: Better than 1.3:1 VSWR at most fre-

quencies within the range.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 27.5 v, 3.5 amps maximum; 115 v,

400 cps, I phase, 20 va maximum; 250 y dc, or 400 y dc, 35

ma maximum.

RF POWER INPUT: 500 watts PEP and 50-180 watts average.


RF DUTY CYCLE: 5 minutes on, 5 minutes off for full power.

TUNING Time: 30 seconds maximum; as low as 5 seconds

minimum.

ALTITUDE: 30,000 ft. maximum.


SIZE AND W EIGHT: Size Weight* H D

180L-2 (without 103/4 " 7 11/16" 113i" 20 lbs. shock- 26.35 cm 19.53 cm 28.89 cm 9.07 kg mount)

180L-3,-3A (without 103/8" 7 11/16" 137/8" 21 lbs. shock- 26.35 cm 19.53 cm 35.24 cm 9.53 kg mount)

350D-3 103/4 " mounting 26.35 cm 3.81 cm 29.85 cm

*Weights include shockmount.

11/2 " 11 3/4 "

180R-4 Antenna Coupler and 309 A-1 Coupler Control Unit

Features Applications Automatic Operation

Low VSWR

FA A -TSO Certification

Lightning Protection

Explosion Proof

Airborne HF System

Tail-Cap Antenna

Together the 180R-4 and the 309A-1 automatically match

HF communication transmitters or receivers to an aircraft tail-cap antenna and can be used at power levels of 50-1000

watts PEP, 400 watts average, covering the 2-30 mc fre-

quency range. A remote indicator can be used to show com-

pletion of tuning cycle.

ASSOCIATED HF TRANSMITTER-RECEIVERS

Antenna coupler systems are compatible with the following

..T.J

309A-1 180R-4 180R-4 309A-1

452A-1

101


transmit-receive systems: Collins 18Z-3,-4, 18S-4, 618S,

618T, AeroCom Atom-Star-Pack HF systems and military

equivalents.

ANTENNA COUPLER CONFIGURATIONS

A type 452A-1 Lightning Arrester is mounted rigidly to the

airframe adjacent to the antenna feed point. Either one or

two 180R-4 couplers can be clamped to this assembly, per-

mitting a single or dual transmit-receive system to use the

antenna. The single coupler and associated control comprise

a Collins AT-101 System, and the dual coupler and controls,

the AT-l02 System. Control circuits are located in the sep-

arate 309A- 1 Coupler Control Units to simplify system in-

stallation and to facilitate maintenance. Two optional type

156G-I receiver coupler modules plug into the 309A-I, per-

mitting additional receivers to be used for monitoring.

EFFICIENT COOLING

A pressurized case with an internal blower permits operation

to 50,000 feet with only 25 cubic inches of make-up air per

hour to compensate for minor leaks. The coupler system is

explosion-proof and meets Paragraph 4.13.2, Procedure 2 of

MIL-E-5272 Specification.

Specifications


TUNING ACCURACY: Within 1.3:1 VSWR for all service condi-

tions at nominal supply voltages.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 115 N.', 380-420 cps, single phase, 2.5

amps maximum.

RF POWER INPUT: 50-1000 watts PEP; 400 watts average

maximum.

ANTENNA TERMINAL VOLTAGE: Must not exceed 9000 v peak.


RF DUTY CYCLE: 5 minutes on and 5 minutes off for high

power transmitters. Continuous duty operation for 100 watt

transmitters.

TUNING TIME: Below 2.5 mc, 10 seconds maximum; above 2.5

mc, 7 seconds maximum.

ALTITUDE: 50,000 feet with 25 cubic inches/hour (409.75

Cu. cm/hr.) external make-up air to compensate for minor

enclosure leaks.


SIZE: 452A-1

H D

71/2 " 14 7/32" 165/8" 19.05 cm 36.12 cm 42.23 cm

180R-4 7 7/16" 11 5/32" 5 9/16" 18.89 cm 28.34 cm 14.13 cm

309A-1 and mount, 4 19/32" 9 5/16" 16 21/32" including sway space 11.67 cm 23.65 cm 42.31 cm

WEIGHT:

AT-101 System (180R-4, 309A-1, 452A-1) 39.35 lbs. 17.85 kg

AT-101A System (AT-101 with an additional 40.35 lbs. 156G-1 plug-in receiver coupler module) 18.3 kg

AT-102 System (two 180R-4's, two 309A-1's and 68.4 lbs. one 452A-1) 31.03 kg

DESIGNATION: Antenna Tuning Systems AT-101, AT-101A

and AT-102 meet FAA-TSO-C31a, Category A.

180R-6 Antenna Coupler and 309A-2, -2D Coupler Controls

Features Automatic Operation

Low VSWR



Applications Airborne HF System

Wire Antenna

The 180R-6 and the 309A-2,-2D comprise a complete an-

tenna tuning system to automatically resonate 45-100 ft.

wire antennas over the 2-30 mc frequency range. It will han-

dle 50-1000 watt PEP, 400 watt average power levels. A

transfer relay permits use of a separate transmitter and re-

ceiver with a common antenna.

SYSTEM APPLICATION

The 180R-6 and 309A-2,-2D Controls are especially suited

for operation with the Collins I 8Z-3,-4 or 6I8T HF Trans-

ceivers. The 309A-2 Coupler Control is used with the I8Z-3,

-4 and the 309A-2D with the 618T.

EASILY INSTALLED

The 180R-6 houses only the loading and phasing components

180R-6 Antenna Coupler 309A-2D Coupler Control

for resonating the antenna and matching the 50 ohm trans-

mission line impedance, while all control circuits are located

in the 309A. This arrangement allows the 180R-6 to be lo-

cated at the antenna feed point for maximum efficiency. The

309A can be placed in the radio rack to facilitate inspection

and maintenance. The addition of optional plug-in 156G-1

modules in the coupler control permits the use of up to three

additional receivers for monitoring other frequencies. The

coupler control uses plug-in subassemblies to simplify in-

spection and maintenance procedures.

102



TUNING ACCURACY: Within 1.3:1 VSWR for all service con-

ditions at nominal supply voltages.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 115 V, 380-420 cps, 2 amps, maximum.


maximum.


RF DUTY CYCLE: Continuous for SSB and AM; 5 minutes on,

5 minutes off, maximum for continuous 400 watt single tone.


ALTITUDE: 20,000 ft. maximum, nonpressurized model. A

pressurized model, 180R-7, may be operated to 75,000 ft.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: —55° C to +71° C, operating;

—65° C to +85° C, storage.

SIZE AND WEIGHT:

180R-6 7"

17.78 cm

Size H 91/2 -

24.13 cm

D

17 7/32" 43.74 cm

Weight

21.5 lbs. 9.75 kg

180R-6 with lightning 7" 91/2 " 29 19/32" 24.5 lbs. arrestor 17.78 cm 24.13 cm 75.17 cm 11.1 kg

309A-2,-2D 3 11/16" 75/8" 141/2 " 12.4 lbs. 9.37 cm 19.37 cm 36.83 cm 5.62 kg

309A-2,-2D with three optional 156G-1 receiver couplers

14 lbs. 6.35 kg

180R-6A Line Flattener and 309A-2E Control


Fifty Ohm Coaxial Lines

Low VSWR

Easily Installed

AppliCaliOrIS

Fixed Station

Transportable

Shipboard

309A-2E Control 180R-6A Line Flattener

The 180R-6A and 309A-2E comprise an efficient system to

automatically match the 50 ohm output of a power amplifier,

transmitter or transceiver to an antenna feed line over the

2-30 mc frequency range. It will maintain a 1.3:1 VSWR

from terminations with up to 3:1 VSWR at power levels of

up to I kw PEP, 400 watts average.

SYSTEM APPLICATION

Designed specifically for use with SSB power amplifiers, such

as the Collins 548L-4, it is ideally suited for fixed station,

transportable or shipboard installations. The loading and

phasing components are housed in the 180R-6A, while the

control circuits are housed in the 309A-2E. Plug-in subas-

semblies in the 309A-2E simplify maintenance.


VSWR: 1.3:1 VSWR or less.

ANTENNA: 3:1 VSWR maximum.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 115 v, 380-420 cps, and 27.5 y dc,

2 amps.


maximum.


RF DUTY CYCLE: Continuous for SSB and AM; 5 minutes on,

5 minutes off, maximum for RTTY ( 1000 watts average

power).



SIZE AND WEIGHT:

Size H

180R-6A 7" 17.78 cm

91/2 -24.13 cm

D

17 7/32" 43.74 cm

Weight

19.5 lbs. 8.85 kg

309A-2E 3 11/16" 75/8" 141/2 11.75 lbs. 9.37 cm 19.37 cm 36.83 cm 5.33 kg

180R-12 Antenna Coupler and 309A-9 Coupler Control Unit


FAA-TS° Certification

Protective Circuitry

Applications Boeing 727 Aircraft

Boeing 707 Aircraft

Boeing KC-I35 Aircraft

The 180R-12, together with the 309A-9, automatically

matches the RF impedance of communication equipment

operating in the 2-30 mc frequency range to an aircraft

probe-type antenna. The system is automatically tuned in 16

seconds maximum. Typical tuning time is five seconds.

AIRCRAFT APPLICATIONS

The 180R-I2 Antenna Coupler, designed for the Boeing 727,

can be retrofitted for the 707 or KC-135 aircraft by the addi-

tion of airframe cabling and moving a tap on an RF coil. It

103


309A-9 Coupler Control 180R-I2 Antenna Coupler

will operate up to 1200 watt PEP RF power levels and is

compatible with Collins' 618S, 618T, AN/ARC-58 or

AeroCom (Atom-Star and TR-192 transceivers). With

minor modifications of the 309A-9 control, the AT-144 and

AN/ARC-2I transceivers can also be accommodated.

DEMAND SURVEILLANCE

During transmission, the input to the coupler is continuously

monitored for VSWR; however, the servo loop is activated

only during tuning or when the VSWR exceeds preset limits,

contributing greatly to increased component life. All coupler

components are tested for high reliability and provide in ex-

cess of 2000 hours MTBF.

PROTECTIVE DEVICES

High voltage protection is provided by a ball gap that will

fire at a voltage lower than that required to cause internal or

external arcing. This activates a circuit that will cut off the

transmitter power within 50 milliseconds. In the event the

protective circuits function because of coupler depressuriza-

tion, the transmitter can be rechanneled to a new operating

frequency, and if excessive voltage does not exist at that fre-

quency, the coupler will tune properly.

In the receiving function, the discriminators are protected

against lightning transient damage. Temperature sensors

maintain the ambient temperature within correct operational

limits. A sensor also removes RF power if internal air tem-

perature exceeds 100° C.

COOLING

A blower in the 180R-12 coupler circulates internal air

around the components and through the double-walled,

sealed case which acts as a heat exchanger. The coupler is

impervious to Skydrol 500 hydraulic fluid.

Specifications

FREQUENCY RANGE:

TUNING ACCURACY:

2-30 mc.

1.3:1 VSWR maximum.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 115 1/, 400 cps, 3 phase, 0.6 amp per

phase maximum.

RF POWER INPUT: 1200 watts PEP, 500 watts average power.

ANTENNA TERMINAL VOLTAGE:

at 45,000 feet. Will withstand 18,000 y peak


RF DUTY CYCLE: 2-3 mc, 5 minutes on and 5 minutes off;

above 3 mc, continuous duty. For installations other than

727, the duty cycle is dependent upon the antenna impedance and environmental temperature.



SHOCK: MIL-E-5400, Paragraph 3.2.21.6.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: 180R-12 — —73° C to +71° C.

309A-9 — —54° to +71° C.

SIZE AND WEIGHT:

Size H D

Weight

180R-12 8.31" 7.5" 18.75" 21 lbs. antenna 21.11 cm 19.05 cm 47.63 cm 9.53 kg coupler

309A-9 3 11/16" 7 25/32" 14.5" 11 lbs. coupler 9.68 cm 19.76 cm 36.83 cm 4.99 kg control

180T-2 Antenna Coupler AN/SRA-22

Features Remote Control

Weatherproof Enclosure

High Efficiency


Shipboard

Whip Antenna

The 180T-2 Antenna Coupler and associated control com-

prise system to manually tune whip antennas 35 ft. or longer,

normally used on ships. The system covers the 2-30 mc

frequency range and can be used at power levels of 1000

watts PEP, 500 watts average. The 180T-2 is housed in a

watertight enclosure which can be mounted at the base of

the antenna.

The separate control unit can be mounted in a 19" equip-

ment rack, located near the transmitter. A directional watt-

Control Unit

- 180T-2 Antenna Coupler

meter and function indicators are included in the associated control unit.

104


SYSTEM APPLICATION

The coupler is free of intermodulation distortion, ideally

suiting it for single sideband systems, such as the Collins

KWT-6 Transceiver. Rugged mechanical design makes it

equally applicable to fixed station or shipboard installations.


After the antenna has been tuned to a desired frequency, the

coil tap and capacitor dial settings can be recorded on a

chart supplied on the remote control unit. These settings

can then be used to reset the coupler.


TUNING ACCURACY: Within 1.3:1 VSWR for all service con-

ditions at nominal supply voltages.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 115 y or 230 v, 50-60 cps, 130 watts

maximum.

RF POWER INPUT: 1000 watts PEP; 500 watts average.


RF DUTY CYCLE: Continuous.

HUMIDITY: Impervious to salt spray.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: —28° C to +65° C operating;

—50° C to +85° C storage.

SIZE AND WEIGHT:

Antenna coupler

173/4 " 45.09 cm

Size H

11 1/2 " 29.21 cm

D

19" 48.26 cm

Weight

42 lbs. 19.05 kg

Remote 19" 51/4 - 6 7/8" 17 lbs. control 48.26 cm 13.34 cm 17.46 cm 7.71 kg

180U-2, -2A Line Flatteners

180U-2 Line Flattener

Features Reversible L Network

Speaker Assembly

Directional Wattmeter

VSWR Protection


Transportable

The manually tuned 180U-2,-2A Line Flatteners, designed

for Collins' KWT-6 equipments, can be used with any HF

equipment operating in the 2-30 mc frequency range with 50

ohm RF termination and power level of not more than 500

watts average or 1000 watts PEP. It will reduce antenna

transmission line VSWR of 2: 1 to 1.1:1 or less.

Loading capacitors are used to adjust the tuning range. An

RF wattmeter has two scales, 0-100 watts and 0-1000 watts,

which will indicate either forward or reflected power.

A transmit-receive relay includes a set of contacts which

can be used in any RF power interlock circuit to protect the

power amplifier in the event the antenna is not connected.

Type N fittings permit RF connections to be made with

standard RG-8/U cable.

REFLECTED POWER PROTECTION

A protective device included on the 180U-2A (CU-737/

URC) functions if the reflected SWR power exceeds 30 ±6

watts. An alarm lamp is actuated and the associated trans-

mitter is automatically unkeyed.


LINE TUNING CAPABILITY: Reduces 2:1 VSWR to 1.1:1 or

less.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 27.5 y dc, 125 ma for operation of

antenna changeover relay.

RF POWER INPUT: 500 watts average; 1000 watts PEP.

RF TERMINATION IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms nominal.

SPEAKER LEVEL: 2 watts maximum.

SIZE: 19" W, 51/4 " H, 9" D (48.26 cm W, 13.34 cm H,

22.86 cm D.

WEIGHT: 121/4 lbs. (5.56 kg).

180Y-1 Line Flattener CU-791/ URT

Features T Network

Bilateral Operation


Transportable

The 180Y-1 is a manually operated coupler which matches a

50 ohm transmitter output to a 50 ohm, 11/4 " rigid coaxial

transmission line with a VSWR of up to 3:1. It covers the

2-30 mc frequency range and will handle up to 10 kw PEP

or 5 kw average power levels.

The 180Y-1 is a variable, band switched T network config-

uration, which can be quickly adjusted to give a minimum

VSWR when used with a directional wattmeter. The flanges

of the rigid coaxial line fasten to opposite sides of the unit to

105


180Y-I Line Flattener

permit equipment removal without disturbing the coaxial

transmission line.

The coupler is bilateral, allowing either connector to be used

as the input or output except for resistances below 25 ohms

in the 2.0-2.6 mc frequency band. All controls, together with

a tuning chart, are located on the front panel.

Specifications

FREQUENCY RANGE: 2-30 !TIC.

LINE TUNING CAPABILITY: 3:1 VSWR maximum.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: None.

RF POWER INPUT: Operate — 10 kw PEP; 5 kw average

maximum. Tune — 1 kw average maximum.


OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms.




SIZE: 7" W , 11 5/8" H, 16 11/16" D (17.78 cm W, 29.53 cm

H, 42.39 cm D).

W EIGHT: 23 1/2 lbs. (10.66 kg).

184U-10 RF Matrix t nism itch

Features Building Block Flexibility

Improved RF Switching

Mechanical Interlocks

Small Size


Remotely Controlled

Applications Antenna Transmitter

Matrix

Fixed Station

Shipboard

Uniswitch Building Block

The 184U-10 is a single, coaxial crosspoint-switch for build-

ing block assembly of an RF matrix to switch any of several

transmitters to any of several antennas. The matrix permits

either local or remote selection and can be assembled to ex-

actly meet individual requirements. Mechanical and electri-

cal interlocks prevent paralleling or application of power to

an open line.

UNISWITCH OPERATION

The 184U-10 Uniswitch employs a simple, single stroke ac-

tuating mechanism which moves a dual contact assembly to

disconnect both potential RF stubs as the desired crosspoint

is established. Long life is assured by the simplicity of the

mechanism and controlled contact acceleration.

Typical 3 x 5 RF Matrix

MATRIX ASSEMBLY

Several Uniswitches — one for each crosspoint — are sim-

ply bolted on easily constructed Unistrut frame sections to

form the desired matrix configuration. The matrix can be

modified by adding Uniswitches and frame sections if com-

munication requirements change. Small size permits wall

mountings in any position.


Individual Uniswitches can be removed for inspection or

maintenance without disturbing other crosspoints. RF lines

can be grounded during servicing. Control circuitry is easily

accessible while crosspoint is in operation by removal of

front cover.

LOW POWER OPERATION

Control wiring is simplified by the low total power require-

ment of approximately 10 watts, including status display

lights and all control relays.

REMOTE CONTROL

Since RF switching is accomplished by a single relay in each

106


Uniswitch, wide flexibility in remote control application is

possible.

Lighted display pushbuttons, with red and green status

lamps, can be conveniently used for remote switching. The

red lamp indicates when crosspoint is switching and the

green lamp when it is closed. Depressing the button a second

time opens the crosspoint and both lamps go out.

Open

jjgr,1

Jr

Closed

Specifications RF COAXIAL LINE: 50 ohm EIA, 15/8", rigid coax.

POWER RATING: 45 kw average with a 1: 1 VSWR at 30 mc.

CURRENT RATING: 30 amps rms, 2-30 mc.

VOLTAGE RATING: 2000 y rms, 2-30 mc.

FREQUENCY RANGE: 30 mc maximum.

VSWR: When matrix is terminated in 50 ohm resistive load,

the VSWR presented at the input shall not exceed 1.05:1

at 30 mc.

CROSS-TALK: —65 db.

OPERATION: Manual or remote control.

OPERATE TIME: 0.5 second.

REMOTE CONTROL: Single wire ground; other options.

CONTROL POWER: 27.5 y dc at 0.25 amp when switching.

STATUS DISPLAY: SPST.

MANUAL OVERRIDE: Manual operation possible in case of

control failure.

RF FITTINGS: Adapters for all common fittings.

SIZE: 5½" W, 51/2 " H, 18" D (13.97 cm W, 13.97 cm H,

45.72 cm D).

WEIGHT: Manual — 41/2 lbs. (2.04 kg). Remote — 61/2 lbs.

2.95 kg).

488A-I DC to AC Inverter

Features Continuous Duty

No Shockmount

Transient Protection

Lightweight


Fixed Station

Transportable

Mobile

The 488A-1 is a dc to 115 v, 400 cps or 26 v, 400 cps inverter.

It facilitates use of equipment requiring a small amount of

400 cps power in applications where only 27.5 y dc is avail-

able. Output is 250 va at +55° C, with a frequency accuracy

of -± 5 % and an output regulation of zE_-_10%. Transient pro-

tection is provided for up to 65 y peaks. Since the 488A-1

can be mounted directly to the aircraft or vehicle, installation

is simplified.

Specifications

POWER SOURCE: 27.5 y dc, 4-25 amps, depending on load.

Unit will withstand 65 y transients on supply line.

OUTPUT: Continuous —250 va, 115 v ac, 400 cps at not more

than 55° C; or 170 va, 115 y ac, 400 cps at 55°-70° C; or

140 va, 26 v ac, 400 cps at not more than 55° C. Output volt-

age regulated to within -± 10%. Output frequency within

J.= 5 % . Distortion is less than 10%. Efficiency is 60%.



AMBIENT HUMIDITY: Up to 95% at 50° C.

ALTITUDE: • Up to 10,000 ft. at 70° C; higher altitudes at re-

duced temperatures or loads.

SHOCK CONDITIONS: Per RTCA paper 100-54/D0-60, except

where angles are called out as 45°, use 90°.

VIBRATIONS: Per RTCA paper 100-54/D0-60.

SIZE: 63/4 " W, 5¼" H, 93/4 " D (17.15 cm W, 14.29 cm H,

24.77 cm D).

WEIGHT: 9.25 lbs. (4.2 kg).

107


488A-2 DC to AC Inverter

Features Continuous Duty

Transient Protection

Lightweight

High Efficiency

Regulated Output


Transportable

Mobile

The 488A-2 is a convection cooled, solid state inverter. In

one application, it supplies the 400 cps power requirement

of the 618T Transceiver and associated antenna coupler and

is mounted directly on the associated 618T Transceiver

shockmount. It offers continuous duty operation from a

27.5 y dc source and is actuated by simply grounding an ex-ternal control lead.

CIRCUIT PROTECTION

The inverter will not be damaged by accidental reversal of

input leads and is additionally protected from short circuits

or peak loads up to 300 va for periods up to one minute.

Specifications


AMBIENT HUMIDITY: Up IO 95%.

ALTITUDE: Up to 10,000 ft. at 52° C; higher altitudes at re-

duced temperatures or loads.

POWER SOURCE: 27.5 y dc 10%; emergency operation to 20 y dc.

OUTPUT: 115 v, 400 cps, 250 va, single phase, 0.8-1.0 pf.

HARMONIC CONTENT: 10% maximum.

EFFICIENCY: 65% minimum at rated input and load.

REGULATION: +10% for all variations of input and load.

SIZE: 3" W, 4½" H, 10" D (7.62 cm W, 11.43 cm H, 25.4

cm D).

W EIGHT: 8 lbs. 10 oz. (3.91 kg).

490B-I Automatic Antenna Coupler

*... •

e tit e

Features Waterproof Case

Continuous Duty

Low VSWR

Automatic Operation

Fully Accessible


Temporary Installation

Transportable

Small Ship

Vehicular

The 490B-1 automatically resonates long wire, dipole or whip antennas over the 2-30 mc frequency range. It can be

employed for continuous duty applications at 500 watts PEP or 200 watts average power levels.

SYSTEM APPLICATION

The 490B-1 is especially applicable to HF communication

systems using the Collins 618T or similar HF transceivers. It

is contained in a waterproof aluminum case which meets the vehicular or transportable vibration environment.

RELIABLE CIRCUITRY

The antenna is resonated by only two servo driven variable

elements, a capacitor and an inductor. The inductive ele-

ment is tuned by automatically winding silver ribbon from

an aluminum drum onto a ceramic cylinder. The unused por-

tion of the coil is completely removed from the circuit by

shorting. Temperature limit switches protect the coupler

from damage in the event of loss of cooling air. Transistors and diodes are used in all circuits. The 490B-1 consists of five

modules and a chassis mounted in a waterproof aluminum

case. The easily removable modules simplify maintenance and spare parts programs.

Specifications


FREQUENCY ACCURACY: Within 1.3:1 VSWR for all service

conditions at nominal supply voltages.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 115 v, 400 cps.

RF POWER INPUT: 500 watts PEP; 200 watts average.




ALTITUDE: 15,000 ft.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: —40° C to + 50° C.

SIZE: 9 5/16" W, 9" H, 26 13/16" D (23.65 cm W, 22.86 cm H, 68.10 cm D).

W EIGHT: 50 lbs. (22.68 kg).

108


490T-1 Antenna Coupler

Applications Features Automatic Operation


High Speed Tuning

Airborne System

Wire Antenna

The 490T-1 is a general purpose HF automatic antenna

coupler for 25 ft. or longer whips and wire antennas in the

2-30 mc frequency range. Shorter antennas can be used with

proper loading coils. It can be used at RF power levels up to

650 watts PEP or 200 watts average. Tuning time is 3 sec-

onds maximum, less than 2 seconds average. The high

speed tuning capability reduces the over-all rechannel time

and keeps radiation at a minimum for radio silence opera-

tion. Solid state logic circuits, capable of fast decisions with

high speed switched and variable tuning elements, are used

to insure reliable high speed tuning.

SYSTEM APPLICATIONS

The 490T-1 is especially suited for use with HF airborne

transceivers, such as the Collins 618T. Optional application

groups include exchange with either the 180L-2 or 180L-3

Antenna Coupler; shielding of high impedance antenna lead

in accordance with M1L-I-6181D and MIL-I-26600; termi-

nation for low impedance (50 ohm) coaxial antenna systems.

These application groups can be factory installed or added in

the field. Front panel indicators aid system fault location.

The 490T-1 is especially suited for use with the 437R-1 HF

Helical Antenna. This coupler/antenna system is intended

for helicopters and other low flying aircraft where surface

communication is of special importance.

RELIABLE OPERATION

The short tuning cycle greatly enhances reliability, since op-

erating elements are energized for only brief periods. The

servo system is controlled by a demand surveillance tech-

nique which allows the coupler to retune if the antenna im-

pedance changes appreciably, but does not require the servo

system to remain in constant operation.

The 490T-1 consists of four RF assemblies, three modules,

a chassis, frame, front panel and dust cover. All assemblies

are easily removed from the unit, simplifying maintenance

and support programs.

Specifications FREQUENCY RANGE: 2-30 mc, continuous tuning.

TUNING ACCURACY: Within 1.3:1 VSWR.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 115 v, 400 cps, I phase, 130 watts

maximum during tuning, 20 watts during operate.

RF POWER INPUT: 650 watts PEP, 200 watts average.



TUNING TIME: 3 seconds maximum; less than 2 seconds

average.

ALTITUDE: 0-30,000 ft. operating.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: —55° C to +71° C operating;

—62° C to +125° C nonoperating.

VIBRATION: 5-500 cps, 5 g operating; solid mounted.

SHOCK: 30 g, 11 millisecond duration.

SIZE: 10.125" W, 7.625" H, 10.625" D (25.717 cm

19.367 cm H, 26.987 cm D).

WEIGHT: 18.7 lbs. (8.48 kg.)

W,

512B-2 HF Impedance Conversion Unit

Features Applications No Tuning Fixed Station


The 512B-2 is used to connect a transmitter or power ampli-

fier which has a 50 ohm unbalanced output termination to a

300-600 ohm balanced transmission line. Since it is bilateral,

the unit can also be used to connect a 300-600 ohm transmis-

sion line to a 50 ohm termination.

Power handling capability is 3 kw average or 5 kw PEP, over

109


the 2-30 mc frequency range. The balun configuration uses

broadband circuits, eliminating the need for tuning. When

terminated by a resistive load, the 512B-2 will contribute no

more than 2:1 SWR.

INSTALLATION

The 512B-2 can be located either inside the transmitter room,

on an outside wall, on a pole, or at the transmitter antenna

tower. Coaxial cable lengths from the transmitter to the con-

version unit are not critical. Lightning protection is provided

by static drain chokes and a horn gap located at each out-

put terminal.

Specifications


POWER HANDLING CAPABILITY: 3 kw average or 5 kw PEP.

INPUT RECEPTACLE: Type UG-287/U. Mating connector

UG-154/U for RG-17/U cable.

OUTPUT TERMINALS: " — 20 studs on ceramic insulators.

SIZE: 23" W, 203/4 " H, 22 7/8" D (58.42 cm W, 52.71 cm

H, 58.10 cm D).

W EIGHT: 75 lbs. (34.02 kg).

512D-1 HF Impedance Conversion Unit

Features No Tuning

50 KW Rating

Maintenance Free

Easily Installed


The 512D-1 is an impedance conversion unit for use in high

power transmitter installations to permit the interconnection

of a balanced open-wire transmission line to unbalanced

coaxial terminations. It is bilateral in function and can be

used to change the impedance of 600 ohm balanced line to

50 ohm unbalanced, or 50 ohm unbalanced to 600 ohm bal-

anced. It will handle power levels up to 50 kw and covers the

4-30 mc frequency range. Broadband circuits preclude the

need for any tuning adjustment.

COMPACT CONSTRUCTION

A partitioned enclosure contains (1) a coaxial impedance

changing transformer with a 50 ohm unbalanced line to a 200

ohm balanced line, and (2) a folded exponential line, which

transforms the 200 ohms to a balanced 600 ohms.

Specifications


POWER HANDLING CAPABILITY: 50 kw.

INPUT IMPEDANCE: Either 50 ohms 31/ii" coax, or 600 ohms

open wire.

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: Either 600 ohms open wire, or 50 ohms

31/a" coax.

SIZE: 37" W, 74" H, 16" D (93.98 cm W, 187.96 cm H,

40.64 cm D).

W EIGHT: 200 lbs. (90.72 kg).

635R-1 HF Receiver Bandpass Filter

Features Duplex Operation

Protective Circuits


Transportable

Shipboard

The 635R-1 is a locally controlled, rack mounted receiver

antenna filter for duplex operation with closely spaced trans-

mitting and receiving antennas. Simultaneous transmission at

powers up to 1 kw PEP and reception on frequencies dis-

placed 10% or greater is possible, if antenna RF level does

not exceed 100 y PEP. It is tuned in 1 kc channel increments

110


4•1•2 e tiFeli.sPerVeli....—

•§.t.•§2•::•::•::•::.§..:§;::::•::•:t:§ •

***

635R-I

throughout the 2.0-29.999 mc frequency range. The 635R-1

has a self-contained power supply for operation from a 115 v

or 230 v, 50-60 cps source.

RECEIVER PROTECTION

A protection circuit automatically disconnects the 635R-1

from the antenna if RF levels exceed 100 y peak. Tune inter-

lock circuits allow it to be controlled in common with the

associated receiver by any control unit using a two-out-of-

five frequency information code.

Specifications


TYPES OF SIGNALS: AM, SSB and CW.


OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms unbalanced.

SELECTIVITY: The gain shall not deviate more than 1 db from

the gain at the dial frequency for all frequencies which are

within ±0.3% of dial frequency for the 2.0 mc through

14.999 mc range and within ±45 kc of dial frequency for the

15.0 mc through 29.999 mc range. The attenuation at

-± 10% of the dial frequency shall be not less than 70 db be-

low the referenced dial frequency gain from 2-8 mc, not less

than 65 db from 8-12 mc, not less than 60 db from 12-20 mc,

and not less than 50 db from 20.0-29.999 mc.

VOLTAGE GAIN: Not greater than 5.0 db or less than 0.5 db

at center frequency.

INTERMODULATION: All harmonic and intermodulation dis-

tortion at least 50 db below a 10 millivolt PEV output.

CROSS-MODULATION: At least 10 db below a desired 2 milli-

volt CW signal when receiving an undesired 91 y peak signal

(modulated 30% at 400 cps) at least ± 10% displaced from

the desired frequency.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 115 y or 230 v, 50-60 cps, 30 watts

maximum.

SIZE: 19" W, 83/4 " H, 7" D (48.26 cm W, 22.23 cm H, 17.78

cm D). Mounts in 19" rack.

WEIGHT: 25 lbs. ( 11.34 kg).

635T-2 HF Receiver Bandpass Filter

Features Applications Automatic Tuning Fixed Station

Unattended Operation Transportable

Protective Circuits Shipboard

Airborne

The automatically tuned 635T-2 functions as a frequency se-

lecting circuit between the antenna and receiver input. It is

remotely tuned in I kc channel increments throughout the

2.0-29.999 mc frequency range by an associated 914B-2

Control Unit. The 635T-2 permits duplex operation where

transmitting and receiving antennas are closely spaced with

frequencies displaced 10% or greater if antenna RF level does not exceed 100 y PEP. Transmitter power can be up to

1 kw PEP. The 635T-2 has a self-contained power supply

for operation from a 22-30 y dc source. It is housed in a

standard 1/2 ATR case.

RECEIVER PROTECTION

RF levels exceeding 100 y peak are eliminated by a protec-

tion circuit that automatically disconnects the 635T-2 from

the antenna. Tune interlock circuits allow it to be controlled

in common with the associated receiver by any control unit

using a two-out-of-five frequency information code.

914B-2 Control Unit

Specifications FREQUENCY RANGE: 2.0-29.999 mc; 1 kc channel increments.

FREQUENCY CONTROL: By remote selection on the 914B-2

Control Unit.

TYPES OF SIGNALS: AM, SSB and CW.


OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms unbalanced.

SELECTIVITY: The gain shall not deviate more than I db from

the gain at the dial frequency for all frequencies which are

within ±-0.3% of dial frequency for the 2.0-14.999 mc range

and ±45 kc of dial frequency for the 15.0-29.999 mc range.

The attenuation at -± 10% of the dial frequency shall be not

less than 70 db below the referenced dial frequency gain from

II I


2-8 mc, not less than 65 db from 8-12 mc, not less than 60 db

from 12-20 mc and not less than 50 db from 20.0-29.999 mc.

VOLTAGE GAIN: Not greater than 5.0 db or less than 0.5 db

at center frequency.

INTERMODULATION: All harmonic and intermodulation dis-

tortion at least 50 db below a 10 millivolt PEV output.

CROSS-MODULATION: At least 10 db below a desired 2 milli-

volt CW signal when receiving an undesired 91 y peak signal

(modulated 30% at 400 cps) at least -±- 10% displaced from the desired frequency.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 22-30 y dc. Normal operation 30

watts maximum. During tuning, 65 watts maximum.

SIZE: 4 31/32" W, 7 13/16" H, 19 9/16" D (12.62 cm W,

19.84 cm H, 49.69 cm D). ARINC Specification 404, stand-ard 1/2 ATR.

WEIGHT: 19.2 lbs. (8.71 kg).

635V-1 HF Receiver Bandpass Filter

Features Antenna Sharing

Receiver Protection

Remote Control

Distortion Reduction


Transportable

Shipboard

Airborne

The 635V-1 is a tunable, active bandpass filter, covering the

2.0-29.999 mc frequency range. It permits normal HF re-

ceiver operation in an interference environment that would

greatly degrade reception or even damage the front end of

a receiver. Distortion caused by strong RF fields is reduced,

and the receiver is protected against damage from high RF

voltages both on and off the channel frequency.

COMMON ANTENNAS

High impedance capacitive input coupling allows connecting

more than one 635V-1 to a common antenna, or, under re-

stricted conditions, the 635V-1 can share a common an-tenna with a power amplifier.

APPLICATIONS

The 635V-I can be used in fixed station, transportable, ship-

board or airborne installations, where transmitter and re-

ceiver antennas are closely spaced or duplex operation of

transmitter and receiver on a common antenna is desired. It

is compatible with Universal Radio Group HF building

block equipment. A 6-16 db gain allows the 635V-1 to be lo-

cated at a distance from the associated receiver. Plug-in pow-

er supply modules permit operation from either a 115 v, 400

cps; 115 y or 230 v, 50-60 cps or 27.5 y dc power source.

CONTROL

The 635V-1 can be controlled in common with an associated

receiver using a two-out-of-five wire frequency information

code, or a separate 914B-3 Control.

9I4B-3 Control

The 914B-3 has a two position gain control switch which al-

lows a 6-16 db gain, depending upon frequency in the normal

position. In the low position, gain is reduced by a nominal 35

db. This position is used to eliminate distortion caused by

overdriving with very strong on-frequency signals.

The 635V-1 can also be dial-pulse controlled with Collins 313

series remote control equipment. This arrangement allows

frequency selection over a 4-wire line from a remote dial

telephone.

Specifications

FREQUENCY RANGE: 2.0-29.999 mc, continuously tuned.

NOISE FIGURE: No more than 10 db at 2 mc, increasing to no

more than 17 db at 30 mc with 50 ohm resistive source.

BANDWIDTH: 12 kc minimum to —1 db points.

STRONG RF SIGNAL INPUT: 1000 V rms to 10,000 ft. at fre-

quencies more than 10% removed from nominal operating

frequency. Derated linearly with atmospheric pressure above 10,000 ft.; 50,000 ft. maximum.

CROSS-MODULATION: —30 db from desired signal for above strong signal input.

OUTPUT STRONG SIGNAL: Less than 0.5 v to a 50 ohm load for

1000 y input more than 10% removed from signal.

GAIN: Normal position — 6-18 db. Low position — —30 db

minimum, —15 db maximum.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: Dependent upon optional power

supply module. 115 v, 400 cps, 1 phase, 85 watts; or 115 y or

230 1/, 50-60 cps, 95 watts; or 27.5 y dc, 95 watts.

COOLING AIR: 20 cfm 1" water vacuum to rear port when

supplied externally. Can be supplied by optional internal

blower.

SIZE: ARINC Specification 404, 1/2 ATR. 4 31/32" W,

7 13/16" H, 19 9/16" D (12.62 cm W, 19.84 cm H, 49.69

cm D).


112


63%V-1 Harmonic Filter


Integral Cooling

Front Accessibility


Transportable

Shipboard

The 635W-1 is an automatic, continuously tuned, low pass

filter designed specifically for operation with Collins 208U-10

Power Amplifier to insure 80 db of harmonic attenuation at

the output terminals of the system. The filter is rated for 12

kw average or PEP in the 2-30 mc frequency range. A visual

readout of operating frequency is provided.

Ceramic vacuum variable capacitors insure long trouble free

operation. A servo sensor insures concurrent tuning of har-

monic filter and associated 208U-10 Power Amplifier.

All components are accessible from the front. A safety inter-

lock circuit protects maintenance personnel. Input and out-

put RF connections are made through standard 15/s" EIA

fittings. It is rated for continuous duty operation.

STA LL AT ION

A Unistrut cabinet is available as an accessory to house two

635W- l units. It matches the styling of the 208U-10 Power

Amplifier and other Universal Radio Group equipment. Sin-

gle or multiple wall mounting is also available to meet indi-

vidual installation requirements.

Specifications


RF POWER INPUT: 12 kw PEP or average, continuous.

INPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms unbalanced; EIA 15/8" coax.

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 50 ohms unbalanced; EIA 15/8" coax.

VSWR DEGRADATION: From 2.5:1 SWR on the filter output

to 3: I SWR on the filter input.

RF LOSSES: 3% nominal with 50 ohm load.

TUNING TIME: 15 seconds when operating from 60 cps power

source, concurrent with power amplifier.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: Normal operation — 115 v, 47-63

cps, 2 watts; 230 v, 47-63 cps, 90 watts; 27.5 y dc, 1.7 watts.

During tuning — 115 v, 47-63 cps, 36 watts; 230 v, 47-63

cps, 90 watts; 27.5 y dc, 84 watts.

SIZE: 19" W, 30" H, 15" D (48.26 cm W, 76.2 cm H, 38.1

cm D).

WEIGHT: 105 lbs. (47.63 kg).

SY% -1020TA, -1030A Automatic

Features Applications Termination Flexibility

Operator Assistance

Two-Digit Dialing

Supervisory Signals

Through Dialing

Fixed Plant

Transportable System

Switchboards

Collins' SW-1020TA and SW-1030A are automatic dial serv-

ice switchboards providing toll-quality FSK and dc loop dial-

ing with half-duplex radio service capabilities for twenty 4-

wire subscribers. The switchboards offer through-dialing on

ac or dc lines.

Idle-line hunting (rotary group) can be in any combination

by a simple strapping arrangement. Ring/no-ring selection is

on a per-line basis. Any line can be used as an inter-office

trunk. Immediate direct connection to operator line is com-

pleted with minimum strapping.

TRANSPORTABLE APPLICATIONS

The SW-1020TA, when used with Collins' C-8024 signaling

dial telephone or other FSK signaling equipment, supple-

ments commercial service and is capable of routing, signaling

and completing calls among the 4-wire subscriber units. No

auxiliary signaling equipment is required for dc loop dial

service. The unit is electrically similar and compatible with

Collins' fixed station SW-1030A Switchboard.

The SW-1020TA is contained in an enclosed sliding frame for

service and test accessibility. Rugged construction permits

transportable applications or use in any environment requir-

ing exceptional shock and vibration tolerances. The SW-

1020TA can be operated on an ac/dc dial on per-line basis

by making strapping changes on the line panel subassembly.

113


FIXED PLANT

The SW-1030A, for fixed plant installations, has full length

front and rear doors to permit complete access to all com-

ponents and wiring.

Solid state circuits reduce weight, improve reliabilty and de-

crease power consumption. The switchboards provide two-

party interconnect with optional switchboard attendant fa-

cilities. An automatic feature connects subscriber with

switchboard attendant when subscriber handset is off-hook 30

seconds without completing call.

When subscriber goes off-hook, the register determines origin

of call and locates an idle link through the finder crossbar.

Upon receiving the dialed digits, the register completes call

through the connector crossbar. When the calling subscriber's

handset is replaced on-hook, the link is released and reverts to

idle-link status.

The SW-1030A is designed to operate as an ac switchboard;

however, it can be converted to dc operation (all lines) by

internal strapping.

Functional Circuits

6141.1-I fIL 1-• •• '414

•141J1-111.0:;r1

'‘*

•••->it

SW-1020TA

Front

SW-1030A Rear

Specifications

LINE CHARACTERISTICS: LOSS — I db maximum. Level —

dbm nominal; 7 dbm maximum. Impedance — 600 ohms,

Lb 10%. Phase angle — not more than 30° from 200 to

10,000 cps. Longitudinal balance — 40 db or more. Noise

and cross-talk — 50 db below 0 dbm signal. Frequency re-

sponse — -± 3 db, 300-10,000 cps ( after connection is estab-

lished). Signaling — percent break, 61% nominal; pulse

rate, 10 pps nominal.

PULSE GENERATION LIMITS: 58%-67% break, 9.5-10.5 pps.

PULSE DETECTION LIMITS: 50 % -70% break, 8-12 pps.

INTERDIGIT TIMING: At least 600 milliseconds.

SIGNALING LEVEL: —26 dbm to —10 dbm, 6 db signaling level

margin.

SIGNALING FREQUENCIES: Off-hook — 2847 cps or loop clo-

sure. Dial-pulse — 2762 cps or open loop.

SUPERVISION: Dial tone — 600/120 cps, —15 dbm. Busy tone

— 600/120 cps at 60 interruptions per minute, —15 dbm.

Ringing tone — 1000/20 cps, 0 dbm, or 20 cps, 100 v. Ring-

back tone level (SW-1020TA only) --15 dbm.

SW-1020TA POWER REQUIREMENTS: Basic — 28 y dc, +1,

—2 v dc, negative ground, 15 amps; less than 100 millivolt rip-

ple. Loop — 28 y dc nominal, 80 milliamps per line maxi-

mum. Provision for building out provided on per-line basis.

SW-1030A POWER REQUIREMENTS: Basic — 48 y dc, ±4 y

dc, positive ground, 5 amps; less than 100 millivolt ripple.

Loop — 48 y dc, ±4 y dc, 80 milliamps per-line maximum.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE: 0° C to +50° C.

RELATIVE HUMIDITY: 95% at 50° C.


SHOCK: SW-1020TA will withstand 30 g when prepared for

normal operation.

VIBRATION: SW-1020TA — 15-55 cps with total excursion of

0.015" for a period of 45 minutes along each axis.

SIZE:

SW-1020TA

W H D 18" 69" 30"

45.72 cm 175.26 cm 76.2 cm

SW-1030A 30" 76.2 cm

WEIGHT: 525 lbs. (238.14 kg).

69" 175.26 cm

24" 60.96 cm

114


490C-1 Antenna Coupler CU-1169/SRC-16

••••

el° o et o 7 •Oib é Ilk IOW

4,-istieu4Akez..


Metered Circuits

Remote Control

Constant Surveillance

Applications Shipboard

Fixed Station

The 490C-1 (CU-1169/SRC-16) is a rack mounted HF an-

tenna coupler which covers the 2.0-5.999 mc frequency

range. It provides proper impedance matching between com-

munication equipment with 50 ohm RF terminations and

broadband antennas used for marine and fixed station appli-

cations. Receivers and transmitters can be operated with 45

db selectivity at 15% frequency spacing using a common an-

tenna. The coupler is automatically tuned using loading-

phasing discriminator information to operate a servo me-

chanical system. It will match an antenna with up to 4:1

VSWR to a 50 ohm line over the frequency range.

Specifications


TUNING ACCURACY: 1.3:1 VSWR maximum.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 115 V, 400 cps, 3 phase, delta con-

nected, 95 watts.

RF POWER INPUT: 6 kw PEP or 3 kw average.


RF Dun, CYCLE: Continuous.


SIZE: 22 7/8" W, 131/2 " H, 213/4 " D (58.10 cm W, 34.29 cm

H, 55.25 cm D).


490C-2 Antenna Coupler CU-1170/SRC-16


Metered Circuits

Remote Control

Constant Surveillance

Applications Shipboard

Fixed Station

The 490C-2 (CU-1170/SRC-16) is a rack mounted HF an-

tenna coupler which provides optimum impedance matching

between communication equipment with 50 ohm RF termi-nations and broadband antennas used for marine and fixed

station applications in the 6.0-29.999 mc frequency range.

Receivers and transmitters can be operated with 45 db se-

lectivity at 15% frequency spacing using a common antenna.

The coupler is automatically tuned using loading-phasing dis-

criminator information in conjunction with a servo mechan-

ical system. It will match an antenna with up to a 4:1 VSWR

to a 50 ohm line over the frequency range.

Specifications


TUNING ACCURACY: 1.3:1 VSWR maximum.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 115 V, 400 cps, 3 phase, delta con-

nected, 90 watts.

RF INPUT POWER: 1.2 kw PEP or 600 watts average.




SIZE: 21 3/4 " W, 7 13/16" H, 22 7/8" D (55.25 cm W, 19.84

cm H, 58.26 cm D).


C-4658/SRC-16 Antenna Coupler Control

Features Directional Wattmeter Shipboard

Rack Mounting Fixed Station

Applications

The C-4658/SRC-16 provides all control functions for either

the 490C-1 (CU-1169/SRC-16) or the 490C-2 (CU-1170/

SRC-16) antenna couplers. It can be located near the trans-

mitter installation and includes a directional wattmeter in ad-

dition to selector switches and status light indicators.

Specifications

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 27.5 V dc, 0.5 amp.

SIZE: 19" W, 5¼" H, 7" D (48.26 cm W, 13.34 cm H, 17.78

cm D). Standard EIA rack mounting.


Available only on a production contract.

115

Data and Telet,,pewrite Equipment .

COMPUTER STORAGE

DIGITIZED VOICE

SECURE DATA

TAPE STORAGE

CARD STORAGE

COMMAND and

CONTROL

Collins' Kineplexe modems offer high speed data communication for business, scientific, military or industrial informa-tion over HF radio circuits. Such sys-tems are currently providing efficient service for military, industrial and gov-ernment users. The modems employ Collins' patented Predicted Wave Signaling techniques and kinematic filtering for high speed transmission and excellent communica-tion reliability. Modems are available for fixed station, vehicular, transport-able, shipboard and airborne systems.

DATA MODEM

ANTENNA J COUPLER I

1 I 6

Data and Teletypewriter Equipment

399R-1 Teletypem riter Adapter

Features Half or Full Duplex Operation

Synchronous or

Nonsynchronous Input

HF Compatibility


Transportable

Shipboard

The 399R-1 is a single channel teletypewriter adapter which

accepts nonsynchronous binary information from a key-

board, tape reader or storage unit. The information is then

converted to synchronous binary data for operation of a mod-

ulator-demodulator, such as the Collins TE-204A-2. Strap-

ping allows either a 5 ma or 60 ma teletypewriter loop to be

operated at 60 or 100 words per minute. The transmit and re-

ceive sections of the teletypewriter adapter can be employed

individually in half duplex operation or simultaneously in

full duplex operation.

SYNCHRONOUS OPERATION

Speed normalizer circuitry in the 399R- I synchronizes the

data input with timing from an external timing source, such

as the Collins 399S-1 or TE-204A-2, so that all bits are of

equal time duration and synchronized with the transmit tim-

ing used by the modulator.

RECEIVE CIRCUITS

In the receive mode, the loop keyer is driven by binary data

from either the TE-204A-2 modem or the 399S-1 adapter

(depending on interface parameters and system require-

ments) and keys a 60 ma or 5 ma loop circuit to operate a

teleprinter. The 399R-1 operates from synchronous or non-

synchronous data at 60 or 100 wpm.

TRANSMIT CIRCUITS

In the transmit mode, serial data via a 60 ma loop circuit is

accepted from a keyboard, tape reader or storage unit. Non-

synchronous Baudot coded information is converted to syn-

chronous data by the speed normalizer before entering the

399S-1 or TE-204A-2. The data is stored prior to conversion

and is read out synchronously with the 399S-1 or TE-204A-2

timing. The time difference in the lengths of nonsynchronous

7.42 Baudot data characters and the synchronous characters

is corrected by additional stop bits at the end of a synchro-

nous character as required.

TELETYPE OPERATE CONTROL

The teletype operate control is an automatic keying device

which operates from the transition on the incoming data. A

space or start bit in the data will cause the teletype operate

control circuit to actuate the transmit keyline. A delay circuit

prevents a release of the keyline relay for five or six seconds

to preclude opening of the line by subsequent data or momen-

tary line interruptions. If the net is already in use, a squelch

signal from the TE-204A-2 Modem prevents seizure of the

transmit line. Operation of the keyline relay also places the

TE-204A-2 in transmit mode. An external ground can be ap-

plied to override previous conditions.

SOLID STATE CIRCUITS

The 399R-1 employs solid state circuits with plug-in printed

circuit boards and modules.

Specifications TRANSMIT INPUT: Baudot coded information at 100 wpm or

60 wpm is synchronized with the speed normalizer. High or

low mark condition is provided by a strap option.

Option 1 — 60 ma/0 ma input on transmit loop circuit

(full duplex operation).

Option 2 — 60 ma/0 ma input on receive loop (half du-

plex operation; two-wire loop operation)

Option 3 — O y dc/-6 y dc data input.

Option 4 — O ma/5 ma input on transmit loop circuit,

Baudot nonsynchronous (full duplex operation).

Option 5 — O ma/5 ma input on transmit loop circuit,

Baudot nonsynchronous (half duplex operation).

TRANSMIT OUTPUT:

Option 1 — O y dc/-6 y dc synchronous Baudot data.

Option 2 — O y dc/-6 y dc nonsynchronous data ouput

(derived from loop circuit input).

RECEIVE INPUT: Low-level, Baudot coded dc serial data is

converted to high-level serial data to key either a 60 ma or

5 ma loop circuit at 100 wpm. High or low mark condition is

provided by a strap option.

RECEIVE OUTPUT: A 60 ma or 5 ma loop circuit drives a tele-

type printer or punch at 100 wpm.

TIMING: Transmit — externally derived 75 cycle square wave

for 100 wpm and 45.45 cycle square wave for 60 wpm

operation.

SPEED NORMALIZER: Converts nonsynchronous 60 or 100

wpm Baudot coded to synchronous information.

TRANSMIT LOOP CIRCUIT (strapable options) :

Option 1 — mark, 60 ma ± 10 ma (adjustable); space, 0 ma

117


+0.5 ma, 1000 ohms maximum external loop resistance;

neutral loop only, internal power only; data rate, 75 bits per

second or 45 bits per second.

Option 2 — mark, 10 ma to I ma ( not adjustable); space, 0

ma to 0.65 ma; 2700 ohm maximum external loop resistance;

neutral loop only; internal power only; data rate, 75 bits per


RECEIVE LOOP CIRCUIT (strapable options) :

Option 1 — mark, 60 ma ± 10 ma (adjustable); space, 0

ma to +0.65 ma; 1000 ohm maximum external loop; neutral

loop only; internal power only; data rate, 75 bits per second

or 45 bits per second.

Option 2 — mark, 5 ma to 1 ma (not adjustable); space, 0

ma to 0.65 ma; 6800 ohm maximum external loop resistance;

neutral loop only; internal power only; data rate, 75 bits per


Functional Circuits

EXTERNAL TIMING INPUT: 75 cps -±-5% symmetrical square

wave. Level, 0 v dc ±1 y dc to —6 v dc +1 y dc to —1.5 v

dc; rise time, less than 5 usec.

CONTROL INPUT: Manual override or TOX inhibit.

CONTROL OUTPUT: TOX characteristics — response time of

12 milliseconds maximum following application of data and

a drop-out of 6 seconds ±3 seconds; TOX override is pro-

vided from a 0 y dc source, an external ground circuit of less

than 10 ohms, or strap option.

POWER REQUIREMETS: 115 y ac +5% to —10%, 400 cps

±-5%, 65 watts maximum.

SIZE: 1/4 ATR long, 21/4 " W, 7h" H, 19 9/16" D (5.72 cm

W, 19.37 cm H, 49.69 cm D).


TE- 204A- 2 MODEM

DATA INPUT

DATA IN

CORRECTED SYNC Nu

SYNC

TI MI NG

DATA OUTPUT

TE - 204A MODEM

3995-1 TI ME BASE

DATA OUT

399R-1 TE LE TYPE ADAPTER

DATA IN

DATA OUT

399S-1 Time Base

Features Accurate Timing

Plug-in Circuit Cards

High Reliability


Shipboard

Transportable

The 399S-1 is a bit timing signal generator and switching

unit. It provides timing pulses for the 399R-1, TE-204A-2

and accessory devices of the Kinesig system. Receive timing

is synchronized with the incoming data. Bit rate selection in-

cludes 75, 150, 300, 600, 1200 and 2400 bits per second.

Signal switching in the 399S-1 permits signal routing to be

directed by externally produced control signals. It also pro-

vides voltage and impedance matching for a security en-

coder/decoder unit, if required.

TE LE TYPE KEYBOARD

AND PR INTER

118


HIGHLY STABLE CIRCUITS

The time base of the 399S-1 is a highly stable 3 mc oscillator

with frequency dividers and a synchronization correction

circuit. A regenerative divider reduces the frequency of the

master oscillator to 60 kc. Provision for an external 100 kc

signal to drive time base is optionally available. For transmit

timing pulse output, a digital divider further reduces this 60

kc to the desired bit rate (75, 150, 300, 600, 1200 and 2400

bits per second). The receive timing is achieved from the 60

kc by a similar set of dividers except that it is synchronized

with the incoming signal by comparison with sync pulses de-

rived from the incoming tones in the TE-204A-2 modem.


Reliability is greatly enhanced by the use of solid state cir-

cuits. Test points for all important circuit parameters are lo-

cated on the front panel. Removal of the dust cover permits

complete access to all plug-in circuit cards. All system con-

nections are completed through plugs at the rear of the unit.

Specifications

TYPE OF SERVICE: Full duplex or half duplex.

NUMBER OF CHANNELS: One.

BIT GATE RATES: 2400, 1200, 600, 300, 150 and 75 bits per

second.

CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY: 3 mc.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 103.5-120.75 v, 380-420 cps, 30

watts, maximum.

TEMPERATURE RANGE: —20° C to +55° C.

HUMIDITY RANGE: 0%-100%.

Size: 1/4 ATR long; 21/4 " W, 71/4 " H, 19 9/16" D (5.72 cm

W, 19.37 cm H, 49.69 cm D).


TE-204A-2 Data Modern

Features Applications In-band Diversity

Inter-bit Diversity

Continuous Synchronization

Plug-in Circuit Cards

High Reliability

Fixed Station

Shipboard

Transportable

The TE-204A-2 is a highly reliable, synchronous data modu-

lator-demodulator for transmission of a single channel of se-

rial binary information at a 75 bit per second rate over HF,

VHF or UHF radio circuits.

Both 600 ohm and 150 ohm audio outputs enable the system

to be operated with most radio communication equipment.

Since this modem operates half duplex, two are required for

full duplex operation.

SYNCHRONOUS OPERATION

The modem provides continuous receive-synchronization

corrective-information independent of data content of the

message being received, including steady mark or space.

The TE-204A-2 will operate synchronously with a pulse

from the associated 399S- l Time Base.

HIGH RELIABILITY

The TE-204A-2 uses four tones with both in-band frequency

and inter-bit time diversity to minimize the effects of selective

fading and interference on RF circuits. Frequency diversity

is achieved through a two-tone time sharing system. Each bit

(either mark or space) is divided into two equal periods. Pre-

dicted Wave Detection provides a significant improvement

over nonsynchronous FSK in the presence of noise.

RECEIVE OPERATION

The received audio input frequencies to the TE-204A-2 are

935 or 1375 cps during the first half of a bit and 1815 or 2255

cps during the second half of a bit, depending upon whether

a "mark" or "space" was transmitted. The audio signal,

heterodyned to the 22 kc region, is applied to two keyed filter

detectors, one of which is tuned to the mark frequency and

the other to the space frequency. After integration, the filter

outputs are algebraically added ( for mark and — for

space) and the resulting information stored as a positive or

negative voltage, depending upon whether the mark or space

filter has the greater amplitude. In the second half of the bit, a second heterodyne frequency

(880 cps displaced) results in mixer output frequencies being

the same as for the first half of the bit, permitting use of a sin-

gle set of keyed filters. The outputs of the keyed filters during

the second half of the bit are detected, sampled and added as

before, and the resulting voltage added to the information

stored from the first half of the bit. The combined (sampled

119


and stored) voltage from the two halves of the information bit is sampled, setting the received data output flip-flop.

Receive timing and the transmitted message are synchronized

using time diversity effect to drive the keyed filters and gate

the local oscillators.

Since the signals are separated in time and frequency, a dual

bandpass filter (one to pass the lower pair of tones trans-

mitted during the first half of the bit and the other to pass the

higher frequency pair of tones transmitted during the second

half of the bit) provides outputs which, when rectified and

added, form a square wave. The square wave is then applied

to a narrow band circuit tuned to the bit gating rate (75 cy-

cles per second) to provide an output signal to synchronize

the receive timing with the input data.

TRANSMIT OPERATION

During transmit operation, the modem accepts incoming

synchronous binary data bits and converts them to corre-

sponding audio output tones. These audio tones can be trans-

mitted over any 3 kc communication system. The modem

circuit configuration during transmit consists of the tone gen-

erators, oscillator-mixer circuit and timing circuit.


Reliability of the TE-204A-2 is greatly enhanced by the use

of solid state circuits and plug-in card construction. Test

points are located on the front panel. Removal of the dust

cover provides access to all circuit cards and wiring.

Specifications

TYPE OF SERVICE: Half duplex.

NUMBER OF CHANNELS: One.

NUMBER OF TONES: Four.

TONE GATING RATE: 75 cps.

TONE FREQUENCIES: Mark 1, 935 cps; Mark 2, 1815 cps;

Space 1, 1375 cps; Space 2, 2255 cps.

RESONATOR FREQUENCIES: Mark Data, 21.935 kc; Space Data, 22.375 kc.

TONE DURATION: 6.667 milliseconds.

BIT DURATION: 13.333 milliseconds.

INFORMATION DATA RATE: 75 bits per second.

CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR FREQUENCIES: 21.0 kc and 20.12 kc.

DC INPUT TRANSMIT DATA: Binary ZERO, —6 y dc; Binary

ONE, 0 y dc; Input, 5100 ohms, 500 uuf maximum.

TRANSMIT/RECEIVE LEVELS: Transmit Mode, —6 y dc; Re-

ceive Mode, 0 y dc.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 103.5-120.75 v, 380-420 cps; 40

watts maximum.

ENVIRONMENTAL: Temperature Range, —20° C to +55° C;

Humidity Range, 0%-100%.

SIZE: 1/4 ATR long; 21/4 " W, " H, 19 9/16" D (5.72 cm

W, 19.37 cm H, 49.69 cm D).


TE-202 Kineplex® Data Terminals

Features Parallel Binary Data

3200 Bit Per Second Rate

Wireline or Radio Compatibility

Solid State Circuits



The TE-202 Data Terminals offer highly efficient data com-

munication on high frequency radio circuits. They will han-

dle up to 3200 bits per second of synchronous, parallel binary data over a standard 3 kc voice channel, which also can be de-

rived on wireline or microwave.

Up to 40 channels of data service are provided by the termi-

nals with data rates of 45, 56, 60, 75 or 80 bits per second on

each channel. This is ideal for 100 words per minute per

channel teletypewriter operation or as a high capacity data

link for computers, business machines, telemetry, supervisory control or other applications.

Designed for continuous operation, the terminals require

only periodic performance checks after initial start-up to as-

sure normal operation. Rack mounted, the TE-202 features

solid state circuitry and modular construction. Modules can

be removed or added in multiples of two channels to provide

a minimum of four and a maximum of forty channels of data service.


Three TE-202 terminals are offered —the TE-202E-3 Trans-

mit Terminal, the TE-202F-6 Receive Terminal, and the

TE-202G-6 Diversity Receive Terminal. A data channel

tester, a power control and a patch panel are standard equip-

ment on all terminals.

Each terminal furnishes simplex data service. The transmit terminal, combined with the TE-202F-6 Receive Terminal, provides duplex data service, or combined with the TE-

202G-6, furnishes duplex diversity data service.

On long communication links, a duplex terminal can be used

as an unattended digital relay station.

TE-202E-3 TRANSMIT TERMINAL

The transmit terminal generates 20 audio tones spaced 110

120


TE-202G-6 Diversity Receive Terminal

cycles apart in a frequency range of 605 to 2695 cps. A 2915

cps synchronizing tone is also generated. Phase multiplexing

combines two incoming data channels onto a single tone, and

up to 40 separate data channels can be phase multiplexed

onto the 20 tones. Data channels can be grouped together for

the transmission of parallel data. A patch panel permits con-

nection of any input line to any one of the data channels.

TE-202F-6 RECEIVE TERMINAL

The TE-202F-6 receives up to 40 channels of parallel data.

Audio tones are separated from the received signal by kine-

matic filtering in both the time and frequency domains. The

tones are decoded and converted into binary data. In decod-

ing, two keyed filters are used for each tone. While one is be-

ing driven by the signal, the other stores the previously re-

ceived phase. At the end of the drive period, the detector cir-

cuitry converts the phase difference between the two signals

into binary information.

TE-202G-6 DIVERSITY RECEIVE TERMINAL

The TE-202G-6 uses diversity to protect against multipath

and selective fading encountered in HF radio communica-

tion. Two receivers detect, separate, decode and convert au-

dio tones into binary data. The diversity unit reassembles the

data through continuous linear combination of the signals

for delivery to output data converters.

The operating characteristics of the two diversity receivers

are identical to those of the TE-202F-6.

DATA CHANNEL TESTER

The data channel tester provides back-to-back testing or test

with a remote terminal over the voice channel for preventive

maintenance or fault location. Visual error count indicator

lamps quickly isolate marginal or fault conditions by group,

channel and state (binary one or zero). Modular construc-

tion of the TE-202 permits rapid correction of the indicated

marginal or fault condition.

Specifications

TRANSMIT INPUT: 1-40 channels, parallel, synchronous bi-

nary data signals, each at 45, 56, 60, 75 or 80 bits per second.

Data inputs are voltage levels with respect to ground; —12

dc ± 10% for binary zero (0) and —21 y dc ± 10% for bi-

nary one (1). Input impedance is 12,000 ohms.

TRANSMIT OUTPUT: Composite signal composed of 20 phase-

shifted audio tones and one synchronizing tone. The 20 data

tones, spaced 110 cycles apart, range in frequency from 605

cps to 2695 cps. The 2915 cps synchronizing tone is on-off

modulated at 1/2 the transmitted data rate. Output level is

—1 dbm maximum in 600 ohms with peaks to +16 dbm.

TIMING: The transmit time base accepts a 100 kc sine wave

from a high stability standard and provides timing signals for

the transmit terminal and associated equipment. Data timing

is a symmetrical square wave, 0 y +0.5 y to —10 +0.5 v.

with repetition rate equal to data rate.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 115 y ac -a-.10%, single phase, 60

cps, 2.5 amps.

TE-202F-6. TE-202G-6 RECEIVE TERMINALS

RECEIVE INPUT: Composite signal composed of 20 phase-

shifted audio tones and one synchronizing tone. The 20 data


cps to 2695 cps. The 2915 cps synchronizing tone is on-off

modulated at one-half received data rate. Nominal input lev-

el is —22 dbm. Input impedance is 600 ohms at 1000 cps.

RECEIVE OUTPUT: 1-40 channels, parallel, synchronous bi-

nary data signals, each at 45, 56, 60, 75 or 80 bits per second.

121


Data outputs are voltage levels with respect to ground; —12

v dc ±- 10% for binary zero (0) and —21 v dc +10% for

binary one (1). Output load impedance is 10,000 ohms.

TIMING: The receive time base accepts a 100 kc sine wave

from a high stability standard and provides timing signals for

the data receiver and associated equipments. Data timing is

a symmetrical square wave, 0 y +0.5 y to —10 y +0.5 v.

Timing signal for operation and synchronization of external

equipment is available at the output data rate.

ASSOCIATED HF RADIO EQUIPMENT

o '

AUDIO RESPONSE: 2.5 db, 450-3050 cps; 30 db, 4000 cps

above carrier; 40 db, 400 cps below carrier.

DIFFERENTIAL DELAY: 0.5 millisecond, 800-3050 cps; 0.9

millisecond, 500-800 cps.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: 1 part in 10' per day.

FREQUENCY DEVIATION: Not more than 0.5 cps, audio output.

PHASE STABILITY: Not more than 4° per bit-period.

SSB DISTORTION: At full PEP, all distortion products are 35

db below either tone of a two-tone test signal.

SPURIOUS SIGNALS: At least 50 db below rated PEP.

NOISE: 40 db below either tone of a two-tone test signal.

AUDIO INPUT: 600 ohms.

ALC: Adjustable to more than 90% of PEP.

RECEIVER CHARACTERISTIC S

AUDIO RESPONSE: 2.5 db. 450-3050 cps; 30 db, 4000 cps

above carrier; 40 db, 400 cps below carrier.

DIFFERENTIAL DELAY: 0.5 millisecond, 800-3050 cps; 0.9

millisecond, 500-800 cps.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: 1 part in 10'' per day.

FREQUENCY DEVIATION: Not more than 0.5 cps, audio output.

PHASE STABILITY: Not more than 4° per bit-period.

INTERMODULATION DISTORTION: 3rd order distortion prod-

ucts are 40 db below either tone of a two-tone test signal.

AUDIO DISTORTION: Not more than 1% total.

SPURIOUS SIGNALS: More than 80 db down including images.

AUDIO OUTPUT: 600 ohms, 8 db maximum variation due to

AGC control.

AGC: Attack and release time constant of 200 milliseconds.

GAIN STABILITY: Not more than 2 db difference between the

audio output levels of the dual diversity receiver.

WIRELINE REQUIREMENTS

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: 3 db, 600-2700 cps; 6 db, 300-3000

cps.

DIFFERENTI&L DELAY: 1.5 milliseconds, 600-2700 cps; 3.0

milliseconds, 500-3000 cps.

CIRCUIT NET Loss: 20 db.

NET Loss VARIATION: ± 8 db.

LINE IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms at 1000 cps.

FREQUENCY TRANSLATION M AXIMUM: -± I cps.

BROADBAND NOISE (3 kc nominal bandwidth) : 20 db.

SUBSCRIBER STATION PROTECTION: Normal devices.

700B-2 Teletypewriter Converter

Features No Adjustments

Solid State

Small Size


Shipboard

Mobile

The 700B-2 is a compact teletypewriter converter which will

change two-tone frequency-shift keyed signals at 1575 cps

and 2425 cps to the binary dc levels required to actuate a

teletypewriter at speeds to 100 words per minute. It also con-

verts the teletypewriter binary dc output to two-tone audio

information that can be used half duplex to modulate a trans-

mitter in the frequency shift keying mode.

A choice of 2-wire 60 ma, 4-wire 60 ma or AN/AGC-1 tele-

typewriter equipment can be accommodated by simply

changing the connection of jumper straps in the unit. Audio

output impedances of either 150 or 600 ohms can be se-

lected by jumpers on the rear connector.

The 700B-2 consists of four plug-in modules on an aluminum

chassis housed in a short 1/4 ATR case. All electrical connec-

tions are made through a single connector located at the rear.

Test points on each module aid in performing maintenance

checks. Reliability is greatly enhanced by the use of solid

state components.



Specifications

SIGNAL INPUT-AUDIO

FREQUENCY: Mark, 2425 cps; space, 1575 cps.

SENSITIVITY: 100 MV ID 4 y rms input levels at 600 ohms

1000 ohms.

MOUNTING: ARINC Specification 404.

OPERATING CONDITIONS

or AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RANGE: —40° C to +50° C.

SIGNAL OUTPUT-AUDIO

FREQUENCY: Mark, 2425 cps; space, 1575 cps.

OUTPUT: 15 milliwatt level at 150 ohms or at 600 ohms.

TELETYPEWRITER: Standard 60 ma 2- Or 4-wire loop.

POWER: 115 v 5%, 400 cps ±5 % , 1 phase, 28 watts; 26.5

dc ±20%, 90 ma nominal.

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE:

AMBIENT ALTITUDE:

0%-95%.

Up to 15,000 ft.

SHOCK CONDITIONS: Will meet Munson road test.

VIBRATION: MIL-STD-167.

SIZE: Standard short 1/4 ATR case, 23/4 " W, 7 49/64" H,

15 3/16" D (6.03 cm W, 19.72 cm H, 36.04 cm D).


700C-1 Telet> pew riter Adapter kit

Features Easily Installed

Solid State

Small Size

Applications Field Use

Fixed Station

Mobile

Used in conjunction with the AN/PRC-47, the 700C-1 Tele-

typewriter Adapter Kit provides a single channel of half du-

plex communication using an SSB radio circuit (two-wire

operation). Design features include compact construction,

solid state components, electronic keyer and integral loop

current power supply. A blower and air filter is included to

permit continuous duty transmit operation of the AN/PRC-

47. In the transmit mode, the binary output of a teletype-

writer is converted to two-tone audio signals for modulating

the transmitter. In the receive mode, the two-tone FSK sig-

nals in the audio range are converted to dc binary levels for

operation of a 100 wpm teletypewriter. The filter charac-

teristics will allow RF frequency translation errors or Dop-

pler shift.

The 700C-1 is easily installed on the front panel and re-

quires no wiring changes, adjustments or tuning. A switch

and potentiometer are used to select the loop current option

and adjust the current to the proper value. The teletype-

writer can be located up to one mile from the AN/PRC-47.

Terminals are included for connection of a remote push-to-

talk switch.

Specifications SIGNAL INPUT-AUDIO: Frequency — Mark, 2425 cps; space,

1575 cps. Sensitivity —50 mw into 300 ohms.

SIGNAL INPUT-DC BINARY: DC Binary — 60 ma mark, 0 ma

space (option 1); 20 ma mark, 0 ma space (option 2).

SIGNAL OuTPu-r-Aunto: Frequency — Mark, 2425 cps; space,

1575 cps. Output —0.1 y rms at 50 ohms.

SIGNAL OUTPUT-BINARY: Binary — 60 ma mark, 0 ma space

(option 1); 20 ma mark, 0 ma space (option 2).

TELETYPEWRITER EQUIPMENT OPTIONS: ( 1) Standard 60 ma

teletypewriter. (2) AN/AGC-1 teletypewriter. (3) Tele-

printer Model 104 "MITE."

POWER: Obtained from AN/PRC-47; 25 watts (includes

cooling air blower necessary for continuous duty operation

in transmit function).

OPERATING CONDITIONS: Ambient Temperature — —40° C to

+60° C. Ambient Humidity — 0%-90% relative humidity.

Ambient Altitude — Sea level to 12,000 ft. Shock Conditions

— 20 g peak. Vibration — 5 g, 10-55 cps. Bias Distortion

5% maximum.

Size: 4¼" W, 33/4 " H, 6 7/8" D (10.8 cm W, 9.53 cm H,

17.46 cm D).



TE-212 Digital Data Modem

- Features Full Duplex Transmission

2400 Bit Per Second Rate

Diversity Receive Function

Solid State Circuits


Airborne

The TE-212 Digital Data Communication Modem is a solid

state, full duplex transmitter and diversity receiver capable of

a 2400 bit per second data rate over a 3 kc bandwidth with

HF radio equipment.

The TE-2I2 communicates digital data between aircraft and

ground station or between ground stations. It superimposes

this data on four audio tones, which are separated by 440 cy-

cles in a frequency range of 935 to 2255 cps.

TE-212D

At the diversity receive terminal, digital data is extracted

from the audio tones, using Kineplexe techniques, regener-

ated and delivered to external equipment in either serial or

parallel form.

HIGH RELIABILITY

Phase shift modulation and Collins patented Predicted Wave

Detection techniques yield a signal-to-noise ratio four times

(6 db) better than frequency modulated systems and make

optimum use of narrow bandwidths. Reliability and ease of

maintenance are assured by solid state components and draw-

er-mounted, plug-in modular circuit cards. This packaging

technique permits custom, rack or cabinet arrangement.

Diversity operation is provided for additional communica-

tion reliability over radio circuits that are subject to selective

fading. Diversity operation provides frequency or space di-

124


versity through continuous, linear combination of the re-

ceived channels.

An automatic level control maintains input line level value

by automatically correcting for long term line variations. A

phase delay compensator network corrects the phase delay

inherent in transmission equipment.

FLEXIBLE DATA RATES

The TE-212 is designed for continuous, unattended, auto-

matic, full duplex operation in any of five, dial-selected, data

rate modes: 600, 1200 or 2400 bits per second at 3.3. milli-

second bit lengths, or 600 or 1200 bits per second at 6.7 milli-

second bit lengths. These high speed, flexible data rates plus

built-in reliability make the TE-212 Data Communication

Modem the solution to rigorous data transmission applica-

tions wherever sustained, accurate performance is required.

INTEGRAL TEST FACILITY

The integral test facility compares the received data pattern

with the transmitted test pattern and provides visual error

indication. Regenerated in the receiver in synchronism with receive timing, the test pattern permits back-to-back testing,

or system testing over a voice facility. In the test mode, re-

ceived serial data on any one of the eight parallel data chan-

nels can be monitored.

TE-210D-2 (non-diversity)

ALARMS

Alarms provide relay contact closure for loss of input serial

data rate timing, loss of serial input data, loss of serial output

data, improper transmit and receive levels.

Specifications

DATA INPUT (DIGITAL)

VOLTAGE LEVEL: Serial — binary zero (0), —1.0 v to +0.25

V; binary one (1), +3.6 v to +6.0 v. Parallel — binary zero

(0), —4.0 y to —6.25 v; binary one (1), +1.0 y to

—1.0 v.

IMPEDANCE: Serial — 5,000 ohms nominal. Parallel — 10,000

ohms nominal.

DATA OUTPUT (DIGITAL)

VOLTAGE LEVELS: Serial — binary zero (0), —1.0 v to +0.25

V; binary one (1), +3.6 y to +6.0 v. Parallel—binary zero

(0), —5.5 v to —6.5 v; binary one (1), +0.25 v to —0.2 v.

IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms maximum output impedance, shunt

capacity 300 uuf maximum; 600 ohms load impedance.

AUDIO INPUT/OUTPUT

Composite audio signal consisting of the following frequen-

cies: 600/3 bit per second rate — 1375 cps; 1200/3 bit per

second rate — 1375 and 1815 cps; 2400/3 bit per second

rate —935, 1375, 1815 and 2255 cps; 600/6 bit per second

rate — 1375 and 1815 cps; 1200/6 bit per second rate —

935, 1375, 1815 and 2255 cps.

IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms ±20% from 900 cps to 2300 cps.

LEVEL: Input — variable, —35 dbm to +5 dbm. Output —

variable, —20 dbm to +4 dbm.

EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT: 100 kc, with frequency stability of

106 per day, or greater, 5 y rms minimum, 5000 ohms.

EXTERNAL TIMING: Provided by internal 100 kc crystal oscil-

lator. Data rate timing input — bipolar square wave, 2.9-6.8

y peak-to-peak at 600, 1200 or 2400 cps, 5000 ohms nominal.

Data rate timing output — bipolar square waves, 3.6-6.0 v

peak-to-peak at 600, 1200 or 2400 cps, 600 ohms maximum.

300 cps and 600 cps input/output — 0 to —6 v, 10,000 ohms

input impedance; 600 ohms output impedance.

COOLING: An internal blower and distribution for each en-

closure. Panel controlled air paths maintain suitable internal

operating temperatures.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 100-125 y ac rms, 47-63 cps, single

phase, 250 watts maximum.

OPERATING MODE: Full duplex, continuous, unattended at

600, 1200 or 2400 bit per second rates.

RELIABILITY: Greater than 2500 hours MTBF (Mean Time

Between Failures); less than 15 minutes MTR (Mean Time

to Repair). Preventative maintenance less than 5 hours per

month for continuous operation.

ENVIRONMENTAL (OPERATING)

TEMPERATURE: 0° —52° C.

HUMIDITY:

ALTITUDE:

VIBRATION:

0%-80% relative without condensation.

0-15,000 ft.

MIL-T-4807A.

225

TE-216A-4 Adaptive Kineplex® Data Communication Modem

Cabinet

RECEIVE FUNCTION Features Full Duplex Operation

Binary Data Channels

Diversity Receiver

Flexible Data Rates


Transportable

Airborne

Shipboard

The TE-2 1 6A-4 is a full duplex transmitter and receiver

capable of 3600 bit per second maximum data rate over a

voice bandwidth channel, such as wireline, cable, carrier, mi-

crowave or radio circuits. It can be used to replace the Col-

lins TE-210 Modem.

The modem will handle digital data between computers,

business machines, telemetry equipment, teletypewriter and

other sources. It accepts synchronous parallel or serial digital

data from external sources, separates the accepted data into

two, four or eight channels and superimposes this data on

four audio tones, which are separated by 440 cycles in a fre-quency range of 935 to 2255 cps.

CHOICE OF DATA RATES

The TE-216A-4 is designed for continuous, unattended, full

duplex operation. Data rates in increments of 300 bits per

second can be transmitted. Data can be in either serial or parallel form.

TRANSMIT FUNCTION

In the transmit mode, as many as twelve parallel, shifted and

amplitude modulated 300 bit per second channels are phase

modulated onto four audio tones. Timing is available to ex-

ternal equipment in multiples of 300 cps. External timing in

synchronization with the incoming data can be used.

Airborne

The receive function accepts the composite audio tone, het-erodynes it with an oscillator and passes the signal through

a bandpass filter and amplifier. The composite signal is then

applied to the input of keyed filters. Two keyed filters are used for each tone. While one is being driven by the signal,

the other stores the previously received phase. At the end of

the drive period, the phase and amplitude difference between the signals is converted into binary data by the detector.

In the receive mode, the received, phase shifted, amplitude

modulated audio tones are demodulated; the digital data de-

tected and reassembled for delivery in serial and parallel

form. The receiver supplies data rate timing in multiples of

300 cps to external equipment in synchronization with the output data.

LINE FACILITY REQUIREMENTS

The TE-216A-4 performs satisfactorily over telephone facil-

ities having the characteristics specified under FCC Tariff

237, Schedule 4A, maintained in accordance with standard

telephone systems practices.

ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT

TE-2 I 6B-4 DATA TRANSMITTER

The TE-2I6B-4 is a high speed digital data transmitter capa-

ble of a 3600 bit per second data rate over voice bandwidth

channels. Designed for simplex operation, the unit transmits

digital data from computers, business machines, telemetry

equipment and other digital data sources. The operating pa-

rameters are identical to the data rates and transmit functions

of the TE-216A-4 Data Communication Modem.

126


TE-216C-4 DATA RECEIVER

The TE-216C-4 is a high speed digital data receiver capable

of detecting the signal transmitted by the Collins TE-21 6A-4

Data Communication Modem or the Collins TE-2 I 6B-4

Data Transmitter. Designed for simplex operation, the

TE-216C-4 can receive, detect and regenerate the data trans-

mitted over nominal 3 kc bandwidth channels. The TE-216C-

4 delivers the data to external equipment in serial or parallel

form. The operating parameters are identical to the receive

functions of the Collins TE-216A-4.

TE-216A-20 Adaptive Kineplex® Data Modem

Features Applications Full Duplex Fixed Station

Accepts Binary Data Shipboard

Diversity Receiver Transportable

Flexible Data Rates Airborne

Kineplexg Techniques

The TE-216A-20 is a highly efficient data terminal for use

over HF radio circuits. Up to 4500 bits per second of syn-

chronous, parallel binary data can be transmitted over a

standard 3 kc voice channel. The equipment can be used also

on wireline or microwave circuits.

It offers a wide range of transmission rates in full duplex op-

eration. Up to 60 channels of data service are provided by

the terminal with data rates of 75 bits per second on each

channel. The TE-2 I 6A-20 is ideally suited for 100 word per

minute per channel teletypewriter operation or as a high ca-

pacity data link for computers, business machines, tele-

metery, supervisory control or other similar applications.

Other bit rates are optionally available. The TE-216A-20 re-

places the TE-202.

HIGH RELIABILITY

Designed for continuous operation, the terminal requires

only periodic performance checks after initial start-up to as-

sure normal operation. Rack mounted, the Collins TE-21 6A-

20 features solid state circuitry, integrated cooling and pow-

er. Transmit and receive circuit cards can be removed or

added in multiples of two channels to provide a minimum of

two and a maximum of 60 channels of data service.

EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATIONS

Three TE-2 1 6A-20 terminal configurations are offered: the TE-216B-20 Transmit Terminal, the TE-216C-20 Receive

Terminal, and the TE-2 I 6D-20 Diversity Receive Terminal.

The TE-216B-20 Transmit Terminal, combined with the

TE-216C-20 Receive Terminal, provides duplex data serv-

ice, or combined with the TE-216D-20, furnishes duplex di-

versity data service. On long communication links, a duplex terminal can be used

as an unattended digital relay station.

oft .46.11

11.6g,11 ,it

•I HUI HUM ii léllIthi,r.0 1

I..) I I I I I I 1

11 4i • : 14.. Iiiii ii.11 II .

,, .1

:

il II II ,

• •

• ..... I 1111,

1.11Iii..1

I

• . .

. . .. ...

1,11.11111 À,. i I .•.

..........

_

Specifications TE-216B-20 TRANSMIT TERMINAL

TRANSMIT INPUT: Up to 60 channels, parallel or optionally

serial synchronous binary data signals. Data inputs are volt-

age levels with respect to ground; +3y dc for binary zero (0)

and 0 y dc for binary one ( I). Input impedance is 600

ohms. Parallel input is 75 bits per second per channel maxi-

127


mum; serial, 4500 bits per second with other rates optional in

either burst or continuous format.

TRANSMIT OUTPUT: Composite signal composed of 20 phase-

shifted and amplitude-modulated audio tones. The 20 data


cps to 2585 cps. Output level is —I dbm maximum into a 600

ohm line with peaks to +10 dbm.

TIMING: The transmit time base operates from either a 100 kc

sine wave from a high stability standard or an internal refer-

ence frequency and provides timing signals for the transmit

terminal and associated equipment. Data timing is available

in multiples of 75 cps for either serial or parallel operation.

TE-2 I 6C-20 RECEIVE TERMINAL

The receive terminal accepts the composite audio tones, het-

erodynes them and passes the signal through a bandpass

filter and amplifier. The composite signal is then applied to

the input of the keyed filters. Two keyed filters are used for

each tone. The received, phase shifted amplitude modulated

audio tones are demodulated. The digital data after detection

is reassembled for delivery in serial or parallel form. The re-

ceiver supplies data rate timing for serial or parallel operation

to external equipment in synchronization with the ouput data.

TE-2 I 6D-20 FULL DUPI.EX WITH DIVERSITY

TE-216D-20 terminals can be operated over any voice fa-

cility meeting the specifications listed below under transmis-

sion facility requirements. TE-216D-20 equipment complies

with good telephone engineering practice as to transmitting

levels, balance and dielectric strength. Normal subscriber

station protection devices are satisfactory in this application.

TRANSMISSION FACILITY REQUIREMENTS

HF RADIO EQUIPMENT

TRANSMITTER CHARACTERISTICS

AUDIO RESPONSE: 2.5 db, 500-2700 cps; —30 db, 4000 cps

above carrier; —40 db, 400 cps below carrier.

DIFFERENTIAL DELAY: 1.0 millisecond, 500-2700 cps.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: 1 part in 108 per day with synchroni-

zation disabled; 1 part in 10" per day with continuous syn-

chronization.

SSB DISTORTION: At full PEP, all distortion products are 35

db below either tone of a two-tone test signal.

NOISE: 40 db below either tone of a two-tone test signal.

AUDIO INPUT: 600 ohms.

RECEIVER CHARACTERISTICS

AUDIO RESPONSE: 2.5 db, 500-2700 cps.

DIFFERENTIAL DELAY: 1.0 millisecond, 500-2700 cps.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: 1 part in 108 per day (see above)

INTERMODULATION: 3rd order distortion products are 40 db

below either tone of a two-tone test signal.

SPURIOUS SIGNALS: Inband —40 db down.

AUDIO OUTPUT: 600 ohms, 8 db maximum variation due to

AGC control.

AGC: Attack and release time constant of greater than 200

milliseconds.

WIRELINE REQUIREMENTS

FREQUENCY RESPONSE: 3 db, 500-2700 cps.

DIFFERENTIAL DELAY: 4.0 milliseconds, 500-2700 cps.

CIRCUIT NET Loss: 30 db.

NET Loss VARIATION: +8 db.

LINE IMPEDANCE: 600 ohms at 1000 cps.

BROADBAND NOISE (3 kc nominal bandwidth) : 20 db.

Selective Calling System

Features Flexible Coding

Ease of Operation

Synchronous Timing


Path Evaluation

The Selective Calling System provides a continuous check of

an entire communication network operational status by ob-

taining an automatic interrogation response from individual

stations. It eliminates the need for continuous manual moni-

toring of receivers at each station in large HF communica-

tion systems. The SELCAL can be integrated into fully au-

tomatic calling and propagation evaluation systems.

It can also be employed for selective calling of individual

stations, manual polling, simultaneous calling of all stations

or automatic response to a selective call from another station

in the network.

The SELCAL consists of an encoder/decoder and modem

which convert digital coding to analog information for radio

transmission and which process incoming data to determine

message content.

Receive function is activated by a preamble code which dis-

tinguishes actual pertinent data from noise or voice trans-

missions. Time and frequency diversity operation minimize

the effects of multipath distortion and selective fading, greatly

increasing the reliability on long HF communication paths.


SIGNAL GENERATOR

Test Equipme Collins specialized' test equipment in-cludes spectrum analyzers to facilitate rapid and accurate measurement in sin-gle sideband systems. Equipment is also available for maintenance and calibra-tion of systems using the 618T Trans-ceiver and module testing of Collins au-tomatic antenna couplers. Accurate calibration and uniform main-tenance procedures assure peak system operating conditions and increased re-liability. Precise, standard adjustment of system components facilitates module interchangeability between equipment.

618T TRANSCEIVER

AUDIO OSCILLATOR

678P-1 TEST SET

678Z-1 TEST SET

Test Equipment

4761)-1 Distortion Aital>zer-Monitor

Features Applications Rapid Measurements SSB Installation

Simplified Operation Laboratory

Two-Tone Tests

RF Level Indication

proximately 1 db. The monitor function allows aural trans-

mitter checks to be made during normal system operation.

APPLICATION

The self-contained 476D- I is ideally suited for use in labora-

tories or HF single sideband stations. It includes two-tone

RF and AF sources for separate measurements of receivers,

transmitters, RF or AF amplifiers, modulators or complete

systems. The unit is self-checking, and the front panel con-

trols are arranged for simplified operation. RF signal fre-

quencies are indicated on a direct reading dial. The 476D-1

can be mounted in a standard 19" rack, if desired. Connect-

ing cables, sampling loops or coupling devices are the only

accessories required.

The 476D-1 is a precision, portable test set for single side- Specifications band system measurements. Featuring simplicity of opera- FREQUENCY RANGE: RF — 1.7-31.7 mc (15 bands). IF —

tion, it facilitates rapid and accurate measurement of single 0.1-1.7 mc. AF — 1500 cps and 2500 cps. Tunable IF — sideband systems for carrier suppression, opposite sideband 0.1-1.7 mc.

suppression and distortion products near the carrier fre-INPUT SENSITIVITY: RF — 0.03-0.1 y rms. AF —0.3 y rms. quency. Complex measurements can be performed by field

technicians or production line personnel saving costly engi- DYNAMIC RANGE: 50 db below two equal RF or IF tones.

neering time. POWER REQUIREMENTS: I 15 v, 50-450 cps, 200 watts. An indication of relative RF voltage level permits trimming

SIZE: 22 1/4 " W, 18 1/2 " H, 20 7/8" D (56.52 cm W, 46.99 cm of tuned circuits operating at levels below that which can be

H, 53.02 cm D). measured by vacuum tube voltmeters. Distortion products

can be measured over a 50 db range with an accuracy of ap- WEIGHT: Approx. 150 lbs. (68 kg). Available only on a production contract.

478R-1 Spectrum Analyzer

Features .Applications Spectrum Plots SSB Station

Visual Spectrum Laboratory

Presentation

Large Oscilloscope

Waveform Analysis

Intermodulation

Measurements

The 478R-I is a versatile, precision test set which accurately

displays the output signal spectrum characteristics of RF

generators, amplifiers, transmitters, exciters and oscillators

on a 17 inch calibrated oscilloscope screen. The dynamic

range of the analyzer is at least 70 db, displayed on one scale

to an accuracy of -± 1 db. It will accept signals from 2 mc to

64 mc and from 250 kc to 300 kc, plotting a spectrum width

of 4, 8 or 16 kc without additional coils or test equipment.

Simultaneous measurements of hum, distortion, noise and

other spurious products can be used as a direct plot of db

level versus frequency. Permanent data for engineering re-

ports can be provided by using a two-axis recorder.

e de 'la L t....,

.33 I;J

•:.*) elbag• ••:• r 4,**

Specifications INPUT FREQUENCY RANGE: 2-64 mc and 250-300 kc. Other

ranges with external injection.

RF INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE: 0.02-5.0 y rms for 0 db reference


Test Equipment

level; 70 db dynamic range; RF signals below 6 uy can be

detected at some frequencies.

SCANNING BANDWIDTHS: 4, 8 or 16 kc.

SCANNING TIME: 2-60 seconds. Manual scanning of spectrum

can be employed.

REsowrioN: 60 cps sidebands can be separated from the

carrier frequency throughout the full range.

CALIBRATION ACCURACY: Vertical — within ± 1 db from 0 to

—70 db; 10 inches of usable height.

TWO-TONE TEST SIGNAL: Continuously variable audio oscil-

lators provide input signals. Output is 3 y rms for each tone

with up to 1 1 1 db of attenuation in 0.1 db steps into a 600

ohm external load.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 115 v, 60 cps, 1200 va (230 v and/or

50 cps on special order).

SIZE: 22" W, 69" H, 26" D (55.88 cm W, 175.26 cm H,

66.04 cm D).

WEIGHT: 600 lbs. (272.16 kg).

618T HF Transceiver Test Sets

Features Dynamic Tests

Uniform Adjustments

System Tests

Rapid Maintenance

Applications Shop Maintenance

Field Maintenance

The 678P-1 Test Harness, 678Y- I Maintenance Kit and

678Z- l Function Test Set, used with standard communica-

tion test equipment, provide a complete test facility for 618T,

AN/ARC-94 or AN/ARC-IO2 Transceivers.

The AN/ARM-73 and MK-773 utilize groupings of these

basic test equipments in lightweight, rugged, Fiberglas car-

rying cases for field and tactical applications. The AN/

ARM-73 ( 678P-2) consists of the 678P-1 and associated ca-

bles, while the MK-773 (678Y-3) includes 678Y- 1 com-

ponents, the 678Z-1 and a kit of tools especially suited for

maintenance of the 618T Transceivers.

The test sets assure peak operating condition of the commu-

nication systems by the use of uniform maintenance proce-

dures. Precise standard adjustment of system components

also facilitates modules which interchange between equip-

ments, allowing more effective utilization and rapid over-all

system maintenance.

AN/ARM-73 MK-773

678P- I TEST BENCH HARNESS SET

The 678P- l Test Bench Harness includes a test panel unit,

together with cables and adapters. It is rugged, versatile and

simple to use, allowing a rapid test of the complete system.

Cable connectors are located on a rear deck away from op-

erational controls. A 714E control unit mounts directly in the

front panel. A directional wattmeter measures forward and

reflected power. Both resistive and capacitive dummy RF

loads are provided.

Power Requirements: Determined by transceiver being

tested. Size: 81/2 " W, 9 9/16" H, 16" D (21.59 cm W, 24.29

cm H, 40.64 cm D). Weight: 25 lbs. (11.34 kg).

678P-1

678Y-1 MAINTENANCE KIT

The 678Y- l Maintenance Kit consists of nine module ex-

tenders, a shipping and storage case, and a complete set of

special tools, adapter plugs, cables and detectors to facilitate

alignment and adjustment of the 618T Transceiver. The ex-

tender plugs into the equipment instead of the module to be

tested, and the module then plugs into the extender. It is then

located 6" from the 618T, AN/ARC-94 or AN/ARC-102

chassis, permitting access to all components during operation.

All modules except the power amplifier and high voltage

supply can be tested. Air flow cooling requirements and the

presence of dangerously high voltages preclude the use of

extenders for these modules. Each module extender contains

test jacks arranged to aid in isolating operational difficulties.

The module printed circuit boards can be loosened and ex-

posed for inspection and maintenance.

Size: 23 1/2 " W, 241/4 " H, 11 1/2 " D (59.7 cm W, 61.6 cm H,

29.2 cm D. Weight: 48.0 lbs. (21.77 kg).

678Y-1

678Z-1 FUNCTION TEST SET

The 678Z-1 contains a calibrated zener diode voltage source

131

Test Equipment

irsamiN

•

678Z-1 'my UMW

which is used in conjunction with a sensitive bridge detector

to provide a method of accurately adjusting the 18 y regu-

lated supply and the reference bias voltages in the VFO and

kilocycle stabilizer modules. Provisions are included for

VFO capture range checks on the kilocycle stabilizer module

and for overriding the transceiver TGC circuits for test pur-

poses. A dummy microphone circuit is also included.

Power Requirements: 115 v, 400 cps, single phase, 0.1 amp.

Size: 9.375" W, 9.141" H, 5.750" D (23.81 cm W, 23.22 cm

H, 14.61 cm D). Weight: 5.0 lbs. (2.27 kg).

878L-1, -2, -3 Antenna Coupler Module Test Sets

Features Applications Dynamic Test Shop Maintenance

Uniform Adjustments

The 878L-1 Servo Amplifier Test Set, 878L-2 Relay Control

Test Set and 878L-3 Discriminator Tester facilitate mainte-

nance procedures of automatic antenna couplers and associ-ated coupler control units.

The test sets assure peak operating condition of the commu-

nication systems for increased reliability by accurate calibra-

tion and uniform maintenance procedures. Precise standard

adjustment of system components facilitates module inter-

changeability between equipments, allowing more effective

utilization and rapid over-all system maintenance.

878L-1

878L-I SERVO AMPLIFIER TEST SET

The 878L-1 develops the operating voltage and error signals

required for testing the servo amplifier used in Collins

309A-1, 309A-1A, 309A-2, 309A-2D, 309A-2E, C-1940/

ARC-58, C-2848/TRC-75 and unit 4, AN/ARC-80 An-

tenna Coupler Controls. External test points allow access to

servo amplifier outputs for balance and bias adjustments.

Controls are included to select either of three inputs to the

servo amplifier and for selection of high and low calibrated

signals for adjusting servo amplifier gain. A variable uncali-brated signal is provided for trouble shooting. A socket and

holding clamp on the front panel allow direct insertion and

retention of the servo amplifier being tested.

Power Requirements: 100-130 y rms, 400 cps -1=5%, not

more than 3% harmonic distortion. Size: 19" W, 5 5/32"

H, 18 13/16" D (48.26 cm W, 13.10 cm H, 47.78 cm D).

Weight: 11 1/2 lbs. (5.22 kg).

878L-2 RELAY CONTROL TEST SET

The 878L-2 completely tests the relay assemblies used in the

following antenna coupler controls: 309A-1, 309A-1A,

878L-2

309A-2, 309A-2D, 309A-2E, 309A-3, C-l940/ARC-58,

C-2848fTRC-75 and unit 4, AN/ARC-80. It employs lamp

comparisons and voltage indications in a general go-no-go

type of test. Resistance selectors are provided for adjusting

pull-in and drop-out voltages of the coil and tap servo relays.

The unit is completely self-contained and can be mounted in

a standard equipment rack. All controls and indicators, as

well as the connector for the relay assembly under test, are

located on the front panel.

A three-foot extension cable is included to allow easier trou-

ble shooting on the bench, since the module has limited ac-

cessibility on the test set.

Power Requirements: 110-125 v, 400 cps, 75 watts. Size: 19"

W, 101/2 " H, 8 15/16" D (48.26 cm W, 26.67 cm H, 22.7

cm D). Weight: 16.3 lbs. (7.39 kg).

e 878L-3

878L-3 DISCRIMINATOR TESTER

_ t

0 1-4

mile+ '

The 878L-3 can be used to align and perform tracking ad-

justments on the loading-phasing discriminators used in the

Collins 180R-4, -4A, 180R-6,180R-7, 180R-8 and180R-10A

Antenna Couplers. Operates in conjunction with an external

high level RF signal source. Input impedance is 50 ohms. No

primary power is required.

Size: 19" W, 8 23/32" H, 101/4 " D (48.26 cm W, 22.2 cm

H, 26.0 cm D). Weight: 12.8 lbs. (5.8 kg).

132

,%,.mateur Radio Equipment Behind the prestige of Collins amateur equipment is research and development for the world's finest communication systems. The S/Line is a complete sta-tion, system-engineered for the ad-vanced amateur. The 32S-3 Transmitter and 75S-3B,-3C Receivers can be oper-ated separately or as a transceiver in which the receiver controls the trans-mitter frequency. The 30L-1 or 30S-1 Power Amplifier provides high power levels with greatly simplified operation. The KWM-2,-2A Transceivers incor-porate time-proven and advanced com-munication concepts. A complete line of operational accessories facilitates su-perior single sideband performance in a variety of installations.

EXCITER POWER AMPLIFIER

Amateur Radio Equipment

30L-1 Linear Amplifier

Features Applications Automatic Load Control Fixed Station

RF Inverse Feedback Transportable

Silicon Rectifiers Shipboard

Self-contained Power Supply Mobile

Airborne

The 30L-1 Linear Amplifier provides 1000 watts PEP input

on SSB and CW on all bands. The linear amplifier is designed

to be driven by the Collins KWM-1 and KWM-2 Trans-

ceivers, as well as the 32S-3 Transmitter. Most other 70-100

watt CW/SSB exciters will also drive the linear.

The 30L-1 has a self-contained power supply with safety in-

terlock circuits for shorting the high voltage to ground if the

cover is removed. Automatic antenna switching from exciter

to amplifier or receive to transmit and instant warm-up are

also features of the 30L-1. The linear amplifier is completely

self-contained and designed for table top use. It is easily

transported in a CC-2 Carrying Case.

Specifications FREQUENCY RANGE: 3.4-30.0 mc, covering 80, 40, 20, 15 and

10 meter amateur bands. By retuning input circuit as neces-

sary, the following general coverage bands can be used:

Frequency Band

3.5 mc

7.0 mc

14.0 mc

21.0 mc

28.0 mc

MODE: SSB or CW.

Total Coverage

3.4-6.0 mc

6.0-9.5 mc

9.5-16.0 mc

16.0-22.0 mc

22.0-30.0 mc

TYPE OF SERVICE: Attended operation SSB continuous; CW

50% duty cycle.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 115 V or 230 v, 50-60 cps; CW, key

closed, 1200 watts ac; SSB, no modulation, 300 watts ac;

SSB, speech modulated, 550 watts ac.

DRIVE POWER: 70-100 watts for full output.

PLATE POWER INPUT: 1000 watts PEP on SSB; 1000 watts on

CW on all bands.

POWER OUTPUT: Not less than 500 watts PEP into a 50 ohm

load on all bands.


monic —40 db; third order distortion —30 db at full power.

NOISE LEVEL: 40 db below one tone carrier.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: 0°-50° C.


OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: Variable. Normally 50 ohms unbal-

anced with not more than 2: I SWR on the amateur bands.

AUDIO COMPRESSION CHARACTERISTICS: ALC operates from

the RF input voltage and is factory set for proper input to

output voltage ratio.

ALTITUDE: 0-10,000 ft.

PROTECTIVE DEVICES: All removable panels interlocked. In-

put line fused 8 amps on each side.

SIZE: With feet, 143/4 " W, 73/4 " H, 133/4 " D (37.47 cm W,

19.69 cm H, 34.93 cm D).

W EIGHT: 38 lbs. (17.24 kg).

30S-1 Linear Amplifier

Features Applications RF Inverse Feedback Fixed Station

Instant Switching

Quick and Accurate Tuning

Automatic Load Control

The 30S-1 is a completely self-contained, linear amplifier.

Requiring 70-100 watts input (from 32S-3 or KWM-2), it

provides 1 kw PEP output on SSB, CW or RTTY.

An Eimac 4CX1000A is employed as a grounded grid linear

amplifier. The 30S-1 can be used on any frequency between

3.4 mc and 30.0 mc. A special comparator circuit allows

tune-up at low power.

All operating controls are easily accessible on the front panel,

allowing the linear amplifier to be tuned swiftly, surely and

easily. Power level can be switched instantly from the 100

watt power level of the associated S/Line transmitter to the

full output of the 30S-1 by the push of a button. The 30S-1

can also be tuned to frequencies outside the amateur bands.

Automatic load control voltage from the 30S-1 is fed back

to the transmitter to assure maximum talking power without

134


30S-1 Linear Amplifier

overdriving and distortion. Other design features include

self-contained power supply, an automatic antenna relay, an

efficient and quiet cooling system, and tube and component

protective circuitry.

Specifications FREQUENCY RANGE: 3.4-30.0 mc. including 80, 40, 20, 15 and

10 meter amateur bands.

MODE: SSB, CW or RTTY.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 115 y or 230 1/, 50-60 cps, single

phase, 2000 watts maximum.

DRIVE POWER: 70-100 watts for full output.

POWER OUTPUT: 1000 watts.


monic —40 db; all others at least 50 db down.

NOISE LEVEL: 40 db below one-tone carrier.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: 15°-45° C.

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE: 0% -90% .

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: 52 ohms with SWR of 2:1 or less.

ALTITUDE: 0-6000 ft.

SIZE: 17" W , 305/8" H, 183/4 " D (43.18 cm W, 77.79 cm H,

47.63 cm D).

W EIGHT: 160 lbs. (72.58 kg).

32S-3 Transmitter

Features Dual Conversion

Automatic Load Control

RF Inverse Feedback

Mechanical Filter


Transportable

Shipboard

Mobile

Airborne

The 32S-3 is an SSB or CW transmitter with nominal output

of 100 watts from 3.4-30.0 mc (except 5.0-6.5 mc). Choice

of thirteen 200 kc bands covers all amateur bands except 10

meters, where one 200 kc band crystal is supplied with pro-

vision for two additional crystals. The 32S-3 can be operated

on MARS (Military Affiliate Radio Service) frequencies.

The transmitter features Mechanical Filter sideband genera-

tion, permeability-tuned VFO, crystal-controlled HF oscilla-

tor, as well as RF inverse feedback and automatic load con-

trol. CW features include grid block keying, spotting control,

keying hardness control and sidetone level adjust.

The high degree of frequency stability permits the 32S-3 to

be used for RTTY communication.

The 32S-3 can be operated as a transceiver by using oscil-

lator injection voltages supplied by a companion Collins

75S Receiver.

Specifications

FREQUENCY RANGE: 3.4-5.0 mc and 6.5-30.0 mc; with crystals

furnished, bands are as follows:

80 meters — 3.4-3.6 mc, 3.6-3.8 mc and 3.8-4.0 mc.

40 meters — 7.0-7.2 mc and 7.2-7.4 mc.

20 meters — 14.0-14.2 mc and 14.2-14.4 mc.

15 meters — 21.0-21.2 mc, 21.2-21.4 mc and

21.4-21.6 mc.

10 meters — 28.5-28.7 mc.

135


MODE: SSB (either sideband selectable) or CW.

TYPE OF SERVICE: SSB continuous; CW 50% duty cycle.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 115 v, 50-60 cps using 516F-2 AC

Power Supply. Power can be delivered by an external supply

which must furnish 800 I/ dc at 220 ma for PA plates, 275 y

dc at 175 ma for PA screens and low voltage B+. Bias volt-

ages adjustable between —60 y and —80 y dc; 6.3 y ac at 7.7

amps or 6.0 v dc at 6.0 amps or 12.0-14.0 v dc at 3.0 amps or

24.0-28.0 NI dc at 1.5 amps. CW, key closed, 320 watts ac or

25 amps at 12 v. SSB, no modulation, 230 watts ac, 15 amps

at 12 v. SSB, speech, 255 watts ac, 20 amps at 12 v.

PLATE INPUT: 175 watts PEP on SSB; 160 watts on CW.

POWER OUTPUT: 100 watts PEP (nominal) into 50 ohms.

HARMONIC AND OTHER SPURIOUS RADIATION: Carrier suppres-

sion —50 db; unwanted sideband —50 db; oscillator feed-

through and/or mixer products —50 db. Second harmonic

—40 db. Third order distortion —30 db.

NOISE LEVEL: 40 db below one tone carrier.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: 0*-50° C.


ALTITUDE: 0- 10,000 ft.

PROTECTIVE DEVICES: Primary fuses provided in the compan-

ion 516F-2 ac power supply to be used with the equipment.

FREQUENCY STABILITY: Within 100 cps after warm-up.

CALIBRATION ACCURACY: 1 kc.

BACKLASH: Not more than 50 cps.

VISUAL DIAL ACCURACY: 200 cps on all bands.

OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: Variable 50 ohms nominal, capable of

matching up to 2:1 SWR.

CW SIDETONE: Provision for monitoring keying in receiver.

Sidetone level is adjustable.

KEYING CHARACTERISTICS: Grid block keying is free of chirp

and clicks. Modified break-in CW provided. Keyed carrier

used for CW keying. Envelope rise and decay time adjustable.

AUDIO INPUT: High impedance microphone or phone patch.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: 300-2400 cps -.±6 db.

AUDIO COMPRESSION CHARACTERISTICS: ALC operates on IF

and RF amplifier stages with 10 db of compression capability.

RF FEEDBACK: Approximately 10 db of RF feedback around

PA and driver for improved PA linearity.

SIZE: Transmitter with feet — 143/4 " W, 73/4 " H, 11 1/2 " D

(37.47 cm W, 19.69 cm H, 29.21 cm D).


75S-3B, -3C Receivers

Features Rejection Tuning

Variable BFO

Optional Mechanical Filters

Zener Regulated Oscillators


Transportable

Shipboard

Mobile

Airborne

The 75S-3B,-3C provide SSB, CW and AM reception be-

tween 3.4 and 30.0 mc (except 5.0-6.5 mc) by selection of

the appropriate HF heterodyning crystals. Crystals furnished

cover HF amateur bands except the 10 meter band, where one crystal is supplied plus provision for two more.

Features incorporated in the 75S-3B,-3C include dual con-

version with a crystal-controlled first heterodyning oscilla-

tor; bandpass first IF; stable, permeability-tuned VFO; RF

amplifier designed to minimize cross-modulation products;

2.1 kc Mechanical Filter; excellent AGC characteristics; both

product and diode detector; rejection notch filter; manual

and crystal-controlled BFO, and AGC time constant control.

The advanced design of the 75S-3B,-3C includes the use of

silicon diodes in lieu of conventional high vacuum rectifier;

and the choice of two degrees of CW selectivity with optional

plug-in filters (also optional Mechanical Filters for AM).

Provision for obtaining power from a dc power supply is also made.

The 75S-3C is an extended frequency version of the 75S-3B

which includes an additional crystal board located beneath

the chassis. In this board is placed the standard complement

of amateur band crystals normally received with the equip-

ment. The upper board can be used for up to 14 additional

crystals. This permits ease of operating for MARS (Military

Affiliate Radio Service) and other military and commercial

applications. A front panel switch allows switching between

the two crystal boards.

A conventional RTTY converter and printer can be used

with the receiver. Fine tuning for this mode is provided by

the variable BFO adjustment.

The 75S-3B,-3C are compatible with Collins 32S-3 Trans-

mitter and 312B-4 Station Control to make a completely in-

136


tegrated amateur radio station. They are capable of supply-

ing oscillator injection voltages to the companion 32S-3

Transmitter. No auxiliary coupling units or wiring changes

are necessary. The two units are patched together with six

cables. A switch on the panel of the 32S-3 allows the choice

of either transceive or separate VFO operation.

The 75S-3B,-3C can also be conveniently used with other

transmitters including Collins' KWS-1, as well as with the

KWM- 1 or KWM-2 Transceivers. Muting is also provided

by the 32S-3 and KWM-2,-2A.

Specifications FREQUENCY RANGE: 3.4-5.0 mc and 6.5-30.0 mc; with crystals



40 meters — 7.0-7.2 mc and 7.2-7.4 mc.

20 meters — 14.0-14.2 mc and 14.2-14.4 mc.

WWV — 14.8-15.0 mc.

15 meters — 21.0-21.2 mc, 21.2-21.4 mc and

21.4-21.6 mc.

10 meters — 28.5-28.7 mc.

MODE: Selectable SSB, CW or AM.

POWER REQUIREMENTS: 115 v, 50-60 cps; approximately 85

watts. Power can be provided by an external supply which

delivers 185 y dc at 125 ma and —62 y dc at 5 ma. Filament

power can be ac or dc as follows: 6-7 y at 5.5 amps, 12-14

vat 2.75 amps, or 24-28 vat 1.4 amps.

HARMONIC AND OTHER SPURIOUS RESPONSE: Image rejection

better than 50 db. Internal spurious signals below 1 uy

equivalent antenna input.

AUDIO NOISE LEVEL: Not less than 40 db below 1 watt.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: 0*-50 ° C.

AMBIENT HUMIDITY RANGE: 0% -90%.


CALIBRATOR: 100 kc crystal.


CALIBRATION ACCURACY: I kc.



SENSITIVITY: 0.5 uy for 10 db signal-plus-to-noise-to-noise

ratio in SSB mode.

SELECTIVITY: SSB — 2.1 kc at 6 db down; 4.2 kc at 60 db

down. AM — 5 kc at 6 db down; 25 kc at 60 db down.

OPTIONAL FILTERS: 200 cps, 500 cps, 800 cps, 1.5 kc for CW

and RTTY. 3.1 kc, 4.0 kc and 6.0 kc for AM.

Q MULTIPLIER: Rejection notch depth 50 db nominal, 40 db

minimum.

VARIABLE BFO: Tunes 452-458 kc.

AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL: AGC threshold — 1.5-3.0 try;

1.5 uy nominal. Selectable AGC time constant, Fast, Slow

and Off. Attack time is 0.8 milliseconds in both Fast and

Slow. Fast release time is 300 milliseconds. Slow release time

is 600 milliseconds.

AUDIO OUTPUT LEVEL: 1.0 watt at AGC threshold. 3.0 watts

maxim urn.

ANTENNA INPUT: 50 ohms.

AUDIO OUTPUT CIRCUITS: 500 ohms ±20% and 4 ohms

± 20% . Panel jack is on divider off of 500 ohm winding.

AU DIO DISTORTION: Not more than 10% at 1 watt.

MUTING: By opening an external ground on mute terminal.

SIZE: Receiver with feet — 143/4 " W, 73/4 " H, 12 1/2 " D

(37.47 cm W, 19.69 cm H, 31.75 cm D).


KW M-2, -2A 175 W att TransceiN ers

Features Automatic Load Control

Inverse RF Feedback

Permeability-Tuned

Oscillator

Easy-to-Read Dial


Transportable

Shipboard

Mobile

Airborne

The KWM-2 and KWM-2A are compact HF single sideband

transceivers. The equipments have been used in rugged field

and air operations with combat units of United States and al-

lied military forces. The KWM-2 provides fourteen 200 kc

bands between 3.4 mc and 30.0 mc. The KWM-2A has a sec-

ond crystal board for selecting frequencies outside the ama-

teur bands. These additional 14 crystals provide ease of op-

KWM-2A Transceiver

eration for MARS (Military Affiliate Radio Service) and

other military and commercial applications. A front panel

switch permits switching between the two crystal boards.

The plate power input of the KWM-2,-2A is 175 watts PEP

137


on single sideband or 160 watts nominal on CW. Nominal

power output is 100 watts. Automatic load control (ALC)

maintains the signal level at rated PEP, resulting in an in-

crease in average talk power. Inverse RF feedback improves

linearity, reducing distortion products and signal splatter.

Other features include filter-type SSB generation, a perme-

ability-tuned variable frequency oscillator, crystal-controlled

double conversion and VOX/ANTI VOX circuits. Collins

Mechanical Filter, RF amplifier, all tuned circuits and several

tubes function in both transmit and receive.

Specifications FREQUENCY RANGE: 3.4-5.0 mc and 6.5-30.0 mc; with crystals



40 meters — 7.0-7.2 mc and 7.2-7.4 mc.

20 meters — 14.0-14.2 mc and 14.2-14.4 mc.

WWV — 14.8-15.0 mc.

15 meters — 21.0-21.2 mc, 21.2-21.4 mc and

21.4-21.6 mc.

10 meters — 28.5-28.7 mc.

MODE: SSB (either sideband selectable) or CW.

TYPE OF SERVICE: SSB continuous; CW 50% duty cycle.


CALIBRATION ACCURACY: 1 kc.



POWER REQUIREMENTS: With companion 516F-2 or PM-2

AC Power Supply, 115 v, 50-60 cps, or 400 cps with minor

changes; power consumption approximately 235 watts in re-

ceive function and approximately 475 watts in transmit. In

mobile operation, 800 y dc required at approximately 175

ma; low voltage 275 y at 230 ma; a bias supply adjustable be-

tween —50 v and —80 v; and 6 v, 12 v or 24 v dc at 11.0, 5.5

or 2.75 amps respectively.

SIZE: With feet, 143/4" W. 73/4" H, 14" D (37.47 cm W,

19.69 cm H, 35.56 cm D).

WEIGHT: 18 lbs. 3 oz. (8.25 kg).


PLATE INPUT: 175 watts PEP on SSB; 160 watts on CW.

POWER OUTPUT: 100 watts PEP (nominal) into 50 ohms.

HARMONIC AND OTHER SPURIOUS RADIATION: Carrier Sup-

pression —50 db; unwanted sideband —50 db; oscillator feed-

through and/or mixer products —50 db; second harmonic

—40 db; third order distortion —30 db.

Noise LEVEL: 40 db below single tone carrier.


OUTPUT IMPEDANCE: Variable, 50 ohms nominal, capable

of matching up to 2:1 SWR.

KEYING CHARACTERISTICS: Keying is free of chirps and clicks.

Break-in CW and sidetone provided.

AUDIO INPUT: High impedance microphone or phone patch.

AUDIO FREQUENCY RESPONSE: 300-2400 cps ±6 db.

AUDIO COMPRESSION CHARACTERISTICS: ALC operates on IF

and RF amplifier stages and is capable of 10 db compression.

RF FEEDBACK: Approximately 10 db of RF feedback around

PA and driver for improved linearity.


RECEIVER SENSITIVITY: 0.5 UV for 10 db signal-to-noise ratio

in amateur bands.

RECEIVER SELECTIVITY: 2.1 kc bandwidth at 6 db down; 4.2

kc bandwidth at 60 db down.

RECEIVER SPURIOUS RESPONSE: Image rejection 50 db nom-

inal. Internal spurious below 1 uy equivalent antenna input.

RECEIVER OUTPUT LEVEL: 1.0 Watt maximum.

AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL: The audio output level does not

change more than 20 db as the input signal is changed from

5 uy to 1 v. Fast attack and slow release provide excellent

AVC action on voice and CW.

Amateur Equipment Accessories

136B-2 NOISE BLANKER

The 136B-2 is designed for use with the KWM-2 under mo-

bile operating conditions. This noise blanker provides effec-

tive reduction of impulse-type noise. It differs from simple

audio clipping circuits or series-type limiters by silencing

ahead of the selective sideband filters. All necessary hardware

and instructions are furnished for simple installation in the

KWM-2. The I 36B-2 requires a 40 mc antenna which can be

used as a whip for the car radio. Weight: 11/4 lbs. (0.567 kg).

180S-1 ANTENNA TUNER

The 180S-1 is basically a 1 kw pi network for matching vari-

ous antenna impedances to a 50 ohm coaxial transmission

line in the range of 3-30 mc. In most cases it is used as an L

network, but when the L network cannot match the desired

antenna, the complete pi circuit is used. The variable vacuum

capacitor employed in the output circuit may be connected

either in series or shunt with the antenna. The 180S-1 is use-

ful for tuning trailing wire antennas on large aircraft.

138


302C-3 DIRECTIONAL WATTMETER

The 302C-3 is valuable for checking the antenna system. It

measures forward and reflected RF power. Two scales are

provided: 0-200 watts and 0-2000 watts accommodating

both high and low power transmitters. The 302C-3 is con-

tained in two units: the coupler for connecting into a 50 ohm

transmission line and the meter panel which is styled to

match the S/Line.

312B-3 SPEAKER

The 3I2B-3 contains a 5" x 7" (12.7 cm x 17.78 cm) speak-

er and connecting cable and is styled to match the S/Line

and KWM-2. Size: 10" W, 73/4 " H, 8" D (25.4 cm W, 19.69

cm H, 20.32 cm D). Weight: 4 lbs. (1.81 kg).

312B-4 SPEAKER CONSOLE

The 312B-4 integrates the 75S-3, 32S-3, 30S-I and acces-

sories into an operating system. The KWM-2 and 30S-1 can

also be integrated into an operating system by the 3I2B-4. A

speaker, RF directional wattmeter with 200 and 2000 watt

scales, and a phone patch are included in the console. Size:

10" W, 73/4 " H, 12 1/4 " D (25.4 cm W, 19.69 cm H, 31.12

cm D). Weight: 81/2 lbs. (3.86 kg).

312B-5 VFO CONSOLE

Designed for use with the KWM-2 in fixed station operation,

the 3I2B-5 provides limited separation of receive and trans-

mit frequencies, phone patching facilities and a directional

wattmeter. It includes a 5" x 7" permanent magnetic speak-

er. The PTO control selector can be set as follows: ( I)

Receive KWM-2, Transmit 312B-5; (2) Transceive KWM-2;

(3) Transceive 3I2B-5. Other control functions are Voice

Operated, Receive Only, Transmit Only, Phone Patch On-

Off, and Station Mute. Cables are furnished for connections

to the KWM-2. Size: 10" W,73/4 " H, 12 1/4 " D (25.4 cm W,

19.69 cm H, 31.12 cm D). Weight: 81/2 lbs. (3.86 kg).

351D-2 MOBILE MOUNT

The 35 ID-2 provides secure mounting for the KWM-2 in

most automobiles. Cantilever arms fold out of the way when

the KWM-2 is removed. The connector at the right end is the

power plug; the connector at the left end can be used for con-

trol of antennas having band switching circuitry. Cables 20

feet in length are attached to each plug.

351E MOUNTING PLATES

The 35 I E can be used to secure the S/Line or KWM-2 equip-

ments to bench or table in shipboard, airborne or vehicular

installations. The 351E- I will accommodate either the 75S-

36,-3C Receiver or the 32S-3 Transmitter: the 351E-2 will

mount either the 5I6F-2 Power Supply or the 3I2B-4 Station

Control: the 351E-3 will mount the 312B-3 Speaker. The

351E-4 has two snap-in clamps for secure installation of the

KWM-2. The equipment can be easily unclamped for re-

moval without the use of tools. The unit is removed by pulling

forward and lifting from the mounting plates.

351R RACK MOUNTING ADAPTERS

The 351R-I is a matching gray rack panel for mounting the

75S-3B,-3C, 32S-3, KWM-2, 30L-I, 62S-1 or 51S-1. The

351R-2 Rack Adapter is a panel for mounting the S/Line and

KWM-2 accessories. The 5I6F-2, 3I2B-4 and 312B-5 can be

mounted in the 351 R-2. Both adapters are 83/4 " H and

13 13/16" D ( 22.23 cm H and 33.5 cm D) behind the front

panel. A supporting shelf holds the unit securely. Mounting

hardware is furnished with each rack mount.

440E-1 CABLE KIT

The 440E-1 is similar to the cable which is supplied with the

Collins 351 D-2 Mobile Mount. This cable can be used to

connect the KWM-2 with the MP-1 or 516E-2 Power Supply

when the mobile mount is not used.

440E-1 CABLE

The 440E- 1 Cable is five feet in length and can be used to

connect either the S/Line or the KWM-2 to the 5I6F-2 Pow-

er Supply, allowing the 30S-1 to be placed a greater distance

from other units of the S/Line and permitting greater flexi-

bility of fixed station installations.

516F-2 AC POWER SUPPLY

The 5 I 6F-2 can be used with the 32S-3 and KWM-2. sup-

plying all voltages for them; 115 v. 50-60 cps. 400 cps with

minor change. Size: 10" W, 7-3/4 " H. 12" D ( 25.4 cm W,

19.69 cm H. 30.48 cm D). Weight: 28 lbs. (12.7 kg).

CC-2 CARRYING CASE

The CC-2 is designed to hold the components of a portable

Collins SSB or CW station. The KWM-2 plus the PM-2

Power Supply. the KWM-2 alone, the 30L- 1 or the 51S-1

can be transported in the case. The CC-2 is adapted from the

Samsonite Silhouette and includes a shock-resistant interior

for the equipment. Weight: 9.5 lbs. (4.31 kg) empty.

CC-3 CARRYING CASE

The CC-3 is a specially built case for accessory components

of a portable Collins SSB or CW station. The CC-3 has the

same styling features as the CC-2. A molded interior allows

the CC-3 to accommodate a 312B-5 (or 312B-4) Station

Control Console, a 516E-2 (or MP-1) Power Supply, a TD-1

Dipole Antenna, as well as a supply of spare tubes and fuses.

Weight: 10 lbs. (4.54 kg) empty.

CP-1 CRYSTAL PACKET

The CP-I contains a set of crystal grippers and all the crystals

for operation of the S/Line receiver, S/Line transmitter or

the KWM-2,-2A throughout the complete operating range.

The crystals not supplied are those for the range of 5.0 to 6.6

mc and those which are already provided with the equip-

ment. The packet is of a waterproof plastic material contain-

ing a pouch for each crystal and one for the grippers. Each

pouch is marked with appropriate band information and

crystal frequency. The complete packet can be fastened into

the CC-2 Carrying Case.

139


DL-1 DUMMY LOAD

The DL-1 is a 100 watt resistive load which can be used for

various tuning functions without putting the transmitter on

the air. The DL-1 can be switched in and out of the circuit by

a front panel switch or can be remotely controlled by the ad-

dition of another switch in the operating position. This unit

reduces tune-up and testing QRM and requires no additional

connecting or disconnecting of wires prior to operation.

Weight: 2 lbs. (1.3 kg).

MM-1 MOBILE MICROPHONE

The Collins MM-1 is a pressure-operated dynamic micro-

phone designed to fit your hand comfortably. This mike is

engineered for maximum voice response, and its die cast

case is finished in brushed satin chrome. With its mounting

button on the front, the MM-1 slips easily into a dashboard

bracket supplied with the mike. When the MM- l is removed

from the dashboard bracket, the microphone is in position

for instant transmission. A five-foot length of Koiled Kord

with mike plug supplied with the 22 ounce microphone. The

MM-1 has a frequency response from 200-10,000 cycles per

second and has an output level of —48 db.

MM-2 MICROPHONE

The Collins MM-2 includes a high impedance reluctance mi-

crophone and single earphone which can be used in either a

fixed station installation or with a mobile unit. The MM-2

has a frequency response from 100-7,000 cycles per second

and an output level of —50 db. In mobile use, the ear-piece

and microphone unit permit the driver to operate his car with

both hands while carrying out radio voice communication.

Although it weighs only 31/2 ounces ( 0.099 kg), the Collins

MM-2 is built to withstand the strenuous demands of daily

mobile operation. Its microphone boom has a 360° adjust-

ment making it possible to angle the mike to the best pickup

position. The MM-2 Microphone has a magnetic stray field

shield to exclude unwanted noises. For optimum reception of

signals, an adjustable tone arm in the MM-2 pipes sound di-

rectly into the operator's right or left ear, but does not cover

the ear as conventional earphones do. The MM-2 comes

equipped with both mike and phone plugs.

MP- l MOBILE POWER SUPPLY

The MP-1 converts a 12 volt automobile, aircraft or boat

battery to the voltages required for the KWM-1, KWM-2 or

KWM-2A. The MP-1 includes a high voltage supply for the

transmitter PA, bias, and a low voltage supply for the ampli-

fier. Size: 53/4 " W, 33/4 " H, 11" D (14.61 cm W, 9.53 cm H,

27.94 cm D). Weight: 71/2 lbs. (3.4 kg).

PM-2 PORTABLE POWER SUPPLY

The PM-2 is a lightweight, limited duty cycle power supply

providing voltages needed for the KWM-2. The PM-2 quick-

ly slides into place and connects to the rear of the KWM-2,

ready to operate in minutes from either 115 y ac or 220 y ac

at 50-400 cps as a complete portable SSB or CW station. Both

transceiver and power supply can be packed in the light-

weight CC-2 Carrying Case for portability. A small auxiliary

speaker is included in the PM-2 for emergency use. Size:

143/4 " W, 73/4 " H, 4" D (37.47 cm W, 19.69 cm H, 10.16

cm D). Weight: 13.5 lbs. (6.12 kg).

SM-1 DESK TOP MICROPHONE

Collins SM-1 is a high impedance, nonmetallic dynamic mike

with a frequency response from 100-3500 cycles per second.

It has an output level of —53 db. Finished in brushed satin

chrome, this compact microphone is equipped with a rubber

isolated stand and a five-foot length of Koiled Kord.

SM-2 MICROPHONE

Collins SM-2 is a slender, gray and chrome desk top unit

which blends perfectly with Collins other station equipment.

The SM-2 is omnidirectional and provides excellent trans-

mission for the amateur operator. The frequency response of

the SM-2, 200-3,000 cycles, matches that of the S/Line and

KWM-2. The SM-2 has an output level of —53 db and is

equipped with a five-foot length of Koiled Kord and plug. It

is mounted on a rubber isolated stand. A swivel permits a

60° swing for position adjustment.

TD-1 DIPOLE ANTENNA

The TD-1 is designed for use when portability and operation

on different frequencies are primary considerations. The

molded plastic housing holds two steel tapes calibrated in me-

ters, decimeters and centimeters. These tapes can be extended

to the required length for a given frequency and locked in

place. A permanent frequency-to-meters conversion chart is

attached to the antenna housing. Each end of the tape is at-

tached to a length of nylon line which acts as an insulator and

a means for securing the antenna to structures of suitable

height and positioning. A directional wattmeter should be

used for initial tune-up to insure the proper frequency setting.

140

Index, Glossary, Reference Informa • n e e °vim Pages c ..e .n in

by Collins type number, an index by equipment function and a cross index of applicable military nomenclature. Included also are tables, charts and graphs showing useful basic reference information.

141

Tables, Charts, Graphs

Finding Power and Voltage/Current when Decibels are known

Voltage Power Voltage Power Voltage Power Voltage Power

Ratio Ratio -db+ Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio -db+ Ratio Ratio

1.0000 1.0000 o 1.000 1.000 .5623 .3162 5.0 1.778 3.162

.9886 .9772 .1 1.012 1.023 .5559 .3090 5.1 1.799 3.236

.9772 .9550 .2 1.023 1.047 .5495 .3020 5.2 1.820 3.311

.9661 .9333 .3 1.035 1.072 .5433 .2951 5.3 1.841 3.388

.9550 .9120 .4 1.047 1.096 .5370 .2884 5.4 1.862 3.467

.9441 .8913 .5 1.059 1.122 .5309 .2818 5.5 1.884 3.548

.9333 .8710 .6 1.072 1.148 .5248 .2754 5.6 1.905 3.631

.9226 .8511 .7 1.084 1.175 .5188 .2692 5.7 1.928 3.715

.9120 .8318 .e 1.096 1.202 .5129 .2630 5.8 1.950 3.802

.9016 .8128 .9 1.109 1.230 .5070 .2570 5.9 1.972 3.890

.8913 .7943 1.0 1.122 1.259 .5012 .2512 6.0 1.995 3.981

.8810 .7762 1.1 1.135 1.288 .4955 .2455 6.1 2.018 4.074

.8710 .7586 1.2 1.148 1.318 .4898 .2399 6.2 2.042 4.169

.8610 .7413 1.3 1.161 1.349 .4842 .2344 6.3 2.065 4.266

.8511 .7244 1.4 1.175 1.380 .4786 .2291 6.4 2.089 4.365

.8414 .7079 1.5 1.189 1.413 .4732 .2239 6.5 2.113 4.467

.8318 .6918 1.6 1.202 1.445 .4677 .2188 6.6 2.138 4.571

.8222 .6761 1.7 1.216 1.479 .4624 .2138 6.7 2.163 4.677

.8128 .6607 1.8 1.230 1.514 .4571 .2089 6.8 2.188 4.786

.8035 .6457 1.9 1.245 1.549 .4519 .2042 6.9 2.213 4.898

.7943 .6310 2.0 1.259 1.585 .4467 .1995 7.0 2.239 5.012

.7852 .6166 2.1 1.274 1.622 .4416 .1950 7.1 2.265 5.129

.7762 .6026 2.2 1.288 1.660 .4365 .1905 7.2 2.291 5.248

.7674 .5888 2.3 1.303 1.698 .4315 .1862 7.3 2.317 5.370

.7586 .5754 2.4 1.318 1.738 .4266 .1820 7.4 2.344 5.495

.7499 .5623 2.5 1.334 1.778 .4217 .1778 7.5 2.371 5.623

.7413 .5495 2.6 1.349 1.820 .4169 .1738 7.6 2.399 5.754

.7328 .5370 2.7 1.365 1.862 .4121 .1698 7.7 2.427 5.888

.7244 .5248 2.8 1.380 1.905 .4074 .1660 7.8 2.455 6.026

.7161 .5129 2.9 1.396 1.950 .4027 .1622 7.9 2.483 6.166

.7079 .5012 3.0 1.413 1.995 .3981 .1585 8.0 2.512 6.310

.6998 .4898 3.1 1.429 2.042 .3936 .1549 8.1 2.541 6.457

.6918 .4786 3.2 1.445 2.089 .3890 .1514 8.2 2.570 6.607

.6839 .4677 3.3 1.462 2.138 .3846 .1479 8.3 2.600 6.761

.6761 .4571 3.4 1.479 2.188 .3802 .1445 8.4 2.630 6.918

.6683 .4467 3.5 1.496 2.239 .3758 .1413 8.5 2.661 7.079

.6607 .4365 3.6 1.514 2.291 .3715 .1380 8.6 2.692 7.244

.6531 .4266 3.7 1.531 2.344 .3673 .1349 8.7 2.723 7.413

.6457 .4169 3.8 1.549 2.399 .3631 .1318 8.8 2.754 7.586

.6383 .4074 3.9 1.567 2.455 .3589 .1288 8.9 2.786 7.762

.6310 .3981 4.0 1.585 2.512 .3548 .1259 9.0 2.818 7.943

.6237 .3890 4.1 1.603 2.570 .3508 .1230 9.1 2.851 8.128

.6166 .3802 4.2 1.622 2.630 .3467 .1202 9.2 2.884 8.318

.6095 .3715 4.3 1.641 2.692 .3428 .1175 9.3 2.917 8.511

.6026 .3631 4.4 1.660 2.754 .3388 .1148 9.4 2.951 8.710

.5957 .3548 4.5 1.679 2.818 .3350 .1122 9.5 2.985 8.913

.5888 .3467 4.6 1.698 2.884 .3311 .1096 9.6 3.020 9.120

.5821 .3388 4.7 1.718 2.951 .3273 .1072 9.7 3.055 9.333

.5754 .3311 4.8 1.738 3.020 .3236 .1047 9.8 3.090 9.550

.5689 .3236 4.9 1.758 3.090 .3199 .1023 9.9 3.126 9.772

142


Finding Power and Voltage/Current when Decibels are known

Voltage Power Voltage Power Voltage Power Voltage Power

Ratio Ratio - d b + Ratio Ratio Ratio Ratio -db+ Ratio Ratio

.3612 .1000 10.0 3.162 10.000 .1778 .03162 15.0 5.623 31.62

.3126 .09772 10.1 3.199 10.23 .1758 .03090 15.1 5.689 32.36

.3090 .09550 10.2 3.236 10.47 .1738 .03020 15.2 5.754 33.11

.3055 .09333 10.3 3.273 10.72 .1718 .02951 15.3 5.821 33.88

.3020 .09120 10.4 3.311 10.96 .1698 .02884 15.4 5.888 34.67

.2985 .08913 10.5 3.350 11.22 .1679 .02818 15.5 5.957 35.48

.2951 .08710 10.6 3.388 11.48 .1660 .02754 15.6 6.026 36.31

.2917 .08511 10.7 3.428 11.75 .1641 .02692 15.7 6.095 37.15

.2884 .08318 10.8 3.467 12.02 .1622 .02630 15.8 6.166 38.02

.2851 .08128 10.9 3.508 12.30 .1603 .02570 15.9 6.237 38.90

.2818 .07943 11.0 3.548 12.59 .1585 .02512 16.0 6.310 39.81

.2786 .07762 11.1 3.589 12.88 .1567 .02455 16.1 6.383 40.74

.2754 .07586 11.2 3.631 13.18 .1549 .02399 16.2 6.457 41.69

.2723 .07413 11.3 3.673 13.49 .1531 .02344 16.3 6.531 42.66

.2692 .07244 I 1.4 3.715 13.80 .1514 .02291 16.4 6.607 43.65

.2661 .07079 11.5 3.758 14.13 .1496 .02239 16.5 6.683 44.67

.2630 .06918 11.6 3.802 14.45 .1479 .02188 16.6 6.761 45.71

.2600 .06761 11.7 3.846 14.79 .1462 .02138 16.7 6.839 46.77

.2570 .06607 I 1.8 3.890 15.14 .1445 .02089 16.8 6.918 47.86

.2541 .06457 I 1.9 3.936 15.49 .1429 .02042 16.9 6.998 48.98

.2512 .06310 12.0 3.981 15.85 .1413 .01995 17.0 7.079 50.12

.2483 .06166 12.1 4.027 16.22 .1396 .01950 17.1 7.161 51.29

.2455 .06026 12.2 4.074 16.60 .1380 .01905 17.2 7.244 52.48

.2427 .05888 12.3 4.121 16.98 .1365 .01862 17.3 7.328 53.70

.2399 .05754 12.4 4.169 17.38 .1349 .01820 17.4 7.413 54.95

.2371 .05623 12.5 4.217 17.78 .1334 .01778 17.5 7.499 56.23

.2344 .05495 12.6 4.266 18.20 .1318 .01738 17.6 7.586 57.54

.2317 .05370 12.7 4.315 18.62 .1303 .01698 17.7 7.674 58.88

.2291 .05248 12.8 4.365 19.05 .1288 .01660 17.8 7.762 60.26

.2265 .05129 12.9 4.416 19.50 .1274 .01622 17.9 7.852 61.66

.2239 .05012 13.0 4.467 19.95 .1259 .01585 18.0 7.943 63.10

.2213 .04898 13.1 4.519 20.42 .1245 .01549 18.1 8.035 64.57

.2188 .04786 13.2 4.571 20.89 .1230 .01514 18.2 8.128 66.07

.2163 .04677 13.3 4.624 21.38 .1216 .01479 18.3 8.222 67.61

.2138 .04571 13.4 4.677 21.88 .1202 .01445 18.4 8.318 69.18

.2113 .04467 13.5 4.732 22.39 .1189 .01413 18.5 8.414 70.79

.2089 .04365 13.6 4.786 22.91 .1175 .01380 18.6 8.511 72.44

.2065 .04266 13.7 4.842 23.44 .1161 .01349 18.7 8.610 74.13

.2042 .04169 13.8 4.898 23.99 .1148 .01318 18.8 8.710 75.86

.2018 .04074 13.9 4.955 24.55 .1135 .01288 18.9 8.811 77.62

.1995 .03981 14.0 '5.012 25.12 .1122 .01259 19.0 8.913 79.43

.1972 .03890 14.1 5.070 25.70 .1109 .01230 19.1 9.016 81.28

.1950 .03802 14.2 5.129 26.30 .1096 .01202 19.2 9.120 83.18

.1928 .03715 14.3 5.188 26.92 .1084 .01175 19.3 9.226 85.11

.1905 .03631 14.4 5.248 27.54 .1072 .01148 19.4 9.333 87.10

.1884 .03548 14.5 5.309 28.18 .1059 .01122 19.5 9.441 89.13

.1862 .03467 14.6 5.370 28.84 .1047 .01096 19.6 9.550 91.20

.1841 .03388 14.7 5.433 29.51 .1035 .01072 19.7 9.661 93.33

.1820 .03311 14.8 5.495 30.20 .1023 .01047 19.8 9.772 95.50

.1799 .03236 14.9 5.559 30.90 .1012 .01023 19.9 9.896 97.72

.1000 .01000 20.0 10.000 100.00

143


Finding Decibels when Voltage/Current Ratio is known

Voltage Ratio .00 .01 .02 .03 .04 .05 .06 .07 .08 .09

1.0 .000 .086 .172 .257 .341 .424 .506 .588 .668 .749

1.1 .828 .906 .984 1.062 1.138 1.214 1.289 1.364 1.438 1.511

1.2 1.584 1.656 1.727 1.798 1.868 1.938 2.007 2.076 2.144 2.212

1.3 2.279 2.345 2.411 2.477 2.542 2.607 2.671 2.734 2.798 2.860

1.4 2.923 2.984 3.046 3.107 3.167 3.227 3.287 3.346 3.405 3.464

1.5 3.522 3.580 3.637 3.694 3.750 3.807 3.862 3.918 3.973 4.028

1.6 4.082 4.137 4.190 4.244 4.297 4.350 4.402 4.454 4.506 4.558

1.7 4.609 4.660 4.711 4.761 4.811 4.861 4.910 4.959 5.008 5.057

1.8 5.105 5.154 5.201 5.249 5.296 5.343 5.390 5.437 5.483 5.529

1.9 5.575 5.621 5.666 5.711 5.756 5.801 5.845 5.889 5.933 5.977

2.0

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

2.7

2.8

2.9

3.0

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

6.021

6.444

6.848

7.235

7.604

7.959

8.299

8.627

8.943

9.248

9.542

9.827

10.103

10.370

10.630

6.064

6.486

6.888

7.272

7.640

7.993

8.333

8.659

8.974

9.278

9.571

9.855

10.130

10.397

10.655

6.107

6.527

6.927

7.310

7.676

8.028

8.366

8.691

9.005

9.308

9.600

9.883

10.157

10.423

10.681

6.150

6.568

6.966

7.347

7.712

8.062

8.399

8.723

9.036

9.337

9.629

9.911

10.184

10.449

10.706

6.193

6.608

7.008

7.384

7.748

8.097

8.432

8.755

9.066

9.367

9.657

9.939

10.211

10.475

10.731

6.235

6.649

7.044

7.421

7.783

8.131

8.465

8.787

9.097

9.396

9.686

9.966

10.238

10.501

10.756

6.277

6.689

7.082

7.458

7.819

8.165

8.498

8.818

9.127

9.426

9.714

9.994

10.264

10.527

10.782

6.319

6.729

7.121

7.495

7.854

8.199

8.530

8.850

9.158

9.455

9.743

10.021

10.291

10.553

10.807

6.361

6.769

7.159

7.532

7.889

8.232

8.563

8.881

9.188

9.484

9.771

10.049

10.317

10.578

10.832

6.403

6.809

7.197

7.568

7.924

8.266

8.595

8.912

9.218

9.513

9.799

10.076

10.344

10.604

10.857

3.5 10.881 10.906 10.931 10.955 10.980 11.005 11.029 11.053 11.078 11.102

3.6 11.126 11.150 11.174 11.198 11.222 11.246 11.270 11.293 11.317 11.341

3.7 11.364 11.387 11.411 11.434 11.457 11.481 11.504 11.527 11.550 11.573

3.8 11.596 11.618 11.641 11.664 11.687 11.709 11.732 11.754 11.777 11.799

3.9 11.821 11.844 11.866 11.888 11.910 11.932 11.954 11.976 11.998 12.019

4.0

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.8

4.9

5.0

5.1

5.2

5.3

5.4

5.5

5.6

5.7

5.8

5.9

6.0

6.1

6.2

6.3

6.4

12.041

12.256

12.465

12.669

12.869

13.064

13.255

13.442

13.625

13.804

13.979

14.151

14.320

14.486

14.648

14.807

14.964

15.117

15.269

15.417

15.563

15.707

15.848

15.987

16.124

12.063

12.277

12.486

12.690

12.889

13.084

13.274

13.460

13.643

13.822

13.997

14.168

14.337

14.502

14.664

14.823

14.979

15.133

15.284

15.432

15.577

15.721

15.862

16.001

16.137

12.085

12.298

12.506

12.710

12.908

13.103

13.293

13.479

13.661

13.839

14.014

14.185

14.353

14.518

14.680

14.839

14.995

15.148

15.298

15.446

15.592

15.735

15.876

16.014

16.151

12.106

12.319

12.527

12.730

12.928

13.122

13.312

13.497

13.679

13.857

14.031

14.202

14.370

14.535

14.696

14.855

15.010

15.163

15.313

15.461

15.606

15.749

15.890

16.028

16.164

12.128

12.340

12.547

12.750

12.948

13.141

13.330

13.516

13.697

13.875

14.049

14.219

14.387

14.551

14.712

14.870

15.026

15.178

15.328

15.476

15.621

15.763

15.904

16.042

16.178

12.149

12.361

12.568

12.770

12.967

13.160

13.349

13.534

13.715

13.892

14.066

14.236

14.403

14.567

14.728

14.886

15.041

15.193

15.343

15.490

15.635

15.778

15.918

16.055

16.191

12.171

12.382

12.588

12.790

12.987

13.179

13.368

13.552

13.733

13.910

14.083

14.253

14.420

14.583

14.744

14.902

15.056

15.208

15.358

15.505

15.649

15.792

15.931

16.069

16.205

12.192

12.403

12.609

12.810

13.006

13.198

13.386

13.570

13.751

13.927

14.100

14.270

14.436

14.599

14.760

14.917

15.072

15.224

15.373

15.519

15.664

15.806

15.945

16.083

16.218

12.213

12.424

12.629

12.829

13.026

13.217

13.405

13.589

13.768

13.945

14.117

14.287

14.453

14.616

14.776

14.933

15.087

15.239

15.388

15.534

15.678

15.820

15.959

16.096

16.232

12.234

12.444

12.649

12.849

13.045

13.236

13.423

13.607

13.786

13.962

14.134

14.303

14.469

14.632

14.791

14.948

15.102

15.254

15.402

15.549

15.692

15.834

15.973

16.110

16.245

144


Finding Decibels when Voltage/Current Ratio is known

Voltage Ratio .00 .01 .02 .03 .04 .05 .06 .07 .08 .09

6.5

6.6

6.7

6.8

6.9

7.0

7.1

7.2

7.3

7.4

7.5

7.6

7.7

7.8

7.9

8.0

8.1

8.2

8.3

8.4

8.5

8.6

8.7

8.8

8.9

9.0

9.1

9.2

9.3

9.4

9.5

9.6

9.7

9.8

9.9

16.258

16.391

16.521

16.650

16.777

16.902

17.025

17.147

17.266

17.385

17.501

17.616

17.730

17.842

17.953

18.062

18.170

18.276

18.382

18.486

18.588

18.690

18.790

18.890

18.988

19.085

19.181

19.276

19.370

19.463

19.554

19.645

19.735

19.825

19.913

16.272

16.404

16.534

16.663

16.790

16.914

17.037

17.159

17.278

17.396

17.513

17.628

17.741

17.853

17.964

18.073

18.180

18.287

18.392

18.496

18.599

18.700

18.800

18.900

18.998

19.094

19.190

19.285

19.379

19.472

19.564

19.654

19.744

19.833

19.921

16.285

16.417

16.547

16.676

16.802

16.927

17.050

17.171

17.290

17.408

17.524

17.639

17.752

17.864

17.975

18.083

18.191

18.297

18.402

18.506

18.609

18.710

18.810

18.909

19.007

19.104

19.200

19.295

19.388

19.481

19.573

19.664

19.753

19.842

19.930

16.298

16.430

16.560

16.688

16.815

16.939

17.062

17.183

17.302

17.420

17.536

17.650

17.764

17.875

17.985

18.094

18.202

18.308

18.413

18.517

18.619

18.720

18.820

18.919

19.017

19.114

19.209

19.304

19.398

19.490

19.582

19.673

19.762

19.851

19.939

16.312

16.443

16.573

16.701

16.827

16.951

17.074

17.195

17.314

17.431

17.547

17.662

17.775

17.886

17.996

18.105

18.212

18.319

18.423

18.527

18.629

18.730

18.830

18.929

19.027

19.123

19.219

19.313

19.407

19.499

19.591

19.682

19.771

19.860

19.948

16.325

16.456

16.586

16.714

16.840

16.964

17.086

17.207

17.326

17.443

17.559

17.673

17.786

17.897

18.007

18.116

18.223

18.329

18.434

18.537

18.639

18.740

18.840

18.939

19.036

19.133

19.228

19.323

19.416

19.509

19.600

19.691

19.780

19.869

19.956

16.338

16.469

16.599

16.726

16.852

16.976

17.098

17.219

17.338

17.455

17.570

17.685

17.797

17.908

18.018

18.127

18.234

18.340

18.444

18.547

18.649

18.750

18.850

18.949

19.046

19.143

19.238

19.332

19.426

19.518

19.609

19.700

19.789

19.878

19.965

16.351

16.483

16.612

16.739

16.865

16.988

17.110

17.231

17.349

17.466

17.582

17.696

17.808

17.919

18.029

18.137

18.244

18.350

18.455

18.558

18.660

18.760

18.860

18.958

19.056

19.152

19.247

19.342

19.435

19.527

19.618

19.709

19.798

19.886

19.974

16.365

16.496

16.625

16.752

16.877

17.001

17.122

17.243

17.361

17.478

17.593

17.707

17.820

17.931

18.040

18.148

18.255

18.361

18.465

18.568

18.670

18.770

18.870

18.968

19.066

19.162

19.257

19.351

19.444

19.536

19.627

19.718

19.807

19.895

19.983

16.378

16.509

16.637

16.764

16.890

17.013

17.135

17.255

17.373

17.490

17.605

17.719

17.831

17.942

18.051

18.159

18.266

18.371

18.475

18.578

18.680

18.780

18.880

18.978

19.075

19.171

19.226

19.360

19.453

19.545

19.636

19.726

19.816

19.904

19.991

Voltage Ratio O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 e 9

10 20.000 20.828 21.584 22.279 22.923

20 26.021 26.444 26.848 27.235 27.604

30 29.542 29.827 30.103 30.370 30.630

40 32.041 32.256 32.465 32.669 32.869

50 33.979 34.151 34.320 34.486

60 35.563 35.707 35.848 35.987

70 36.902 37.025 37.147 37.266

80 38.062 38.170 38.276 38.382

90 39.085 39.181 39.276 39.370

100 40.000

34.648

36.124

37.385

38.486

39.463

23.522

27.959

30.881

33.064

34.807

36.258

37.501

38.588

39.554

24.082

28.299

31.126

33.255

34.964

36.391

37.616

38.690

39.645

24.609

28.627

31.364

33.442

35.117

36.521

37.730

38.790

39.735

25.105

28.943

31.596

33.625

35.269

36.650

37.842

38.890

39.825

25.575

29.248

31.821

33.804

35.417

36.777

37.953

38.988

39.913

145

Chart for converting current or power ratios to decibels,

,1,111. 1.1,1,1,1,1,1,1,11",11,1,L1L1,11:13,1ii 1

VOLTAGE- CURRENT OR POWER 111111111111Ï1111Ï111111Ï1111111111111111k11111 I 1 1 .11,111)111111.1%1111(11,11111111111I1111111,1111111111I111 i zr,1:1111,iiiiril II

v‘

DECIBELS

DECIBELS

III 1 11 11

VOLTAGE OR CURRENT

PI 1 ti11 111-1 1111111

POWER

VOLTAGE OR CURRENT

POWER

1 1

I 1 I 11_1 I 1131 11111 1111111111111t111111111111111111111111111111111111t111111111 111111111t11111111 1111I111 111111111 ni

43

VOLTAGE-CURRENT OR POWER 1 1 11111 -1-1-11 -n 1 1 1 11111111 1 1 11 11111 11111 1 1 1 111Il HUI 1 1 1 11111 111: 1 I 111111111 1

am °Ole ePui

btuq3 uo!saaAue) laqpau

stid

uip •s

puti

p Sa

lqE


— 30 +20

Examples explaining the use of the decibel conversion chart

are as follows:

(1) Assume a voltage ratio of 2.4 to 1.2. This voltage ratio

in decibels is found by drawing a line from 1.2 on scale A to

2.4 on scale E passing through the decibel voltage scale C at

6 decibels. This can also be found on scales B, D and F; how-

ever, the decibel scale D is not expanded as much as the

decibel scale C and cannot be read as accurately.

(2) Assume a voltage ratio of 1200 to 1.2. This voltage ra-

tio in decibels is found by drawing a line from 1.2 on scale B

to 1200 on scale F passing through the decibel scale D at 60

decibels.

(3) Assume a power ratio of 580 to 320. This power ratio in

decibels is found by drawing a line from 3.2 on scale A to

5.8 on scale E (the ratio of 580 to 320 is the same as 5.8 to

3.2) passing through the decibel scale D at 2.6 decibels.

From the above examples it will be noted that the smaller

value of any ratio will always be located on scale A or B and

the larger value will always be located on the respective scale

E or F. Also, the decibels corresponding to ratios of less than

10 to 1 can be found on either set of scales; however, it is

preferable to use scales A, C and E as the decibel scale C is

expanded and can be read with greater accuracy.

O +50

—10 +40

_20 +30

7.)

Q> —40 +10

—50 0 0.001=10 -3

10 -8

DBM NS. W atts

DBM 10 LOOK, 0.001

001 01 1 10

10-7 10 -6 10 -5 10 -4

Power in Watts

Antennas, Towers and .NN ave Propagation

40

••• 30 C• ew

ew et, c

20

1.0

• • 10

Z..

O 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1.9 2.0

\-oltage Standing Wave Ratio Increase in attenuation in line due to VSWR on line.

100

10-

147

Tables,Charts,Graphs

Forward vs. Reflected Power

REFLECTED POWER

100kw 1000w

50kw 500w

10kw I 00w

5kw 50w

1 kw 10w

.5kw 5w

.1kw 1w

IMMIIIBMMI I •IIMB•11»M MMM ••••••MMI

,--......-- • ••••U

di:IMBUE CZ: 'MU MIMI MIII «MY Ma In .. IIMIIIIMIIMIUM111 mum' WM/ ill mum :::::;:::: Miligania Mal riniii Eli ill 11 il mmiiiiirai MIR :ma inaiifil

lazumunniZBUIRRIIIIIIIIIIreOrA. «EBB IMIumilitiel"'"Iluiliduire/ .mr.d ffral 50

ienIMELNA E 4r.áZ0ân Pilqw "ere. reig mini Manilla o__I ,41.43 AC:eill

11:8:18)1191EleffeedrilirlI MP FA

SWR

MEE

REFLECTED POWER FOWARD POWER

, /REFLECTED POWER FORWARD POWER

10 zi». u. "Amur r.=.===EMEMI Ie.===MMICEEPIIMMIIIIIEktàhmedriAtegar FAH

---- ---- =::

EEET-..21-liiiIMIIIIIIIiirec.::::715P2eigie-Orintri 4110 --- 72

m - :9 — — — lc: mu :::: CZ= «,!,11.0p, r rillIVAIMIdi Ki pi agai.... ........

VALUES SHOWN AT Einniliiiiiiilkeser warnammuumre . Iràditaird .....».«

eammulm iiil MIMI IIIIMBI de/I.M 4 ie 4 a I »Ail Adir A ...............A. r or

........., LINES a MIMMINIMMIr.e.ar.

111111111111111111111 -it 11117111111 IIIIIMMIFIr4e4 111111»3111111 ZUMMIIIIIIIIPIV.et A 4,

anc=::::: raminu:::::::::aralopy.rAnwiesirialumouranumno ram :::::.;::: um ::::: ::::: IMIZZWZOICUIrdenellenommonsr.mm ....mi....UM linalà.nn puma invArimemnivaalr..wwwm.tmlizamm ..... NM Ma inn n11111132•11 Mil EMI MI F., OF 11/MnallIr4 ‘111 ., egBUIF.1 IMMZEMMUilill MEI mum PM Mn Mr, r.ill !A riMr4. imisr.dniii., ell...MP à1 MIMI IMIMMIIIIIIIIIIIIummumumnelMo.dmi/Mlinlinilre /fflmmwrilluzzillIze

le-E2MFM-Manrri0: 5 1WiiiiirAho-.ialfrialargig. . E.33eleherediMallrojAreolFilEEZien,.ilinVallillii211 MMIIIM1•111131•1111 13131», RI .... dià MI.IMI, Aj'.t...11111' ...1131111à•

Z:ZOBBMIIIMET,FOra UM: ammo r 40, 4 Aigumig AIM »ram ganiumrau IF'. OM MI WAIF MM 4 or. „di

Ammar dill ninnr ALUMINIUM Mieldill

gill p r.1 muumuu. um me« wed MI. I» I/ .11MMIIIIIIMI, .111•11.1.

ifflii"Làeenri r e e rfregad r KilgrIlÉiMtiegr'reeelilee: EM511111EN

iMnieardigii r iargigr a ridatillnil or- riominpzion:-.Parejetraf.ilillEffilliff111110.511111-1 drale AnileArdiluiprAgrektunimuntairiamm

MAU 5111M 2 11::"::11/111*Iiiitilddidallii A/ row go nuareendillIndrifullpun op -4,-.=-4auralureurdmirduc rainzmanumv.realum:::r.‘::::::::: UTAIIIIIIIIIIPIMMINPIIIIIIM 11111111,211111111FAIL ., MIMI ; tilii:VaZ O I FrAMPAMErtraiiianig a IMMIIIMMUMMIIRAIIIIVAIpli allerlinlIWAINFAMIIE11111 Frdi162111111111%11111M111111111111E1111 WP.21111211051111Ed111111COMFAIM11111/111111111E1118 VARIgillpe.11101i1118ffleaRilrialleillUS a rgaiiiitinriiIIMÉrredriifiiii-EMPligi r-ataigimr iilmisiv nimeeirma:razEmi ......, •- ..........1-• -.3

-eatIMMIP.21 Antiiie prule.fewlEEEIElb ..... ,IMMIIII MN II. M.. ,

mr MMMMM amp? •••• •MM MIMI MI: •

amiu: crepe -.:... Am« nun W iiiimeigr-Are: • - M rl. miz: :: r. 81 .... an i inn um nr dim ou InW I MOM MEW II r eribiLigee::: .4'41» MIII Mini IMP AM NM Ili Inl--M--liel r- MUM MU,' .r.dla In 811181n WM. • In MI

InntAn Mal W.IMMInir IMIIIM an nzw.Ennannnurammont:seau 133-1 Mil ITÀ »Lin IMIPUBMUMFAIIIinilir 'WA _ •MaZIPAIIIMIIIIMMIUUMnilr'..1113111111$0111•4•1111M1 IBMIMUIFd11111111U1I WM IIWA111111MUMW40111111111 IMIIIIIIIIV AP:o1111111111111111 MIIIIMPAIIIIIIIIP:1111111M11111111111g1IIIIIIMIIFí BUMP 11111111111111à JP:111MM II II MIIIIIIIIIVAIIIIIIIIMIIIMPIIIIIIIIIIVAIIIIIIIIIMMI4MIIIIWAIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMIIIIMI lull

I Ow

kw

50w 100w

5kw 10kw

FORWARD POWER

500w 1000w


Reactance Chart

.neuctoncet reectance Xl. or XC

- 2000-

- 1000

- 500

200 V

50

lO-

- 5

2

=- I

:= 0.5 •

0.05

- 0.02 - 20

=- 0.01

0.005

5 - 0.002

0.001 -- 1000

2 1 - 500

- 0.5

- 0.2

- 0.1

- 0.05

- 0.02

- 0.01

- 0.005

- 0.002

tr. - 10 0

5

- 2

=- I

0.5

- 0.2

- 0.1

- 0.05

- 0.02

•

capocitanœ C

- 0.02

- 0.05

- 0.1

- 0.2

- 0.5

1

- 2

Z-- 5 4.

-lo 4.

20 •

- 50

100

- 200

- 500 1000 -

- 0.001-

- 0.002

-- 0.005

0.01

- 0.02

• - 0.05

»- 0.1

- 0.2

0.5

-

- 1

5

- 10

- 20

- 50

- 100

200

= 500 1000

0.002

0.0051

- 0.01 0.02 -e

frequency f

- 1000-

- 500

•00

- 500

- 200

ISO

- 10 0

- 50

- 40

10

20

- IS

- 5

- 4

- 3

inductance'. modem. XL or XC capacitance C frequency f

9Ir 9r - 2000

1000

- 100

- 50

- 20

- 10

- 2

.2 t

0.5

0.2

0.1

0.05

0.02

- 0.01

0.005

0.002

10-- - 5

- 2

=.- 1

- 0.5

- 0.05 - •

0.02

0.01

- 0.005

- 0.002

0.001 1000

- SOO

200

'= 100

50

20

- 10

- 5

1

- 0.5

0.2

r 0.,

0.05

- 0.02

- 0.01-

0 00002

0.00005

- 0.0001

0.0002

0.0005

0.001

- 0.002 V

- 0.005

-0.01

0.02

0.05

0.1

-0.2 4.. 4.

=. 0.5

- I

- t

Z- 5 •

- 10

- 20

- 50

- 100

- 200

- 500

100gg11- •- 0.002

0.005

- 0.01

0.02

- 0.05

0.1

- 0.2

- 1000-

500

- 400

- 300 •

200

- ISO

- 50

•0

30

- 20

15

5

- 4

3

2

- 1.5

a

Decimal Equivalents of Fractions

1/32 .03125 9/32 28125 17/32 53125 25/32 78125 1/16 .0625 5/16 .3125 9/16 5625 13/16 8125

3/32 09375 11/32 .34375 19/32 59375 27/32 84375 1/8 .125 3/8 .375 5/8 .625 7/8 875

5/32 .15625 13/32 40625 21/32 .65625 29/32 .90625 3/16 .1875 7/16 .4375 11/16 .6875 15/16 9375

7/32 .21875 15/32 .46875 23/32 .71875 31/32 96875 1/4 _______ _._..25 1/2 5 3/4 .75 1 1.0

149


Standard Color Code — Molded Mica-Type Capacitors

CURRENT STANDARD CODE 1ST} SIGNIFICANT WHITE (RMA) 2NDI FIGURE BLACK (JAN) CLASS MULTIPLIER TOLERANCE RMA (5-DOT OBOSLETE CODE) ( 1ST 1 SIGNIFICANT // 2NDI FIGURE MULTIPLIER

,,=REAR TOLERANCE WORKING VOLTAGE

WORKING VOLTAGE WORKING VOLTAGE

JAN 8, 1948 RMA CODE

/- TOLERANCE MULTIPLIER 1S SIGNIFICANT FIGURE MULTIPLIER TOLERANCE BLANK

RMA 3-DOT (OBSOLETE) RATED 500 W.V.D.C. 20% TOL. MULTIPLIER 2ND i SIGNIFICANT 1ST 1 FIGURE RMA 4-DOT (OBSOLETE)

BUTTON SILVER MICA CAPACITOR CLASS TOLERANCE MULTIPLIER - 1ST DIGIT 3RD DIGIT 2ND DIGIT

7 (11TKPtI 1'1 41= ef•— MULTIPLIER _2NDI SIGNIFICANT FIGURE 1ST

RMA 6-DOT (OBSOLETE) 1ST 2NDiï6 1 SIGNIFICANT FIGURE

e MULTIPLIER TOLERANCE WORKING VOLTAGE Standard Color Code — Molded Paper-Type Capacitors

TUBULAR CAPACITOR ( 1ST 1 SIGNIFICANT ,2ND, FIGURE NORMALLY STAMPED FOR VALUE MULTIPLIER 2ND SIGNIFICANT TOLERANCE 1ST , VOLTAGE FIGURE A 2 DIGIT VOLTAGE RATING INDICATES MORE THAN 900 V ADD 2 ZEROES TO END OF 2 DIGIT NUMBER.

MOLDED FLAT CAPACITOR COMMERCIAL CODE r WORKING VOLTS BLACK BODY =M1-MULTIPLIER 2ND 1 SIGNIFICANT 1ST 1 FIGURE

JAN. CODE CAPACITOR SILVER 1ST 1 SIGNIFICANT

/ ç 2ND! FIGURE MULTIPLIER

CHARACTERISTIC) TOLERANCE

Standard Color Code — Resistors and Capacitors

INSULATED FIRST RING UN INSULATED BODY COLOR COLOR FIRST FIGURE BLACK BROWN 1 RED 2 ORANGE 3 YELLOW 4 GREEN 5 BLUE 6 VIOLET 7 GRAY 8 WHITE 9

RADIAL LEAD DOT RESISTOR MULTIPLIER 2ND FIGURE TOLERANCE 1ST FIGURE 5-DOT RADIAL LEAD CERAMIC CAPACITOR (CAPACITY

711 TEMP. COEFF. ell d J)14 MULTIPLIER 'TOLERANCE

RADIAL LEAD (BAND) RESISTOR MULTIPLIER VA 2ND FIGURE TOLERANCE 1ST FIGURE

TEMP. COEFF EXTENDED RANGE TC CERAMIC HICAP TC MULTIPLIER

SECOND RING END COLOR SECOND FIGURE O 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

THIRD RING DOT COLOR MULTIPLIER NONE o

oo ,000

0,000 00,000

,000,000 0,000,000

00,000,000 000,000,000 AXIAL LEAD RESISTOR BROWN INSULATED BLACK NON•INSULATED MULTIPLIER TOLERANCE

1ST AND 2ND SIGNIFICANT FIGURES WIRE WOUND RESISTORS HAVE 1ST DIGIT BAND DOUBLE WIDTH AXIAL LEAD CERAMIC CAPACITOR TEMP CAPACITY COEFF CAPACITY TOLERANCE MULTIPLIER TOLERANCE MULTIPLIER

BY-PASS COUPLING CERAMIC CAPACITOR ,CAPACITY r

lb VOLTAGE TOLERANCE (OPT.) MULTIPLIER DISC CERAMIC RMA CODE 5-DOT 3-DOT CAPACITY-MULTIPLIER TOLERANCE COEFF.

150


Radiation Angle %emus Great Circle Distance Curves MMIgilMM=iE

4000

9500

3000

2500

2000

..................f...................71,............................... cl::ipporiimiminti 111::: ma:m_81:1111101.11111.dininuldninouin lumen MMM I lllll 11111111 I I

ilejnigginnilielin 1 I ! 1.11111 11 I I I

re_lMIMIMMEMb:1111111.1 Ill IIIIIIIIIIIII! 1.11111111 1 .M. I. MablitillialinliiI9111.1 II I RI I I la II li I

M•MallelMMIII I 1111111111111111M1 1111111111111111111 MR.11111

MINIMUM liZillalliiill 110 MIIIIIIIMMIUHROMVIIII 11 MIIIMMIIIMMIII1101111111‘ 11 II MIIIIMINZMIZIIMIIIIIIII:.°0 111111. MIIMMIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIh 4-'91111111 IIIIIIiir.5111BMIMIIIIIIIIIIi.4111 11111

I I iillillilliiiilliii iiiiiiiiIrliiiiIII III IIIIIMMINZZEINII11111111111 ill Ill pill 1111111111111111111

11 MI.MBIM.1111111.11 Ill ills III IIIIII 1111111111111111111 II IIIIIMMIIIIIIIiil Inzu11 Ili lull III 111111111 I 111111111111111111

iiiiiiiiiin111111111 111111111111111111 imanzunutlin I, 3 igliill

Mininiiiireg Mil I I Iiijill6. iii......iiiGein i li libi IL 11»111111121111•1111filik " 11111111111111 II I MMIM BR M E I II ii II i il 111111111 111811 II 111111111

Malli Mg MI a Mil I li 11031.111III II IIIIIIIII ........................ T. b inigairnelliiiii Ill II III I iiiiiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII MIIIIImillaril I. Iii III ifilifillili IIIIIIIIIIII

i Hirsh I I I I ! II i !m@iminicagium imp plum Map 11111111 II 11111 IIIIIIMIIMMIIIIIMIIIih, 11 Mall 110111 loll i 111•MMIII1111111301 I I 111111i i11110111111111111111111111111

alaiiM111111•1111111111I. lull 11111111IIIIIi I I II i 1 MMMMI111§io MIT 11111111 IIIIII 11111111 II 11111 allM111111111111111 linunsimpiniii.upli iji n i Innings Mug II l 1111s11111111111 Ilillii1111111111 MIIIIBM11:911.11 II 111:1111:411111111111e1111 11,1 ill 1 11 1 • MMMIIIIMII Illni II 111111111111IIII 1 1111111111111111111 iiinallIZI111113111. amp Innuniaartabluailui gnananalli I 11111111111111BM I 111111111111111111

1500

1000

500

MMMIIIIMIIMee II I III IlallIll 111081011110i1 ill 3113111.111.171. 1111111111 IIIIII1 II I 1111111111111111111

NIII1111111111111111311fih. III i III awl§ nappy' siop il minnulna in upwn nummonninunnun in11111111•11111111111111111111 I 111 1111 illuom ponfidnampi i i MIIIIIIMIERIIII lit Illillilll WWII 1111111111111111111 IMIIIIIIIMIIIIIMIIMMIII I 1101111 1111111lii. 11111m011101111. II ••MMIMIMBMURIal 11§111111111111Mill 1111111111111111111 MIZ111111111111121111111111 I I 11111101111111111111:111111111b91111111101 M.MBRZBIRMIIIMII1111111111111111118811 1 1111111111111111111 MMMUMMUIIIIIIIIIIil II 51111111,11ilinlilleillill111011011111; niuMMIMMIIIIMIIIIr 111111111111111111111 I 1111111111111111111 1111111111MIZZMMIIMII I I I 1111111111101•11111 I 110111111140111111111:11•11111111 IIIIIIIIIII II 111111111111111•111111 1111111111111111111 MMIIII11311111111M11111 I 1111111111111111111 i 111110111111111011011101111MMIZIIIIMMIIIII 11 111111111111111•11 I 1111111111111111111 IIIIMMBRIMIIMIIII I I 11111111111111111:11 111.111Z1111111111ililiiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMMUI1 1 11111111111111MM I 111111111111111111 IIIIIBIZIMBMIZEIMMII 11111111111111111,11111 111;11111111110111MIMMIIIMIIIMIIIIIII 1£11111111111111111111 1 11111I111111111111 MMIMBIIIIIIIMIIIIIIIII I 11111111111111M 11 loin innanununnamommungunnipionfimpunmumunnumuu wilalnaZaMMUMINIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 'WI illilliI MIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMMIIIIII 111111111111111M 111111: III I IiIII 111111akImM11111111M111111 1.111111i111011111111 111111111111111111

11111111101111MBZWIRIIIIIIIIIIIIIIiIIIIIIIIIIIMI 111111111111111111

IMINIIIIIIIIIIIIMMIIII I I 1111111111111•111 4 11111121111111111i. 1111111111MMIMIIIIIIIIMMI I 111111111111111111111 111111111111111111 Biiir.IIIIIIMM ‘11IIIII I 11111111111111MII 11111111:11111111110111IMUMNIIIIIIMIIIIIIIII111111111111MIII I 111111111111111111 MIMIllni:511 11 11111111111111inlil 1111111111:11111111111:1111111101MMIIIMIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII1111111111111111111

IIIIIMMIMMIIIMMIk I 1111111 IIIIIIIIIII 1111111111110111111IIMMM11111 111111111111111 I 11111 11111111111M 1111111111111111111 usgurannuirnuniniqumunningionainminnuairunannunuonnaup unnannas

nnnangganni. monnal gamin lillillilli 11É1111111111‘113WWMIWZMIIIIIIIIIIiil 111111111U11 I 1111111111111111111 IMMMIMMIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIM111111111111111111 I I 11111111111 111111111111MIMMallliaMIIIIII11111110111111111111 11111111111111111u IIIIIMZEMIfill1111 I 1111i111111111111•11 I 1111 1111111 lillili lille1111‘111;111111111.1 I II 1111111011111111111 I 1111111111111111111 MZIIIIMIIIIIIMBIIII I I 111111lialllilimillIli 011111 I 111 111111111111Mn/Mellill 111111111L11111111111 1111111111111111111

I

:::::::IIIICIIIIIIIIIIIMMIIMIMMIMM illIMEEVILleallgîNMIIIIIMIIMPUIMIIIIIIIIIMIIIIIIIII munannagninnuanumnumusinionnunganumunnninnwingammilinuTpannumunnuanunu nanangnaniniumingunannionniu millininun immazammiggeilluir hommomminurnimil munammummlimunpilimpoirml i 1 annumningainnaliannanini gqa. III II, um munkganguagithia nap gamminanumunimp

muifirm MIRM9M11 1111114M11111 II 111111111111111H1111111111111111

IIIMMINIIIMBMMUIMI 4111111111111M H1111111 I I III 11111111113MMOIMMOUMO£11111111111 1111111111111111111111111111 IMMIMIIIIIMZUM11111111111111111111111118111101111111111118.1111111111111111101111C1W118811111111118111111111111111111111 MMBRZMMIIMIM 1111111111111111 SIMI 1181111111 Iiiillollillm1111.11111h111111CIUMIlliiIIIIIIIIIIICI I 111111111111111111 MIMIMIZZEIIMIll II 11111111111 11 HUI 11111111W 4:111111111111IMmalialKIMMII1g91,IIIIIIIIIIIMII 111111111111111111

I

railii::::11111111MIIIIMIIMMIIIIIMIMIIIIMMI:111115MIMMIIIMMIIIMMIIIIIIIII IIIMINBIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII1111111 IIII 1111111111111111111fflMillumIIMM1111111agin111111Mill11111111111iiiiiiiii

iMMMIIIIIIMMIIIIill III III l 11111 I III I 1 li III 1111I1I 11111 11111Milalmila in. Illilig 01;11111E1 I 1011111111111111111 munnonnumusinin in ant I DI I iill III Mil 1111101111111•111 111p9 Illirli11111111111 1111111111111111111 I

1111 lannIIIIMIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII111 MI al II I 1 Illin I uluuniinagn! Roma IL ilUIVIIIIIIII 114111111111111111 MmallillIIIIIMMIIIIIIIiiiiilil II II 11111111n 1 111•1111NulazIn ning b FiibMilliIII 111111111111111111 IIIIIIIIIIIIMMMMIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 111 I 11111 11111111 11111111 in•MbIllaarlIn 1:11‘11110111010111 I I 'W11111111111111 rirmillaMMIIIIIIIIiIiiliiill I Ill III II 11111 Illiil i IIIIIIMMMIle.! ii! I III.11i1.1111q1111 I agginfinimi

mil BASED ON IONOSPHERE 1111 I I i ll il ii I Hi II i 1 1111 I 111:Mal:i: 111 111 IIIIIIIMIIIIIII4MIMPIIIIM111411 i. mil VIRTUAL LAYER HE 1 GHT 1111 nu Bah 111 111111 IMIMM.B.MESZIGOi 111111111111111e1MNI111.111111111111

Ill MR E.LAYER 105 KM

F.LAYER 320 KM 111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111Elirilirilrillieliglillielli11 1"1111

BIM

Mill 11 11111 11 id 1111111111 11 11111 IMIUMBEIIIIIIMIIII jillillinhh11111111111 manannagniansannipuirrnuaniumummarnallignieranunau eunlitzioi¡maunE ninnanniannicany i 1 Ii a 1 Imp "npuliiinu ag!! mg alimairli:91 IlliperlI111111 MIZIIIIBB81111111111.111111 Illil li 1 1 I li HMI IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIM Buzz lulu Ili; I Illi 31111111 pelilik- I,Ic MIIIIIIMIMMBIIIIIIIIIIIIiill III ill I Ill 1111111111111111111111111111 MUM MINI I 11111 I iiil 1111141111101110.9W- ,di mumiamizzilmimilisiiiiiiiiiiiimlimi iiiiiiiiinimmimmummium MI I 1 11111111111111M111 11111111111111till: o

2 3 4 5 7 10

RADIATION ANGLE IN DEGREES

20 30 40 50 70 50

151


Symbols and Prefixes

au alternating current al audio frequency AFC automatic frequency

control A M amplitude modulation amp ampere ASA American Standards

Association ASTM American Society for

Testing Materials AVC automatic volume control ave average

susceptance BCD binary-coded decimal • capacitance • Centigrade, degrees

Centigrade centimeter cash on delivery cycles per second continuous wave dissipation factor decibel decibel referred to one

milliwatt de direct current • voltage EIA Electronics Industries

Association electromotive force Fahrenheit, degrees

Fahrenheit farad frequency

fm frequency modulation free on board

• conductance gravitation constant gigacycles per second

g„, transconductance li henry h, forward current-transfer

ratio h, short-circuit input

impedance open-circuit output

admittance reverse voltage-transfer

ratio current International

Electrotechnical Commission

IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

I F intermediate frequency in. inch IRE Institute of Radio

Engineers

cm COD cps cw D db dbm

emf

ISO International Standards Organization

kg kva kw

lab lb LC If log

ma max mbar MC' mh mil min mm mmho me Me MMe mv mw

SeC

nt5

oz

PF pl PH

pp ppm p-to-p prf

RC re rf RH rms rpm

sec sync

V — 1 kilo ( I 0') kilogram kilovolt ampere kilowatt inductance laboratory pound inductance-capacitance low frequency logarithm mass

meter; milli (10 -milliampere maximum millibar megacycles per second millihenry 0.001 inch minimum; minute millimeter millimho milliohm mego hm megamegohm millivolt milliwatt nano ( 10 -9) ; any

number nanosecond nanomho ounce parallel, as power factor picofarad hydrogen in

concentration push-pull; pages parts per million peak-to-peak pulse repetition

frequency quality factor resistance registered trademark resistance-capacitance referred to radio frequency relative humidity root-mean-square revolutions per minute series, as L. second synchronous,

synchronizing period temperature time

uhf

va vhf vif vol VS

X

Y

a

ultra-high frequency velocity volt voltampere very high frequency very low frequency volume versus watt reactance admittance impedance short-circuit forward

current-transfer ratio (common base)

short-circuit forward current-transfer ratio (common emitter)

reflection coefficient increment loss angle phase angle wavelength micro- ( 10 - 6) microampere microbar microfarad microhenry microsecond microvolt ohm mho angular velocity (2771)

Prefixes Orders of magnitude from 1012 to 10-18 are designated by the fol-lowing prefixes:

Prefix Order Symbol 1 012 tera T I 09 giga G 1 06 mega M I 03 kilo k 102 hecto h 10 deka da 10- i d deci i 0-2 c centi I 0-3 milli m 1 0-6 micro

nano I 0-9 n 10-12 pico p 10-15 femto f I 0-19 a atto

152

Military Nomenclature Cross Reference

Military Nomenclature

AN /ARM-73

AN /MRC-95

AN / PRC-38

AN /PRC-47

AN /SRA-22

AN /URC-32

C-1940 /ARC-58

C-3940 /ARC-94

C-4832 /TSW

C-6116 /TSC-15

C-6118 /FRC-93

CU-351 /AR

CU-523 /ARC-58

CU-737 /URC

CU-791 /URT

CU-991 /AR

CU-1169 /SRC-16

CU-1170 /SRC-16

F-871 /U

M-127 /FRC-93

MK-773

OA-1373 /FRC

OA-1448 /GRT

OA-2008 /FRR-53

PP-3702 /ARC-102

PP-3990 /FRC-93

R-1122/GR

R-1156/GR

RT-648 /ARC-94

RT-698 /ARC-102

RT-718 /FRC-93

Equipment

Test Harness

HF Communication System

HF-VHF Transceiver

HF Transceiver

HF Antenna Coupler

HF Transceiver

Coupler Control

Radio Set Control

Coupler Control

Frequency Control

Speaker Console

HF Antenna Coupler

HF Antenna Coupler

Line Flattener

Line Flattener

HF Antenna Coupler

HF Antenna Coupler

HF Antenna Coupler

Bandpass Filter

Microphone

Maintenance Kit

Frequency Standard

HF Power Amplifier

Frequency Standard

Power Inverter Mounting

Power Supply

Receiver

Receiver

HF Transceiver

HF Transceiver

HF Transceiver

Collins Type No.

678P-2

VC-102

618K-1

618U-1

180T-2

KWT-6-8

309A-2

714E-3

309A-2D

714Y-2

312B-4

180L-3A

180R-6

180U-2A

180Y-1

180L-2

490C-1

490C-2

635R-1

MM-1

678Y-3

40N-2

205J-1

40N-1

390J-2

PM-2

51S-1

51S-1F

618T-2

618T-3

KWM-2A

153

Collins Qualit and Reliabilit

Collins Radio Company's reputation for dependable products

is a result of the application of rigid, uncompromising standards

of excellence. Quality and reliability testing programs are car-

ried out by autonomous organizations whose responsibility

crosses boundaries of design, engineering and production.

The quality control programs ensure that Collins equipment and

systems perform according to predetermined specifications in

the manufacturing test facility, as well as in the intended opera-

tional environment. Collins' reliability engineers work with de-

velopment engineers to assure equipments and systems which

will provide long, useful life.

The programs begin with the preparation of specifications for

components and subsystems purchased from outside suppliers.

When the first engineering model of a new equipment is com-

pleted, the unit is subjected to stringent and detailed review by

a reliability committee composed of specialists trained to find

and correct possible troubles. Following this, a preproduction or

pilot line assembly operation provides manufacturing with an

opportunity to finalize production assembly techniques and se-

quences before initiation of the regular production schedule. Se-

lected Collins equipments are also proven in an operational en-

vironment in the company's experimental HF radio station lo-

cated in Cedar Rapids.

In manufacturing, each of the modules and subassemblies is

subjected to stringent inspection. Groups of modules are then

unitized and again given rigid examination as a subsystem.

Maintenance of required specifications is assured by use of

either standard test equipment, or as is true in many cases, test

equipment developed by Collins to fill a specific requirement.

Completed units, composed of modules and subsystems which

have already been thoroughly checked, are given highly critical

final tests. Here again the finest test devices known are employed.

The finished product must meet or exceed exacting specifica-

tions, and it must perform satisfactorily in actual operating con-

ditions. The final testing stage involves an operating or reliability

run. This is performed under the environmental conditions in

which the equipment will be used.

As a further quality audit, equipments are selected from finished

154

goods stock on a statistical basis and reinspected and retested.

Collins also maintains an environmental and reliability test area

of approximately 16,000 square feet, equipped to verify the op-

erational effectiveness of any equipment from a single unit, such

as a receiver or transceiver, to highly sophisticated electronic

systems in almost any environmental extreme. The environ-

mental test laboratories provide tests for sine wave and random

noise vibration, shock, explosion, radio interference, rain, salt

spray, spin, altitude, and extremes of heat and cold. These facili-

ties include equipment to simulate actual operation in single or

combined environments, where applicable, and to measure per-

formance under extreme conditions. All Collins test equipment

is periodically checked for accuracy and stability.

Evidence of thorough, painstaking attention to the highest quali-

ty and reliability standards is reflected in the thousands of Col-

lins equipments and systems which are providing outstanding

performance in varied functions throughout the free world.

Product support programs, tailored to the individual customer's

specific requirements, are available to assist in maintaining high

operational and maintenance standards. These services include

field installation and maintenance, customer personnel training,

spare parts, equipment repair and modification and updating information. Personnel engaged in support activities maintain

close liaison with design engineers, production specialists and

quality control personnel to keep abreast of the latest techno-

logical developments.

155

Index by Type Number

8U-1 Frequency Divider 82

30L-1 Linear Amplifier 134

30S-I Linear Amplifier 134, 135

32MS-I B 100 Watt Mobile Transceiver 3, 4, 39-41

32RS-1 100 Watt Transceiver 8, 9, 42, 43

32S-3 Transmitter 134-136

40K-I Oscillator 82

40N-I Frequency Standard 57, 58, 82

40N-2 Frequency Standard 82

48A-1SW Desk Set Control 40

48B-2SW Mobile Control 40

51S-I Communication Receiver 18-20

5 IS-IA Receiver 19

51S-IAF Receiver 19

51S-IF Receiver 18, 19

54M-I Frequency Comparator 82

75S Receiver 135

75S-3B Receiver 136, 137

75S-3C Receiver 136, 137

76F-1 Speaker 3, 5, 75, 76

136B-2 Noise Blanker 138

143A-I Azimuth Rotation Control 93

143A-IA Azimuth Rotation Control 93

152.1-1 Phone Patch 42, 43

156G-I Receiver Coupler 102, 103

I80L-2 Antenna Coupler 101

180L-3 Antenna Coupler 101

180L-3A Antenna Coupler 101

180R-4 Antenna Coupler 101, 101

180R-6 Antenna Coupler 7, 10, 102, 103

180R-6A Line Flattener 103

180R-7 Antenna Coupler 103

180R-12 Antenna Coupler 103, 104

180S-I Antenna Tuner 138

180T-2 Antenna Coupler 9, 16, 104, 105

180U-2 Line Flattener 105

180U-2A Line Flattener

180V-2 Antenna Coupler 4, 9, 43

180Y-1 Line Flattener 105, 106

184U-I0 RF Matrix Uniswitch 8, 106, 107

199Q-1 Cooling Blower 55

205.14 45 KW HF Power Amplifier


208U-10 10 KW Power Amplifier

237B-I Rotatable-Unidirectional

8,

8, 14,

HF Antenna 93, 94, 99

237C-1 Unidirectional HF Antenna 94, 99

237C-2 Unidirectional HF Antenna 94, 99

237N-1C Unidirectional HF Antenna 95, 99

237N-2C Unidirectional HF Antenna 95, 99

302C-3 Directional Wattmeter 139

302E-2 Directional Wattmeter 42

309A-I Coupler Control 101, 102

309A-2 Coupler Control 102, 103

309A-2D Coupler Control 7, 10, 102, 103 309A-2E Coupler Control 103

309A-9 Coupler Control 103, 104

310V-1 Universal Radio Group Exciter ... 8, 14, 25-27, 87

312B-3 Speaker 139

312B-4 Speaker Console 139

312B-5 VFO Console 139

312C-1 Panel Mounted Speaker 19

312C-2 Panel Mounted Speaker 19

3I2C-3 Panel Mounted Speaker 19

3I3B-3 Cabinet Speaker 19

313J-/ Dial Pulse Control 8, 11, 83-85

313K-1 Allotter-Preset 8, 11, 83-85

313L-I Frequency Register 8, 11, 83-85

313Q-I Control Unit 83, 85

313V-I Control Unit 3, 5

313W- I Remote Control 41

350D-3 Mounting 101

351D-1 Mobile Mount 139

351E Mounting Plates 139

351E-1 Mounting Plate 139

35IE-.) Mounting Plate 139

351E-3 Mounting Plate 19, 139

351E-4 Mounting Plate 19, 139

351R-1 Rack Mount 19, 139

35 I R-1 Rack Mount 19, 139

399C-I External VFO Unit 139

399R-1 Teletypewriter Adapter 117-119

399S-I Time Base 117-119

426A-I Power Supply 82

426U-2 27.5 V DC Power Supply 11, 86

437C-1A Broadband Monopole Antenna 95, 96, 99

437C-2A Broadband Monopole Antenna 95, 96, 99

437C-3A Broadband Monopole Antenna ... 61, 95, 96, 99

437G-/A Broadband Dipole Antenna 96, 97, 99

105 437P-I Mobile Antenna 40

437R-I HF Helical Antenna 109

440E-1 Cable Kit 139

440F-1 Cable 139

452A- l Lightning Arrestor 101, 102

8, 28-31 476D-1 Distortion Analyzer-Monitor 130

14, 32, 33 478R-I Spectrum Analyzer 130, 131

34-36, 113 488A-I DC to AC Inverter 107

488A-2 DC to AC Inverter 108

490B-1 Automatic Antenna Coupler 3, 5, 108

490C-I Antenna Coupler 115

490C-2 Antenna Coupler 115

490T-1 Antenna Coupler 4, 109

499L-I Mounting Shelf 21, 22

499L-/ Mounting Shelf 26

499L-3 Mounting Shelf 46, 47

512B-2 HF Impedance Conversion Unit 109, 110

156

Index by Type Number

512D-1 HF Impedance Conversion Unit

5I6F-2 AC Power Supply 136, 138, 139

5 I 6H-1 Power Supply 45

548L-4 1 KW Power

Amplifier 4, 7, 8, 10, 11, 14, 37, 86

618T HF Transceiver 6, 7, 44, 45, 71, 102, 108

6I8T- I Transceiver 44, 45

6I8T-2 Transceiver 44, 45

6I8T-3 Transceiver 44, 45, 62, 75

618T HF Transceiver Test Sets 131, 132

6I8Z-4 RF Translator 10, 11, 87-90

635R-I HF Receiver Bandpass Filter 110, 1 II

635T-2 HF Receiver Bandpass Filter 111, 112

635V-I HF Receiver Filter 8, 10, 11, 14, 112

635W-I Harmonic Filter 113

637B-I A Transportable Rotatable HF Antenna 97, 99

637C-3 Transportable Broadband HF Antenna 97-99

637E-1 Transportable Unidirectional HF Antenna .. 98, 99

651F-I Universal Radio Group Receiver 14, 21-23, 87

671B-I Universal Radio Group

Receiver-Exciter 4, 7, 8, 46-48

678P-I Test Harness 131

678Y-I Maintenance Kit 131

678Z- l Function Test Set 131, 132

690D-I Load Coil 76

700B-2 Teletypewriter

Converter 4, 7, 16, 72, 75, 78, 80, 122, 123

700C-1 Teletypewriter Adapter Kit 13, 55, 123

714E-2 Control 7, 44, 45

714E-3 Control 45

714Y Control 83

714Y-1 Control Unit 4, 7, 90

714Y-2 Control Unit 4, 90

718F-1 HF Receiver-Transmitter 3, 5

718M-1 UHF Receiver-Transmitter 5, 78, 79

789R-1 IF Translator 10, 88-90

789T-I IF Translator 10, 11, 88-90

789X-1 IF Translator 88-90

878L-1 Servo Amplifier Test Set 132

8781-2 Relay Control Test Set 132

878L-3 Discriminator Tester 132

914B-2 Control Unit 11 I

9 I 4B-3 Control I 12

AM-3535 Amplifier-Control 50

AM-3536/URC RF Amplifier 50

AN/ARC-52X Radio Set 78-80

AN/ARC-80 Airborne HF Communication

System 6, 49, 50

AN/ARC-94 System 44, 45

AN/ARC-94 Test Sets 131

AN/ARC-IO2 System 44, 45

AN/ARC-102 Test Sets 131

110 AN/ARC-105 Airborne HF Communication

System 51, 52

AN/ARM-73 Portable Test Set 131

AN/GRA-6 Remote Control 3, 5, 75, 76, 78, 80

AN/MRC-95 Vehicular HF Communication

System 62, 63

AN/PRC-38 40 Watt SSB-FM Man Pack

Transceiver 12, 13, 53, 54

AN/PRC-47 100 Watt Man Pack HF

Transceiver 13, 55, 56

AN/SRA-22 Antenna Coupler 104, 105

AN/SRC-I6 Shipboard HF Communication

System 15, 64-66

AN/SRC-23 Shipboard HF Communication

System 15, 66

AN/TRC-115 Transportable HF Communication

System 66, 67

AN/TSC-38 Transportable HF Communication

System 10, 34, 68-70

AN/URC-32 HF Transceiver 8, 9, 14, 16, 57, 58

ANNA-1 Air Transportable HF Communication

System 10, 60, 61

AS-390 UHF Discone Antenna 5, 78, 80

AS-1321 Trailing Wire Antenna 50

AT-101 System 102

AT-101A System 102

AT-102 System 102

BB-451/U Battery 54

C-4368 Control Unit 50

C-4658/SRC-I6 Antenna Coupler Control 115

C-4958/ARC-I05 Control Unit 51, 52

C-4959/ARC-105 Control Unit 51, 52

CC-2 Carrying Case 19, 134, 139

CC-3 Carrying Case 139

CG-2755/ARC-105 RF Transmission Line 52

CF-1 Crystal Packet 139, 140

CU-737/URC Line Flattener 105

CU-791/URT Line Flattener 105, 106

CU-1094 Antenna Coupler 50

CU-1169/SRC- I 6 Antenna Coupler 66, 115

CU-1170/SRC-16 Antenna Coupler 66, 115

CU-1239/ARC-105 Antenna Coupler 51,52

DL-I Dummy Load 140

F-775 Interference Filter 50

F-776 Low Pass Filter 50

H33F/PT Handset 63, 67

H33G/PT Handset 56

H F-I0 I HF Communication System 44, 45

HF-IO2 HF Communication System 44, 45

HF-I03 HF Communication System 44, 45

HF-los Shipboard HF Communication System

HF-106 Shipboard HF Communication System

HF-107 Shipboard HF Communication System

16, 71, 72

16, 71, 72

16, 71, 72

157

Index by Function

HF-108 Shipboard HF Communication System .. 16, 71, 72

HF-I09 Shipboard HF Communication System .. 16, 71, 72

HS-1 Headset 19

ID-1066 Control-Indicator 50

KWM-1 Transceiver 134

KWM-2 175 Watt Transceiver 134, 137, 138

KWM-2A 175 Watt Transceiver 137, 138

M-151 Vehicle 62, 79, 80

M38A-1 Vehicle 77, 78

MK-773 Portable Test Set 131

MM-1 Mobile Microphone 140

MM-2 Microphone 140

MP-1 Mobile Power Supply 140

MT-2790 Antenna Coupler Mounting 50

MT-3094/ARC-I05 Mounting 52

MT-3095/ARC-I05 Mounting 52

MX-6066/ARC-105 Vacuum Capacitor 52

MX-6067/ARC-105 Feed Line Capacitor 52

MX-6068/ARC-105 Inerconnect Capacitor 52

0A-1448/GRT 45 KW HF Power Amplifier 28-31

PM-2 Portable Power Supply 138, 140

R-1122/GR Communication Receiver 18-20

R-I153/URC Receiver 50

R-1156/GR Communication Receiver 18, 19

RT-712/ARC-I05 Receiver-Transmitter 51, 52

S-14I Shelter 69

S-141A/G Shelter 60

S-I44( VG Shelter 66, 67, 73, 74

SM-1 Desk Top Microphone 140

SM-2 Microphone 140

Index by Function

Accessories

Air Transportable Communication Systems 10, 60, 61

Airborne Typical Systems 6, 7, 51, 52

Allotter-Preset 8, 11, 83-85

Amateur Radio Equipment 133-140

Amplifiers, Linear 134, 135

Anchor Kits

Antennas

Broadband Dipole 96, 97, 99

Broadband Monopole 61, 95, 96, 99

Dipole 140

Mobile 40

Rotatable-Unidirectional 93, 94, 99

Trailing Wire 6, 49, 50

Transportable Broadband 97-99

Transportable Rotatable 97, 99

Transportable Unidirectional 98, 99

Unidirectional 94, 95, 99

Antenna Couplers 4, 7, 9, 10, 16, 43, 50-52, 66, 100-115

SW-1020TA Automatic Switchboard 113, 114

SW-1030A Automatic Switchboard 113, 114

T-899/URC Transmitter 50

TCS-I 10-1 HF Communication Terminal 11, 73, 74

TD-I Dipole Antenna 140

TE-,02 Kineplex* Data Terminal 120-122, 127

TE-202E-3 Transmit Terminal 120-122

TE-,02F-6 Receive Terminal 120-122

TE-202G-6 Diversity Receive Terminal 120-122

TE-204A-2 Data Modem 117-120

TE-, 10 Modem 126

TE-2 10D-, Data Modem 125

TE-, I2 Digital Data Modem 124, 125

I2D Digital Data Communication Modem 124

TE-2 I6A-4 Adaptive Kineplexe Data

Communication Modern 126, 127

TE-216A-20 Adaptive Kineplex® Data Modem 127, 128

TE-216B-4 Data Transmitter 126, 127

TE-, 1 6B-20 Transmit Terminal 127, 128

TE-, I 6C-4 Data Receiver 127

TE-216C-20 Receive Terminal 127, 128

TE-, 1 6D-20 Diversity Receive Terminal 127, 128

TT4 Teletypewriter 63

TT-76/FG Keyboard 74

TT-98/FG Page Printer/Keyboard 74

VC-IO2 HF Communication System 3, 75, 76, 78-80

VC-I04 Vehicular HF-UHF Communication

System 3, 5, 77, 78

VC-106 Vehicular HF-UHF Communication

System 3, 5, 79, 80

Antenna Couplers and Accessories 100-115

Automatic Switchboards 113, 114

Azimuth Rotation Control 93

Bandpass Filters 110-112

Cabinets 91

Cable Kits

Carrying Cases 19, 134, 139

Charts, Graphs and Tables 142-152

Communication Systems 3, 5, 16, 44, 45, 71, 72, 75-80

Controls

Converter, Teletype-

writer 4, 7, 13, 16, 55, 72, 75, 78, 80, 122, 123

Counterpoise Kit

Coupler Controls 7, 10, 101-104

Crystal Packet 139, 140

Data and Teletypewriter Equipment 116-128

Desk Top Microphone 139

Dial Pulse Control 8, 11, 83-85

Dipole Antennas 140

158

Index by Function

Directional Wattmeter 42, 139

Discriminator Tester 132

Distortion Analyzer-Monitor 130

Dummy Load 140

Exciters 8, 14, 25-27, 87

External VFO Unit 139

Ferrite Balun

Ferrite Impedance Transformer Kit

Field Erection Kits

Filters, RF 8, 10, 11, 14, 50, 110-112

Fixed Station Typical Systems 8, 9

Frequency Register 8, 11, 83-85

Frequency Standards 57, 58, 82

Galvanized Steel Support Tower and Guy Kits

Glossary 160

Graphs, Charts and Tables 142-152

Ground Screen Kits

Guy Wire Kits

Headsets 19

HF Pack Sets 12, 13, 53-56

IF Translators 10, 11 88-90

Impedance Conversion Unit 109, 110

Installation Kits

Inverters, DC to AC 107, 108

Lightning Arrestor 101, 102

Line Flatteners 103, 105, 106

Linear Amplifiers 134, 135

Load Coil 76

Man-Pack Systems 12, 13, 53-56

Microphones 140

Mobile Typical Systems 3-5

Mounts

Mounting Shelves

Noise Blanker 138

Nomenclature Cross Reference 153

Obstruction Light Kit

Pack Set Typical Systems 12, 13, 53-56

Phone Patch 42, 43

Power Amplifiers 1 KW 4, 7, 8, 10, 11, 14, 37, 86

3 KW 8, 14, 32, 33

10 KW 8, 14, 34-36, 113

45 KW 8, 28-31

Portable Power Supplies 138, 140

Portable Test Set 131

Power Supplies 1, 45, 82, 86, 136, 138-140

Racks and Cabinets 91

Rack Mounts

Receivers 8, 14, 18-23, 87, 136, 137

Receiver Bandpass Filter 110-112

Receiver-Exciters 4, 7, 8, 46-48

•

Receiver Filter, RF 8, 10, 11, 14, 112

Relay Control Test Set 132

RF Matrix Uniswitch 8, 106, 107

RF Translators 10, 11, 87-90

SELCAL (Selective Calling) 128

Servo Amplifier Test Set 132

Shelves

Shipboard Systems .... 8, 9, 14-16, 57, 58, 64-66, 71, 72

Shipboard Typical Systems 14, 15, 16

Speakers 19, 139

Spectrum Analyzer 130, 131

• Support Tower, Guy and Anchor Kits

Switchboards, Automatic 113, 114

Tables, Charts and Graphs 142-152

Teletypewriter

Converter 4, 7, 16, 72, 75, 78, 80, 122, 123

Test Equipment 129-132

Test Harness 131

Tower and Guy Kits

Trailing Wire Antenna

Transceivers

Airborne 6, 7, 44, 45, 49-52, 71, 102, 108

Fixed Station .... 4, 7-9, 14, 16, 42, 43, 46-48, 57, 58

Man-Pack 12, 13, 53-56

Mobile 3, 4, 39-41, 134, 137, 138

Shipboard 8, 9, 14, 16, 57, 58

Transformer Kits, RF

Translators

IF 10, 11, 88-90

RF 10, 11 87-90

Transmitting Equip-

ment 4, 7, 8, 10, 11, 14, 25-37, 86, 87, 113, 134-136

Transportable Communication

Systems 10, 11, 34, 60, 61, 66-70, 73, 74

Transportable Typical

Systems 10, 11, 34, 60, 61, 66-70, 73, 74

Typical Airborne Systems 6, 7

Typical Fixed Station Systems 8, 9

Uniswitch, RF Matrix 8, 106, 107

Universal Radio Group Equipment

Controls 7, 8, 11, 44, 45, 83-85

Exciters 8, 14, 25-27, 87

Power Amplifiers .. 4, 7, 8, 10, 11, 14, 32-37, 86, 113

Racks and Cabinets 91

Receiver 8, 14, 21-23, 87

Receiver-Exciter 4, 7, 8, 46-48

Translators, IF 10, 11, 88-90

Translator, RF 10, 11, 87-90

Vehicular Communication Systems 3, 5, 62, 63, 75-80

Wattmeter, Directional 42, 139

*Listed under applicable equipment.

6, 49, 50

159

Glossary AFC Automatic Frequency Control. A circuit that holds a

receiver on the frequency of the station it is receiving.

AGC Automatic Gain Control. A device which automatically

adjusts the gain of a receiver in accordance with the re-

ceived signal level.

ALC Automatic Load Control. A circuit which allows a high

average level of modulation and optimum transmitter pow-

er output within rated limits of distortion.

ARINC Aeronautical Radio, Inc. A corporation whose prin-

cipal stockholders are the U. S. airlines and whose activities

include ( 1) cognizance of airborne and ground electronics

systems in the interest of compatibility, (2) coordination

and exchange of technical information, and (3) operation

of an extensive communication system devoted to the aero-

nautical services.

ATR Air Transport Radio. A form factor agreed upon with-

in the airline and electronics industries governing the con-

figuration of avionics equipment. A "one ATR" unit has the

following dimensions: width, 10.125" (25.72 cm); height,

7.625" (19.37 cm); length, 19.5625" (49.69 cm).

AVC Automatic Volume Control. A device which maintains

the output of a receiver within narrow limits while the sig-

nal input amplitude varies over a wide range.

BALANCED MODULATOR A circuit in which the carrier

and modulating signals are introduced in such a manner

that after modulation takes place the output contains the

two sidebands without the carrier.

CARD CAGE A unit to house plug-in circuit cards. Intercon-

necting wiring is usually included.

CCITT Consultative Committee for International Telephone

and Telegraph. The committee has the responsibility of

studying technical and operating questions pertaining to

wireline transmission and issuing recommendations.

COMPATIBLE AM A method of AM transmission or recep-

tion using one sideband and reinserted carrier.

CROSS-MODULATION A type of interference caused by

modulation of the carrier of the desired signal by an unde-

sired signal.

DIAL PULSE CONTROL A remote control system for the

Universal Radio Group equipment which permits subscriber

control of Universal Radio Group equipment from a dial

telephone over four-wire circuits.

DIV Diversity. A method of reception using two receivers

operating on different frequencies or with spaced antennas

to overcome the effects of fading by selecting the strongest

of two signals.

EIA Electronic Industries Association.

FREQUENCY SHIFT KEYING A form of frequency mod-

ulation in which the modulating wave shifts the output fre-

quency between predetermined values.

IF TRANSLATOR A unit of the Universal Radio Group

equipment which contains audio and IF circuits. It is used

with an RF translator in receiver or exciter applications.

INTERMODULATION DISTORTION Loss of fidelity re-

sulting from the generation of frequencies that are the sum

and difference of those contained in the applied waveform.

LOGARITHMICALLY PERIODIC ANTENNA An anten-

na which is characterized by input impedance and radiation

patterns that are uniform over a wide range.

MECHANICAL FILTER A magnetostrictive device with ex-

tremely sharp selectivity characteristics.

MTBF Mean Time Between Failures. Usually expressed in

hours of operation and used to evaluate equipment reliability.

MODEM Modulator and Demodulator. A bilateral unit

which processes data information for communication over

radio channels.

MODULE A group of related components, usually compris-

ing a circuit division, arranged on a common mounting.

MULTIPLEX The simultaneous use of two or more chan-

nels on a single circuit.

PEP Peak Envelope Power.

PEV Peak Envelope Volts.

PILOT CARRIER A technique in which a small amount of

carrier power is transmitted with the sideband. This type of

operation allows compatibility with older equipment.

POWER AMPLIFIER An amplifier to raise the exciter out-

put signal to the desired RF level in a communication system.

PRODUCT DETECTOR A detector circuit characterized by

minimum intermodulation products and requiring small lo-

cal carrier voltage. It is ideal for single sideband applications.

Q MULTIPLIER A filter which has sharp peak response or a

deep rejection notch at a particular frequency.

RF FEEDBACK CIRCUIT An inverse feedback arrange-

ment used in RF amplifiers to reduce harmonic distortion

and improve fidelity.

RF SWITCHING MATRIX A device to rapidly interconnect

a number of power amplifiers and antennas, as required in

a communication system.

RF TRANSLATOR A unit of the Universal Radio Group

equipment which contains RF circuitry. It is used with an IF

translator in receiver or exciter applications.

RTTY Radio Teletypewriter. Teletypewriter communication over radio circuits.

SELCAL Selective Calling. A method of alerting a desired

receiving facility by means of a coded discrete signal.

SSB Single Sideband. A method of radio transmission wherein

the intelligence is contained in only one sideband. Results in

conservation of spectrum, more effective "talking power."

TGC Transmitter Gain Control. A circuit to maintain the

over-all transmitter gain within relatively narrow limits.

TSO Technical Standard Order. A U. S. Federal Aviation

Agency regulation detailing minimum performance and

quality control standards for equipment used on specified civil aircraft.

TWO-OUT-OF-FIVE WIRE SWITCHING A method using

only five wires to provide ten switching combinations.

VOX Voice Operated Relay. A circuit which automatically

switches a transceiver from receive function to transmit

function whenever the operator speaks into microphone.

VU Volume Unit. A term used to express the magnitude of

a complex electrical wave, such as that corresponding to speech or music.

160

-

- - -

creative leader in electronics COLLINS

COLLINS RADIO COMPANY

Cedar Rapids; Dallas; Los Angeles;

New York; Washington, D.C.

International Division, Dallas

Collins Radio of Canada, Ltd., Toronto

074 3094 00 9M.WP-664 Printed in U.S.A.

hf communication equipment i9m-65

Documents